fluid control solutions

320
Fluid Control Solutions 3 FLUID CONTROL SOLUTIONS Norgren is a global company engineering advantage for customers in both fluid and motion control technologies. Norgren Fluid Controls focuses its energy and resources on valves, pumps and fluid control solutions. The well-established and proven brands within this Group include: » Buschjost » FAS » KIP » Kloehn Combining these brands into one organisation provides our customers with unrivaled resources, expertise, and breadth of product range to enable them to source any fluid control solution from one capable global supplier, represented in all the world’s major regions. Norgren Fluid Controls solutions can create competitive advantage for you by increasing your sales and market share, and reducing your total cost of ownership. ENGINEERING THAT MAKES A DIFFERENCE GLOBAL BRANDS CREATING GLOBAL ADVANTAGE

Upload: khangminh22

Post on 03-Feb-2023

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Fluid Control Solutions

3

FL

UID

CO

NT

RO

LS

OL

UT

ION

SNorgren is a global company engineering advantage for customers in both fluid

and motion control technologies.

Norgren Fluid Controls focuses its energy and resources on valves, pumps and

fluid control solutions.

The well-established and proven brands within this Group include:

» Buschjost » FAS » KIP » Kloehn

Combining these brands into one organisation provides our customers with unrivaled

resources, expertise, and breadth of product range to enable them to source any fluid

control solution from one capable global supplier, represented in all the world’s major

regions.

Norgren Fluid Controls solutions can create competitive advantage for you by

increasing your sales and market share, and reducing your total cost of ownership.

ENGINEERING THAT MAKES A DIFFERENCE

GLOBAL BRANDSCREATINGGLOBAL ADVANTAGE

Fluid Control Solutions

4

Our engineers are dedicated to the development of solenoid valves,

process valves, precision liquid handling technologies, and customised

manifolds & solutions.

Fully equipped clean room facilities, in several locations, meet the specific

needs of demanding market sectors such as Life Sciences and

semiconductor manufacturing.

Our manufacturing locations in Germany, Switzerland and the USA enable us

to stay close to our customers, and take advantage of local technological

expertise.The Norgren Fluid Controls facility in Geneva, for example, that

develops sophisticated miniature valve solutions, draws heavily on the

miniaturisation and precision traditions of the Swiss watch-making industry.

As a subsidiary of IMI plc, and part of the global Norgren group, we provide

our customers worldwide with the reassurance of dealing with an established

global supplier. This gives financial strength and security, and all the

advantages of a global sales and service network.

UNDERSTANDING YOUR NEEDS

» CLOSE PARTNERSHIPS

Our dedicated engineers work directly with your engineers to provide design

advice and assistance, develop customised solutions, and get your new

concepts to market faster.

» SECTOR AND APPLICATION EXPERTISE

Many decades of industry-specific experience means we speak your

language, and understand your operating environment.

» QUALITY AND CERTIFICATION

Products and processes conform to ISO 9001, ISO/TS 16949, KTA 1401,

APQP, ATEX, DB A1, FDA, NSF, UL, VDA. Selected production facilities

include GMP compliant assembly areas and Class 10,000 clean rooms.

PROVEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS

CREATING IDEAS THAT WORK HARDER

Fluid Control Solutions

5

» DELIVERY LEAD TIMES

A choice of flexible delivery arrangements can meet individual needs.

Customised supply chain solutions include Kanban and just-in-time

deliveries.

» COMPREHENSIVE SIZE RANGE

From 8 mm FAS miniature solenoid valves to 200 mm Buschjost process

valves.

» HIGH SPEED

Response times as low as 3 ms for sorting machines, inkjet printing etc.

» HIGH VACUUM

10-6 Torr (10-9 bar) or even lower, with a leak rate of 10-8 mbar l/sec.

» HIGH PRESSURE

Pressure range going up to 250 bar.

» HIGH FLOW-TO-SIZE RATIO

Highly compact solutions with no compromise on performance.

» MEDIA SEPARATED VALVES

Comprehensive range featuring industry leading flow-to-size ratio and small

or no dead volume. For use with ultra pure or corrosive media.

» PROPORTIONAL TECHNOLOGY

High flow precision and high repeatability combined with space, weight and

power savings.

» LAMINATED MANIFOLD TECHNOLOGY

Norgren's expertise in thermal, diffusion and solvent bonding processes

allow manifolding in acrylic and other high-grade polymers, and a precise

alignment of fluidic pathways as small as 250 μm.

» SYRINGE AND SYRINGE PUMP TECHNOLOGY

Superior design and manufacturing processes allow longer lifetimes, high

precision, and high accuracy for dispense down to nanoliters.

Contents

6

Solenoid Valves without Differential Pressure

Solenoid Valves with Differential Pressure

Page 8

Page 103

Page 132

Page 201

Page 221

Pressure Actuated Valves

Proportional Valves

Valves and Systems for Dust Filters

Page 227

Page 235

Page 255

Pressure Sensors

Air Preparation Equipment (FRL)

Fittings

Feature Pages

Page

Technical Information 276

Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 316

Safety Instructions 318

ATEX 319

Index 322

Sales and Service Centres back cover

Page

Renewable Energies 17

KIP Solenoid Valves 86

Media Separated Valves 102

Sanitary Automation 110

Water Treatment and Purification 120

Oil & Gas 151

Chemical and Process Industries 160

Valve Islands 190

Dust Filtration 200

Life Sciences 220

KIP Liquid Level Switches 246

Kloehn - Precision Liquid Handling 254

Conventional Energies 263

Fittings and Accessories 274

Further Information

1

2

7

8

3

4

5

6

Contents

7

Contents in order of series

* NPT-connection available, ** = Sealed core tube (less susceptible to contaminated fluids)

A = Subbase

C = Cartridge

F = Flange connection

G = Internal thread

RS = Tube connection

SW = Welded ends

Series Connection Material Page

Bacosol 32 mm G Ms 24

Chipsol 8 mm C SS 10

Flatprop 16 mm C, A Ms, SS 224

Intersol 22 mm A PA 22

Microsol 15 mm A PPS/PA, SS 18

Picosol 10 mm A PPS 14

Fittings - Pneufit RS Msv, GFK 256

Fittings - Pneufit C & M RS PBT, Msv 264

FRL - Excelon Filter/Regulators G Zg, Al, Pk, Acetal 242

FRL - Excelon Series G Pk, Zg 240

FRL - F22, R22, L22 G SS 250

FRL - Olympian Plus G Al, Zg 236

Pressure Sensor - 18 S Allfluid G SS 228

Pressure Sensor - 33 D G, A Al, SS 230

Regulators - R05, B05 G SS, Acetal 248

82080** G PVDF 100

82160* G Ms 134

82180* G Ms 136

82280* G Rg 136

82370 G Ms 26

82380* G 1.4408 166

82400* G Ms 104

82470* G Ms 106

82480* G 1.4408 166

82510 G Ms 28

82530* G Ms 30

82540* G Ms 32

82560* G 1.4408 72

82580 G Ms 138

82590 NEW G 1.4408 74

82610 NEW G 1.4408 76

82660 NEW G Ms 36

82670 NEW G 1.4408 78

82710* G Ms 140

82730* G 1.4408 116

82870 G GG 214

82880 G Ms 222

82900* G Al 202

82960* G Al 204

83050 F GG 118

83200 F GG 188

83240 F GG 192

83250 G Rg 164

83300 G 1.4408 210

83320 G 1.4408 212

83340 F GG 54

83350 G GG 194

83380 F GG 196

83400 – – 216

83580 F GG 122

83750 NEW – – 218

83860 F GS 198

83920 Adapter Al 206

83930 Adapter Al 208

84070 NEW G PPO GF 30 114

84080 NEW G PPO GF 30 114

84100 F GG 56

Series Connection Material Page

84120 F GG/Rg 60

84140 F 1.4581 82

84180 NEW G Ms 142

84190 NEW G 1.4408 168

84200 F GS 64

84220 F GS/Rg 68

84240 F 1.4581 88

84320 F GG 124

84340 F GS 128

84360 NEW G Ms 38

84500* G Ms 144

84520* G 1.4408 170

84540 SW 1.4581 174

84550 SW 1.4581 174

84580 SW 1.4581 178

84590 SW 1.4581 180

84660 G Ms 148

84680 G Ms 148

84720* G Ms 162

84740* G 1.4581 184

84760 SW 1.4581 186

84770 SW 1.4581 186

84880 SW 1.4581 178

84890 SW 1.4581 180

85040 G 1.4581 80

85100 F GG 56

85120 F GG/Rg 60

85140 F 1.4581 82

85200 F GS 64

85220 F GS/Rg 68

85240 F 1.4581 88

85300* G Ms 108

85320* G Ms 112

85640 F 1.4581 92

85700* G Ms 40

85720* G Ms 44

85740* NEW G 1.4408 94

95000 G Ms 48

95100 G SS 98

96000 G Ms 152

96100 G SS 154

97100 NAMUR G Al anodized 156

Al = Aluminium

GFK = Glass filled nylon

GG = Grey cast iron

GG/Rg = Grey cast iron / gunmetal seat

GS = Cast steel

Ms = Brass

Msv = Nickel plated brass

PBT = Polybutylene terephthalate

Pk = Polycarbonate

PVC = Polyvinylchloride

PVDF = Polyvinylidenflouride

Rg = Gun metal

SS = Stainless steel

Zg = Zinc alloy

1.4581 / 1.4408 = Stainless steel

Contents

8

Solenoid Valves without Differential Pressure

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

Intersol PA Subbase 0.5 - 15 bar +50 °C 3/2 22

Bacosol Brass G 1/8 - G 1/4 0 - 23 bar +80 °C 3/2 24

82370 Brass G 1/4 - G 1 0 - 8 bar +60 °C 2/2 26

82510 Brass G 1/8 - G 3/8 0 - 40 bar +90 °C 2/2 28

82530 Brass G 1/4 - G 1/2 0 - 10 bar +90 °C 2/2 30

82540 Brass G 1/4 - G 2 0 - 16 bar +90 °C 2/2 32

82660 NEW Brass G 1/2 - G 2 0 - 1.5 bar +90 °C 2/2 36

84360 NEW Brass G 1/4 - G 1 0 - 10 bar +150 °C 2/2 38

85700 Brass G 1/4 - G 2 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 40

85720 Brass G 1/4 - G 2 0 - 16 bar +200 °C 2/2 44

95000 Brass G 1/4 0 - 40 bar +80 °C 2/2 48

83340 Grey cast iron DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 16 bar +90 °C 2/2 54

84100 Grey cast iron DN 65 - DN 100 0 - 16 bar +90 °C 2/2 56

84120 Grey cast iron DN 65 - DN 100 0 - 16 bar +150 °C 2/2 60

85100 Grey cast iron DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 16 bar +90 °C 2/2 56

Solenoid Valves without Differential Pressure - Miniature Solenoid Valves

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

Chipsol Stainless steel Cartridge 0 - 8 bar +50 °C 2/2, 3/2 10

Picosol PPS Subbase 0 - 8 bar +30 °C 2/2, 3/2 14

Microsol PPS, PA, Stainless steel Subbase 0 - 10 bar +30 °C 2/2, 3/2 18

Contents

9

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

85120 Grey cast iron DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 16 bar +200 °C 2/2 60

84200 Cast steel DN 65 - DN 100 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 64

84220 Cast steel DN 65 - DN 100 0 - 16 bar +150 °C 2/2 68

85200 Cast steel DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 64

85220 Cast steel DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 16 bar +200 °C 2/2 68

82560 Stainless steel G 1/4 - G 1/2 0 - 10 bar +90 °C 2/2 72

82590 NEW Stainless steel G 1/4 - G 2 0 - 10 bar +90 °C 2/2 74

82610 NEW Stainless steel G 1/8 - G 3/8 0 - 40 bar +110 °C 2/2 76

82670 NEW Stainless steel G 1/2 - G 2 0 - 1.5 bar +90 °C 2/2 78

84140 Stainless steel DN 65 - DN 100 0 - 16 bar +110 °C 2/2 82

84240 Stainless steel DN 65 - DN 100 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 88

85040 Stainless steel G 3/8 - G 1 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 80

85140 Stainless steel DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 16 bar +110 °C 2/2 82

85240 Stainless steel DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 88

85640 Stainless steel DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 92

85740 NEW Stainless steel G 1/4 - G 2 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 94

95100 Stainless steel G 1/8 - G 1/4 0 - 50 bar +120 °C 2/2 98

82080 PVDF G 1/4 - G 3/8 0 - 7 bar +110 °C 2/2 100

1

10

Chipsol 8 mm

Chipsol 8 mm 2/2 & 3/2-way valvesFor lubricated and unlubricated compressed air and neutral gases

Cartridge valve, directly actuated with spring return

High cycle rate of up to 6000 cycles per minute

Long life - in excess of 100 million cycles

Cartridge: plug-in connection

Response time: 5-10 ms

Operating pressure: see technical data

Description Solenoid valve for air and other neutral gases

Switching function: normally closed, normally open

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to +50 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to +50 °C

Mounting position: as required

MaterialsBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: HNBR

Valve seat: PPS

Technical data

Connection DN

mm

kv-Value Part number Operating

pressure

bar

Function Manual

override

Hit & Hold * Voltage Power

consumption

Symbol /

Drawing

l/min m3/h

2/2 Solenoid valve

Cartridge 0.5 0.11 0.007 14-211CA00-HH++AYJ 0 - 8 NC - - 24V DC 0.5W 1 / 1

Cartridge 0.8 0.20 0.012 14-211CA01-HH++AYJ 0 - 5 NC - - 24V DC 0.5W 1 / 1

Cartridge 1.0 0.35 0.021 14-211CA010HH++AYJ 0 - 1.5 NC - - 24V DC 0.5W 1 / 1

Cartridge 0.6 0.11 0.007 14-221CA060HH++AYJ 0 - 8 NO - - 24V DC 0.5W 2 / 2

Cartridge 0.7 0.20 0.012 14-221CA070HH++AYJ 0 - 5 NO - - 24V DC 0.5W 2 / 2

3/2 Solenoid valve

Cartridge 0.5 0.11 0.007 14-311CA00-HH++AYJ 0 - 8 NC - - 24V DC 0.5W 3 / 3

Cartridge 0.8 0.22 0.013 14-311CA01-HH++AYJ 0 - 3 NC - - 24V DC 0.5W 3 / 3

Cartridge 0.6 0.12 0.007 14-321CA060HH++AYJ 0 - 4 NO - - 24V DC 0.5W 4 / 3

2

1 3

Symbol 1: 2/2 NC Symbol 2: 2/2 NO

Symbol 4: 3/2 NOSymbol 3: 3/2 NC

NC: Normally closed

NO: Normally open

2

1 3

Electrical characteristicsVoltage range ±10%

Electrical insulation: 500V AC

Insulation class F (155 °C)

Duty cycle: 100%

2

1

2

1

* PWM energy saving option

www.norgren.com/fc/en010

11

Chipsol 8 mm

Drawing legend

Functions

Index Description

1 Connection 1

2 Connection 2

3 Connection 3

4 Burr-free

+ 0- 0,519

ø8,

354

1,35

0,5

5

1

20

0,8

0,8

0

- 0,05+ 0

- 0+ 0,05

0,8

17,2

0,3

ø8,

5

-0

ø8,

1

+0,2

ø8,

3

12

14,5

19

4

± 0,

02

± 0,

02

30°

30°

30°

+ 0- 0,5

- 0+ 0,5

- 0,05+ 0,02,4

R0,1 + 0- 0,1

ø6,

5+ 0

- 5

Drawing 1*

0,8

0,8

- 0,05+ 0

- 0,05+ 0,0

- 0+ 0,05

R0,1

0,8

- 0,05+ 0

17,2

2,4

0,3

ø8,

5

ø6,

5

ø8,

1

ø8,

3

ø1,1

1,9

12

14,5

19

44

30°

30°

± 0,

02

± 0,

02

± 0,

02

0

+ 0- 0,5

- 0+ 0,5

+ 0

- 5

+ 0- 0,1

+ 0- 0,1

30°

19

ø8,

354

1,35

5

2 1

0,5

0

+ 0- 0,5

Drawing 2 *

Function 2/2 NC 2/2 NO 3/2 NC 3/2 NO

Connection 1 P P P R

Connection 2 A A A A

Connection 3 ---- ---- R P

* Dimensions in mm

Important:

Align surfaces of cartridge when mounting.

Use compatible grease when fitting O-ring.

P = Inlet port, A = Outlet port, R = Exhaust port

1

12

Chipsol 8 mm

Drawing legend

Functions

Index Description

1 Connection 1

2 Connection 2

3 Connection 3

4 Burr-free

Function 2/2 NC 2/2 NO 3/2 NC 3/2 NO

Connection 1 P P P R

Connection 2 A A A A

Connection 3 ---- ---- R P

0,8

0,8

- 0,05+ 0

- 0,05+ 0,0

- 0+ 0,05

R0,1

0,8

- 0,05+ 0

17,2

2,4

0,3

ø8,

5

ø6,

5

ø8,

1

ø8,

3

ø1,1

1,9

12

14,5

19

44

30°

30°

± 0,

02

± 0,

02

± 0,

02

0

+ 0- 0,5

- 0+ 0,5

+ 0

- 5

+ 0- 0,1

+ 0- 0,1

30°

19

ø8,

354

1,35

5

3 2

1

0,5

0

+ 0- 0,5

Drawing 3 *

* Dimensions in mm

Important:

Align surfaces of cartridge when mounting.

Use compatible grease when fitting O-ring.

Please find the safety instructions for the FAS range on page 318.

P = Inlet port, A = Outlet port, R = Exhaust port

Fluid Control Solutions

13

VALVE INTEGRATION

Norgren Fluid Controls provides intelligent products that can be quickly and easily integrated into customers’

projects.

VALVE MANIFOLDS

Pre-assembled, ready-to-use valve manifolds offer outstanding flow-to-size ratio. They are suitable for a

wide range of applications, wherever an extremely compact and fully assembled valve system is required

for fluid control.

CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS

Norgren Fluid Controls' strength lies in providing complete solutions tailored to customer specifications.

Our custom-made manifold assemblies combine precision engineering with size and weight savings,

increased performance and reliability.

ENGINEERING SMARTER SOLUTIONS

» FOR THIS APPLICATION, NO LESS THAN 11 SOLENOID VALVES, 1 PRESSURE

REGULATOR AND 7 FITTINGS WERE REQUIRED IN A VERY COMPACT SOLUTION

WITHOUT COMPROMISING PERFORMANCE

1

14

Picosol 10 mm

Picosol 10 mm 2/2 & 3/2-way valvesFor lubricated and unlubricated compressed air, neutral liquids or gases

Poppet valve, directly actuated with spring return

High cycle rate of up to 1800 cycles per minute

Long life - in excess of 100 million cycles*

* Hit & Hold valves:

2/2 types with 1.6 mm orifice: 25 million cycles

3/2 types with 1.1 mm or 1.3 mm orifice: 50 million cycles

Sub-base mounted

Response time: 8 - 15 ms

Operating pressure: see technical data

DescriptionSolenoid valve for air, and neutral liquids or gases

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to +30 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to +50 °C

Mounting position: as required

MaterialsBody: PPS

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PA 6/6

Technical data

Connection DN

mm

kv-Value Part number Operating

pressure

bar

Function Manual

override

Hit & Hold * Voltage Power

consumption

Symbol /

Drawing

l/min m3/h

2/2 Direct acting valves / standard models

Flange 0.8 0.20 0.012 11-211P601-H0+1341+AYR** 0 - 8 NC No No 24V DC 1.2W 1 / 1

Flange 1.2 0.39 0.023 11-211P602-H0+1341+AYR** 0 - 4 NC No No 24V DC 1.2W 1 / 1

Flange 1.6 0.50 0.030 11-211P603-H0+6311+AZU 0 - 8 NC No Yes 24V DC 4W / 0.4W 1 / 1

3/2 Direct acting valves / standard models

Flange 0.8 0.19 0.011 11-311PI01-H0+1141+AYR** 2 - 8 NC Push only No 24V DC 1.2W 2 / 2

Flange 1.1 0.38 0.023 11-311PI011H0+6111+AZR 2 - 8 NC Push only Yes 24V DC 3W / 0.3W 2 / 2

Flange 1.3 0.50 0.030 11-311PI013H0+6111+AZR 2 - 6.5 NC Push only Yes 24V DC 3W / 0.3W 2 / 2

NC: Normally closed

2

1Symbol 1: 2/2 NC

2

1 3Symbol 2: 3/2 NC

Electrical characteristicsVoltage range +/- 10 %, duty cycle 100 %

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP51 with connector

Electrical insulation: 1000V AC

Insulation class F (155 °C)

Electrical connection: Molex®

* PWM energy saving option

** Optional surge suppression diode

www.norgren.com/fc/en14

15

Picosol 10 mm

Drawing 1*

Drawing 2 *

32

10,1

2

7,1

12,4

22,7

3,3

23

6,4

2,54

A

A

12M

2

1,95

3,9

2,6

6,2

0,64

x0,6

4

19

1

7

2

2

6,2

32

10,1

A

12,4

22,7

3,1

23

6,4

2,54

20

8,7

0.64

x 0

.64

1

2

7

3

1

2

3

6,8 + 0,03

M 1

,6

-

2,7

+ 0,

03-

2,7

+ 0,

03-

0,2

+ 0,

03

A

-

Drawing legend

Index Description

1 Pin +

2 Pin –

3 Manual override

7The recommended mounting screw

tightening torque is 0.15 Nm.

All solenoids are supplied with mounting screws and gasket.

Warning for Hit and Hold valves: damage could be caused to the valve if wired incorrectly.

* Dimensions in mm

1

Picosol 10 mm

16

Accessories

Electrical connector *

Subbase *

15

5

5,5

2,5

Further options on request- Function (NO, Universal, Latching)

- Pressure range

- Vacuum

- Materials

- Manual override

- Voltage (DC only)

- Electrical connection

- Power consumption

Please find the safety instructions for the FAS range on page 318.

Y

X3

3

15

2014

4,5

4,5

8,255,25

4 x M5

2 x M3

8,45

2,8

2,8

6 10,5 M 1,6

(N-1) x 10.5

A

A6,8

==2P1P NP

5

10,5

M5

3 x

Ø1,3

Cross-section A-A

Electrical connector M5 ported sub-base

N/C-11010 0.3 m 1 station: N/B11001

N/C-11020 0.6 m 2 stations: N/B11002

3 stations: N/B11003

4 stations: N/B11004

5 stations: N/B11005

6 stations: N/B11006

* Dimensions in mm

17

Renewable Energies

Our new valves for fuel cells, biogas applications and alternative fuels are a few examples of our forward-looking product developments.

Customised versions offer the right solution to virtually any problem.

1 Motorized valves for temperature control

2 Shut-off valve for reformate / hydrogen

3 Switching valve for biofuels

1 2 3

Alternative

1

18

Microsol 15 mm

Microsol 15 mm 2/2 & 3/2-way valvesFor lubricated and unlubricated compressed air, neutral liquids or gases

Poppet valve, directly actuated with spring return

Microsol interface: pilot operated poppet valve, servo assisted

High cycle rate of up to 2000 cycles per minute

Long life - in excess of 100 million cycles*

* Hit & Hold valves: 10 million cycles

Flange mounted

Response time: 8 - 10 ms

Operating pressure: see technical data

DescriptionSolenoid valve for air, and neutral liquids or gases

Switching function: normally closed and normally open

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to +30 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to +50 °C

Mounting position: as required

MaterialsBody: for 2/2 valves PPS, for 3/2 valves PPS, PA, Stainless steel

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PA 6/6

Technical data

Connection DN

mm

kv-Value Part number Operating

pressure

bar

Function Manual

override

Hit & Hold * Voltage Power

consumption

Symbol /

Drawing

l/min m3/h

2/2 Direct acting valves / standard models

Flange 1.2 0.75 0.045 01-211P202-H0+63111+AYZ 0 - 10 NC No No 24V DC 2.0W 1 / 1

Flange 1.2 0.75 0.045 01-221P202-H0+631A1+AYZ 0 - 10 NO No No 24V DC 2.0W 2 / 2

3/2 Direct acting valves

Flange 1.1 0.42 0.025 01-311P1011H0+61111+AYZ 0 - 10 NC Push only No 24V DC 2.0W 4 / 4

Flange 1.1 0.42 0.025 01-321P1011H0+631A1+AYZ 0 - 6 NO No No 24V DC 2.0W 3 / 4

2/2 Direct acting valves / high flow models

Flange 3.6 3.00 0.180 01-211P-036H0+63111+AZN 0 - 6 NC No Yes 24V DC 12 / 0.5W 5 / 3

3/2 Interface valves

Flange 3.0 3.00 0.180 01-312E-06-HP+A1171+AYV 1.5 - 10 NC Push only No 24V DC 1.0W 6 / 6

Flange 3.0 3.00 0.180 01-322E-06-HP+C31G1+AYZ 1.5 - 10 NO No No 24V DC 2.0W 7 / 6

3/2 Direct acting valves / intrinsically safe (IS) models**, labeling: EEx ia IIC T6 IINERIS 00ATEX0031 X

Flange 0.5 0.12 0.007 01-311P-00-H0+F01003+BCC 0 - 7 NC Push only No 12V AC/DC 0.55W 4 / 5

Flange 0.5 0.12 0.007 01-311P-00-H0+F01003+BDH 0 - 7 NC Push only No 24V AC/DC 0.7W 4 / 5

Flange 0.5 0.12 0.007 01-311P-00-H0+H01014+AWD 4 - 7 NC Push only No 12V AC/DC 0.1W 4 / 5

Flange 0.5 0.12 0.007 01-311P-00-H0+H01016+AYG 4 - 7 NC Push only No 24V AC/DC 0.1W 4 / 5

3/2 Direct acting valves / other options as used on M54 range**

Flange 0.8 0.28 0.017 01-311P101-H0+61511I+AWM 0 - 10 NC Push only No 12V DC 1.5W 4 / 4

Flange 0.8 0.28 0.017 01-311P101-H0+61511I+AYS 0 - 10 NC Push only No 24V DC 1.5W 4 / 4

Flange 0.8 0.28 0.017 01-311P101-H0+11511I+AXX 0 - 10 NC Push only No 24V AC 1W 4 / 4

Flange 0.8 0.28 0.017 01-311P101-H0+11511I+BAU 0 - 10 NC Push only No 48V AC 1W 4 / 4

Flange 0.8 0.28 0.017 01-311P101-H0+11511I+BBJ 0 - 10 NC Push only No 110V AC 1W 4 / 4

Flange 0.8 0.28 0.017 01-311P101-H0+11511I+BCK 0 - 10 NC Push only No 220V AC 1W 4 / 4

2

1

2

1

2

1 3

2

1 3

2

1

Symbol 1: 2/2 NC Symbol 2: 2/2 NO

Symbol 4: 3/2 NCSymbol 3: 3/2 NO

Symbol 5: 2/2 NC

2

1 3Symbol 6: 3/2 NC

2

1 3Symbol 7: 3/2 NO

NC: Normally closed

NO: Normally open

* PWM energy saving option

** IP65 with connector

www.norgren.com/fc/en18

19

Microsol 15 mm

Drawing 1*

Drawing 2 *

41

AM

P 2

,8 x

0,5

14,2

17,2

15,2

20,7

9,7

8,2

7,4

A

A

9,4

M 3

M 3

x 3

2,2 3,

83

2

1

1 2

7

6

3,8

46,2

AM

P 2

,8 x

0,5

14,2

17,2

15,2

20,7

9,7

8,2

7,4

A

A

9,4

M 3

M 3

x 3

2,2 3,

83

2

1

1 2

3,87

6

Drawing legend

Index Description

1 Wire (red) / pin +

2 Wire (black) / pin –

3 Manual override

4 For NC models

5 For NO models

6 Mounting pattern

7The recommended mounting screw

tightening torque is 0.6 Nm.

Further options on request- Switching function (NO, Universal, Latching)

- Operating pressure

- Vacuum

- Materials

- Manual override

- Voltage

- Electrical connection

- Power consumption

Electrical characteristicsVoltage range -10 % / +15 %

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP51 with connector

Electrical insulation: 1500V AC

Insulation class F (155 °C)

Electrical connection AMP +/-

All solenoids are supplied with mounting screws and gasket.

Warning for Hit and Hold valves: damage could be caused to the valve if wired incorrectly.

* Dimensions in mm

1

20

Microsol 15 mm

Drawing 4 * Drawing 5 *

41

AM

P 2

,8x0

,5

9,4

M 3

x3

9,7

8,2

3

15,2

20,7 7,4

14,2

3,8 17,2

M 3

1

3

7

2

3

A

2

1

1,9

3,8

3,8

A

6

46,2

AM

P 2

,8 x

0,5

9,4M

3 x

3

9,7

8,211

3

15,2

20,7 7,4

14,2

3,8 17,2

M 3

1

3

2

3

A

2

1

1,9

3,8

3,8

A

6

Drawing legend

* Dimensions in mm

Drawing 3 *

48

AM

P 2

,8 x

0,5

9,4

M 3

x 3

9,7

6,9

2,2

4 6

3,3

3,3

14,2

17,2

M 3

3,8

15,2

20,7 2

1

7,4

1 2

A

A

7

6

All solenoids are supplied with mounting screws and gasket.

Warning for Hit and Hold valves: damage could be caused to the valve if wired incorrectly.

Index Description

1 Wire (red) / pin +

2 Wire (black) / pin –

3 Manual override

4 For NC models

5 For NO models

6 Mounting pattern

7The recommended mounting screw

tightening torque is 0.6 Nm.

Drawing 6 *

47

41,5

22 6,5

54M3

x 25

AMP 2,8x0,5

32,5

15,2

9,7

18

3,1(3x)

55

9,7

1,4

ø 3,1+ 0,1

M3

-

7,41

23

3

6

4

5

7

M3

9,4

21

21

Microsol 15 mm

* Dimensions in mm

Please find the safety instructions for the FAS range on page 318.

Electrical connector Subbase

Single connector M/P43082 1 station: N/S5001

Single connector LED+VDR 24V M/P43086 2 stations: N/B5002

Single connector LED+VDR 110V M/P43148 3 stations: N/B5003

Single connector LED+VDR 220V M/P43087 4 stations: N/B5004

Single connector & 1 m flying lead M/P43066 5 stations: N/B5005

6 stations: N/B5006

15 M3

3,5

24,5

1 23,5

25

Pg7 ø14

3 35

4,7

15,5

+0,

1

15,5 +0,1

3

9,4+0,1 -

50,3

24

158

2,8M3 (x2)

4,4

4,5

M5

AMP2,8x0,5

= =

15

15

39,5

R

PP A

M5 7,759,

4

15

==9,

7

M50,8

12,5 18,7 7,25

AMP2,8x0,553

10

7

15M3 (x2) 4,

4

PG7A

M5

4,5

14

24

2010 M

5M

5 R

PA1 A2 An

R

P

M5

M5

39,5

8 16 8

L

3,2

3,2

159,4

1512,2

7,257,75

0,818,7

Subbase *

Subbase *Drawing legend

Number of stations Length (L)

2 32

3 48

4 64

5 80

6 96

Electrical connector *

Accessories

1

22

Drawing 1 *

* Dimensions in mm

Drawing legend

Index Description

1 3/2 NC

2 A

3 P

4 R

Intersol 22 mm

Intersol 22 mm 2/2 & 3/2-way valvesFor lubricated and unlubricated compressed air, neutral liquids or gases

Poppet valve, directly actuated with spring return

High cycle rate of up to 2000 cycles per minute

Long life - in excess of 25 million cycles

Sub-base mounted

Response time: 8 - 15 ms

Operating pressure: see technical data

Description Solenoid valve for air, and neutral liquids or gases

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -15 °C up to max. +50 °C

Ambient temperature: -15 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required

MaterialsBody: Polyamid PA

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Technical data

Symbol 1: 3/2 NC

NC: Normally closed

2

1 3

Electrical characteristicsVoltage range -10% up to +15%

100% duty cycle

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65 with connector

Insulation class F (155 °C)

Electrical connection according to DIN EN 175301-803

Coil orientation: rotatable 360°, in steps of 45°

Coil mounting: M8 x 0.75 mm nut

Connection DN

mm

kv-Value Part number Operating

pressure

bar

Function Manual

override

Hit & Hold * Voltage Power

consumption

Symbol /

Drawing

l/min m3/h

3/2 Direct acting valves / standard models

Flange 1.2 0.6 0.036 09-311I-02-30+EDC+AQF 0.5 - 15 NC Locking No 24V DC 3.8W 1 / 1

Flange 1.4 0.7 0.042 09-311I-01430+EDC+AQF 0.5 - 12 NC Locking No 24V DC 3.8W 1 / 1

Flange 1.6 0.8 0.048 09-311I-03-30+EDC+AQF 0.5 - 10 NC Locking No 24V DC 3.8W 1 / 1

Flange 1.8 1.0 0.060 09-311I-01830+EDC+AQF 0.5 - 8 NC Locking No 24V DC 3.8W 1 / 1

* PWM energy saving option

2

24 33

1

4

14 ø26

14,5

6 50,5

29

4

3,3

11 ø 20

11 17

5

39,5

14

3,2

2,7

R 5

,5

8,5

R 3,3

22

M3

1

14

22

22

www.norgren.com/fc/en022

P = Inlet port, A = Outlet port, R = Exhaust port

23

Intersol 22 mm

Further options on request- Function (NO, Universal)

- Pressure range

- Vacuum

- Materials

- Voltage

- Electrical connection

- Power consumption

Please find the safety instructions for the FAS range on page 318.

31

8,5

1,1

6,328

40

M3

30

28

1,5

5,5

Ø6

1,1

6,7

11

20

10

14,5

+0,2

+0,

2

+0,2

+0,

1

Ø18

7,5

G1/8”

40

19,9

14=

=

4,1

6,8 17

15,5

2 x

M5

2 x

Ø 7,

2

G1/8

12,5

8,5

80,4

64,

3

70,4

620

XXXX

XX

XX

16 23

14==

12 12XY

48,5

17 15,5M5YZ

232316

11,5

2 x 4,3

G1/8”

Ø 7,2

A1 A2 An

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

3WNC 3WNC 3WNC

3WNO

I 9000

R P

Electrical connector *

Subbase *

* Dimensions in mm

Electrical connector Subbase

Single connector N/C-6010 1 station: N/I9001

2 stations: N/I9002

3 stations: N/I9003

4 stations: N/I9004

5 stations: N/I9005

6 stations: N/I9006

Drawing legend

Number of stations X Y

2 47 55

3 70 78

4 93 101

5 116 124

6 139 147

Accessories

1

24

Bacosol 32 mm

Bacosol 32 mm 2/2 & 3/2-way valvesFor lubricated and unlubricated compressed air, neutral liquids or gases

Poppet valve, directly actuated with spring return

High cycle rate of up to 1200 cycles per minute

Sub-base mounted

Response time: 15 ms

Operating pressure: see technical data

Description Solenoid valve for air, and neutral liquids or gases

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +80 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required

MaterialsBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Technical data

Symbol 1: 3/2 NC

NC: Normally closed

2

1 3

* PWM energy saving option

Electrical characteristicsVoltage range -10 up to +15%

100% duty cycle

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65 with connector

Insulation class H (180 °C)

Electrical connection according to DIN 43650A

Coil orientation: rotatable 360°

Coil mounting: with G 1/4 nut

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value Part number Operating

pressure

bar

Function Manual

override

Hit & Hold * Voltage Power

consumption

Symbol /

Drawing

l/min m3/h

3/2 Direct acting valves G 1/8

1/8 0.8 0.4 0.024 04-311-101-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 23 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/8 1.2 0.8 0.048 04-311-102-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 17 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/8 1.6 1.4 0.084 04-311-103-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 14 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/8 2.0 2.2 0.132 04-311-104-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 10 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/8 2.4 2.8 0.168 04-311-105-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 8 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/8 3.0 4.0 0.240 04-311-106-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 5.5 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

3/2 Direct acting valves G 1/4

1/4 0.8 0.4 0.024 04-311-201-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 23 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/4 1.2 0.8 0.048 04-311-202-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 17 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/4 1.6 1.4 0.084 04-311-203-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 14 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/4 2.0 2.2 0.132 04-311-204-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 10 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/4 2.4 2.8 0.168 04-311-205-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 8 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

1/4 3.0 4.0 0.240 04-311-206-20+EDC+ACC 0 - 5.5 NC No No 24V DC 10W 1 / 1

www.norgren.com/fc/en024

25

Bacosol 32 mm

Drawing 1 *

15,5

45

25

22

G1/8

8 (9,5)

7,5

G 1

/8 (

G 1

/4)

ø 1

5 (ø

20)

73

15,5

52

44

0,5

1 2

3

Further options on request- Function (NO, Universal)

- Pressure range

- Vacuum

- Materials

- Manual override

- Voltage

- Electrical connection

- Power consumption

Please find the safety instructions for the FAS range on page 318.

* Dimensions in mm

12,5

12,5

7

M5

25

Drawing legend

Index Description

1 P

2 A

3 R

P = Inlet port, A = Outlet port, R = Exhaust port

1

26

Series 82370

For neutral gaseous and liquid fuels

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 1

Operating pressure: 0 to 4 bar / 8 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for neutral gaseous and liquid fuels

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: FPM

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Brass, PVDF

Note: Strainer with maximum mesh size of 0.25 mm

is necessary upstream of the valve

Features- EC-Type Examination Certificate

product ID-No.: CE-0085AU0323

valve class A G 1/4-G 1/2; B G 3/4 and G 1; valve group 2

- Qualification approval EN 161/3394 part 1 and EN 264

- High functional reliability

- Short response time < 1 s

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection size DN kv-Value Part number for DC voltage* FPM With compression pipe fitting (10 mm)

G mm m3/h 00 80

1/4 8 1.6 82370XX.9381.00000 0 - 4 0 - 8

3/8 10 2.0 82371XX.9381.00000 0 - 4 0 - 8

1/2 12 2.3 82372XX.9381.00000 0 - 4 0 - 8

3/4 20 5.8 82373XX.9381.00000 0 - 4 0 - 8

1 25 6.1 82374XX.9381.00000 0 - 4 0 - 8

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8237000.9382.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8237000.9381.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9381 18W - -

9382 - 20VA 20VA

Solenoid 9381 / 9382 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

Approved to DVGW EN 161/3394 Part1, EN 264 cCSAus (coil only)

AC with rectifier plug only

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 25 with DVGW-approval

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en026

27

Series 82370

Service kits

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm assembly

104Oval head cap screw up to G 1/2

Allen head screw from G 3/4

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*703 O-ring

704 Round plate

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon nut

1502 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

For valves with solenoid 9381(2)

and seal FPMPart number

8237000 1261721

8237100 1261721

8237200 1261721

8237300 1266952

8237400 1266952

P A

400

701

704

1502

703

102

104

101

1502

1501

103

1400

H1

H

LConnection

size G

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 67 54 105 90

3/8 67 54 105 90

1/2 67 54 105 90

3/4 95 70 130 105

1 95 70 130 105

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.9356 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

* B = maximum width

P A

Valve with compression fitting

Note:

Pressure-tight screw joints (e.g. NPT) are not approved for use with gaseous

fuels and pressures exceeding 4 bar.

1

28

Series 82510

2/2-way valves DN 1.5 to DN 5.0For neutral gases and liquids

Directly solenoid actuated

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/8 to G 3/8

Operating pressure: 0 to 40 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for neutral gases and liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Brass

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Suitable for vacuum

- High flow rate

- Functional compact design

- Body with M5 fastening thread as standard

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

- Valve operates without pressure differential

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

Operating pressure bar

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number* NBR Normally open FPM

110 °C

PTFE **

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

00/20/40/60/80 01/21/41/61 03/23/43/63/83 06/26/46/66/86 04/24/44/64/84

1/8 1.5 0.07 825180X.9101.00000 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 - 0 - 25

1/4 1.5 0.07 825100X.9101.00000 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 - 0 - 25

3/8 1.5 0.07 825110X.9101.00000 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 - 0 - 25

1/8 2.5 0.15 825182X.9101.00000 0 - 10 0 - 6 0 - 10 - 0 - 10

1/4 2.5 0.15 825102X.9101.00000 0 - 10 0 - 6 0 - 10 - 0 - 10

3/8 2.5 0.15 825112X.9101.00000 0 - 10 0 - 6 0 - 10 - 0 - 10

1/8 2.5 0.15 825182X.9151.00000 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 40 0 - 40

1/4 2.5 0.15 825102X.9151.00000 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 40 0 - 40

3/8 2.5 0.15 825112X.9151.00000 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 40 0 - 40

1/8 3.0 0.21 825184X.9101.00000 0 - 4 0 - 3 0 - 4 - 0 - 4

1/4 3.0 0.21 825104X.9101.00000 0 - 4 0 - 3 0 - 4 - 0 - 4

3/8 3.0 0.21 825114X.9101.00000 0 - 4 0 - 3 0 - 4 - 0 - 4

1/8 3.0 0.21 825184X.9151.00000 0 - 20 0 - 16 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 20

1/4 3.0 0.21 825104X.9151.00000 0 - 20 0 - 16 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 20

3/8 3.0 0.21 825114X.9151.00000 0 - 20 0 - 16 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 20

1/8 4.0 0.35 825186X.9151.00000 0 - 12 0 - 8 0 - 12 0 - 12 0 - 12

1/4 4.0 0.35 825106X.9151.00000 0 - 12 0 - 8 0 - 12 0 - 12 0 - 12

3/8 4.0 0.35 825116X.9151.00000 0 - 12 0 - 8 0 - 12 0 - 12 0 - 12

1/8 5.0 0.50 825188X.9151.00000 0 - 6 - 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6

1/4 5.0 0.50 825108X.9151.00000 0 - 6 - 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6

3/8 5.0 0.50 825118X.9151.00000 0 - 6 - 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8251000.9101.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8251000.9101.02400 for 24V DC

** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

www.norgren.com/fc/en028

29

Series 82510

Service kits

Drawing legend

Index Description

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

703 Screw piece

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

9900 Valve body

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

For valves with solenoid 9101 Part number

8251800 1261629

8251000 1261629

8251100 1261629

8251820 1261629

8251020 1261629

8251120 1261629

8251840 1261629

8251040 1261629

8251140 1261629

For valves with solenoid 9151 Part number

8251820 1262353

8251020 1262353

8251120 1262353

8251840 1262353

8251040 1262353

8251140 1262353

8251860 1262353

8251060 1262353

8251160 1262353

8251880 1262353

8251080 1262353

8251180 1262353

P A

707

9900

1400

400

701

704

705

706702

703 54,5

67

36 x 30

44

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9101 8W 15VA 12VA

9151 18W 45VA 35VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Solenoid 9101 / 9151 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

AP

1400

400

701

704

705

706

702

703

7079900

72

84,5

48,5 x 42

44

With solenoid 9101

With solenoid 9151

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.9136 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx m II T4 T 130 °C,

with 3 m connection cable

XXXXXXX.9186 x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 130 °C

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1

30

Series 82530

2/2-way valves DN 10For neutral gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 1/2 or 1/4" NPT to 1/2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass, PA 66

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PVDF

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Suitable for vacuum

- Functional design

- Compact solenoid with integrated core tube

- Valve operates without differential pressure

- Operating pressure: 0 - 20 bar with alternating current and NBR sealing

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

Valve length

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number* NBR FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

HNBR

+150 °C

00 03 14 51

1/4 10 44 1.5 82530XX.8001.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6

3/8 10 44 1.7 82531XX.8001.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6

1/2 10 60 1.7 82532XX.8001.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8253000.8001.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8253000.8001.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8001 12W - -

8001 - 20VA 16VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Solenoid 8001 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

www.norgren.com/fc/en030

31

Series 82530

Service kits

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Diaphragm

103 Spacer

400 Solenoid

*702 Plunger

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Oval head cap screw

*1502 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

For valves with solenoid 8001

and seal NBRPart number

8253000 1256202

8253100 1256202

8253200 1256202

For valves with solenoid 8001

and seal FPMPart number

8253003 1257116

8253103 1257116

8253203 1257116

For valves with solenoid 8001

and seal EPDMPart number

8253014 1256745

8253114 1256745

8253214 1256745

For valves with solenoid 8001

and seal HNBRPart number

8253051 1256761

8253151 1256761

8253251 1256761

P A

101

102

103

1502

702

705

1501

1400

400

B

H1

H

L

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 44 70 85.5 73.0

3/8 44 70 85.5 73.0

1/2 60 70 88.5 74.5

Further options (valves)XXXXX18.XXXX Degreased version,

seat seal: FPM

XXXXX22.XXXX Operating pressure 0 to 20 bar;

only for NBR and AC solenoid

(not available with Ex solenoids)

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8041 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

Further options on requestBody with 2x M5 fastening thread

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1

32

Series 82540

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 50For neutral gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 2 or 1/4" NPT to 2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PVDF, Brass

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- For robust industry applications

- Damped operation

- Suitable for vacuum

- For systems with low or fluctuating pressure

- Valve operates without differential pressure (Zero Delta P)

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number for DC voltage*

Operating pressure bar

NBR Normally open FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

00 01 03 14

1/4 8 1.9 82540XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

1/4 8 1.9 82540XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

3/8 10 3.0 82541XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/8 10 3.0 82541XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1/2 12 3.4 82542XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

1/2 12 3.4 82542XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

3/4 20 5.8 82543XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/4 20 5.8 82543XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 25 8.0 82544XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 25 8.0 82544XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 1/4 32 23.0 82545XX.9401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16** 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 1/2 40 25.0 82546XX.9401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16** 0 - 16 0 - 16

2 50 41.0 82547XX.9401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16** 0 - 16 0 - 16

** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8254000.9154.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8254000.9151.02400 for 24V DC

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

www.norgren.com/fc/en032

33

Series 82540

Connection size G Part number

1/4, 3/8, 1/2 1258986

3/4 1258991

1 1258996

1 1/4, 1 1/2 1259005

2 1259007

Mounting bracket*Content: 1 stainless steel mounting bracket and 2 screws

Drawing legend

G 1/4 - G 1 with solenoid 915X

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

706

701

704

705

707

105

103

AP

101

102

104

702

400

1400

L

H

H1

P A

101

102

103

104

105

1400

400

706

707

702

705

704

703

701

L

H1

H

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

915X 18W 20VA 20VA

940X 38W 42VA 42VA

840X 40W 45VA 45VA

830X 22W 25VA 25VA

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Solenoid 9151 / 9154; 9401 / 9404; 8301 / 8304;8401 / 8404 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

The solenoids 915X and 940X are UL listed and CSA approved

Connection

size G

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 60 44 104.0 92.5

3/8 60 44 104.0 92.5

1/2 67 44 108.0 94.5

3/4 80 50 115.0 99.0

1 95 62 124.0 103.5

1 1/4 132 92 186.0 157.0

1 1/2 132 92 186.0 157.0

2 160 109 201.5 167.0

G 1 1/4 - G 2 with solenoid 940X

* For image of valve with mounting bracket, see 82400 series (page 105)

* B = maximum width

1

1501

1502

1504

701703704705

1505

702

400

712

104

102

101

103

1400

P A

LT

H1H

R

B

34

Series 82540

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 915X

and seal NBRPart number

8254000 1260177

8254100 1260177

8254200 1260177

8254300 1260178

8254400 1260179

For valves with solenoid 940X

and seal NBRPart number

8254500 1263099

8254600 1263099

8254700 1263100

Further options (valves)XXXXX02.XXXX Manual override only from G 1 1/4 (NPT 1 1/4)

XXXXX17.XXXX Normally open, seat seal: FPM, maximum fluid

temperature +110 °C, from G 1 1/4 (NPT 1 1/4)

with solenoid 8400 only

Further options (solenoids)*XXXXXXX.8426 Solenoid in protection class x II 3 GD EEx nA II T4 T 135 °C

*XXXXXXX.8441 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

*XXXXXXX.9176 Solenoid in protection class x II 3 GD EEx nA II T4 T 135 °C

*XXXXXXX.9191 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

*XXXXXXX.9426 Solenoid in protection class x II 3 GD EEx nA II T4 T 135 °C

* DC only, for AC solenoids with design inspection certificate according to

category 2, e.g. XXXXXXX.8441

Further options on request

Accessories: - Manual override conversion kit

- Mounting bracket conversion kit

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm assembly

104 Allen head screw

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

705 Plunger

*712 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size G

L

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

B*

mm

T

mm

1/4 60 117 128.5 44 12.0

3/8 60 117 128.5 44 12.0

1/2 67 117 131 44 14.0

3/4 80 121 136 50 12.5

1 95 126 147 62 14.0

* B = maximum width

G 1/4 - G 1 with solenoid 830X

Fluid Control Solutions

35

INTEGRATED VALVE MANIFOLD TO CONTROL THE AIR SUSPENSION ON THE

PRESTIGIOUS LAND ROVER DISCOVERY AND RANGE ROVER VEHICLES.

HIGH PERFORMANCE, QUALITY AND RELIABILITY IN A SMALL, LIGHTWEIGHT

SOLUTION.

Norgren’s fluid control solutions are used in many different fields, including:

» Agriculture

» Analytical

» Automotive

» Chemical

» Commercial Vehicles

» Dairy

» Energy

» Environment Technology

» Food & Beverage

» Fuel Cells

» Heating and Air Conditioning

» Injection Moulding Machines

» Ink-Jet

» Life Sciences

» Marine

» Mechanical Engineering

» Optical Sorting

» Packaging

» Power Plants

» Printing

» Process Valves

» Railway

» Sanitary Automation

» Textiles

» Water Management

From the simplest piloting application through to the most arduous and

demanding liquid and gas control requirement, Norgren’s fluid control

expertise can make a difference.

Drawing on a wide and establised range of platform technologies, as well as

proven expertise in creating custom valve solutions, Norgren’s experienced

design engineers study customers' individual requirements closely in order to

deliver the best possible results.

RELIABLE, DURABLE & PROVEN

ENGINEERING INNOVATION

1

36

Series 82660

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 50For neutral and aggressive gases and liquids

Directly solenoid actuated

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 2

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for town gas, natural gas, and other neutral and aggressive fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: valve standing or lying,

solenoid at 45° angle

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Features- Functional compact design

- High flow rate

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number for DC voltage* Operating pressure bar

NBR

00

1/2 15 3.0 82662XX.8301.00000 0 - 0.6

1/2 15 3.0 82662XX.9401.00000 0 - 1.5

3/4 20 5.5 82663XX.9401.00000 0 - 1.0

1 25 6.1 82664XX.9401.00000 0 - 0.4

1 1/4 32 8.7 82665XX.9401.00000 0 - 0.25

1 1/2 40 16.3 82666XX.8401.00000 0 - 0.2

2 50 27.6 82667XX.8401.00000 0 - 0.15

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8266200.9404.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only; included)

or 8266200.9401.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid 8301 / 8304; 9401 / 9404; 8401 / 8404(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

The solenoids 94XX are UL listed and CSA approved

(With the exception of solenoid 94XX up to 41V AC)

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

830X 22W 25VA 25VA

940X 38W 42VA 42VA

840X 40W 45VA 45VA

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

www.norgren.com/fc/en036

37

Series 82660

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve spindle

*103 Gasket

104 Screw piece

*105 Sleeve bearing

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

400

701703704705702707706

104

101

105

103

102

1400

A

P

H

H1

SW

L

Further options (valves)NPT-thread

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8441 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection size GL

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/2 65 mm 123.40 mm 109.90 mm

1/2 65 mm 137.68 mm 125.18 mm

3/4 75 mm 145.42 mm 129.92 mm

1 90 mm 154.70 mm 134.20 mm

1 1/4 110 mm 175.99 mm 151.49 mm

1 1/2 120 mm 184.86 mm 136.86 mm

2 150 mm 195.58 mm 163.58 mm

1

38

Series 84360

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 25For neutral steam and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 1 or 1/4" NPT to 1" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for steam, hot water, and other neutral liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: 0 °C up to max. +150 °C

Ambient temperature: 0 °C up to max. +60 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: HNBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Valve operates without differential pressure

- High flow rate

- Easily interchangeable solenoid

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8436000.8306.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only; included)

or 8436000.8302.02400 for 24V DC

** With gases or liquids up to 25 mm2/s (cSt)

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number for DC voltage* Operating pressure bar**

HNBR

00

1/4 8 1.9 84360XX.8302.00000 0 - 10

3/8 10 3.0 84361XX.8302.00000 0 - 10

1/2 12 3.8 84362XX.8302.00000 0 - 10

3/4 20 6.1 84363XX.8302.00000 0 - 10

1 25 9.5 84364XX.8302.00000 0 - 10

Solenoid 8302 / 8306 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8302 14W - -

8306 - 16VA 16VA

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en038

39

Series 84360

Connection size G Part number

1/4, 3/8, 1/2 1258986

3/4 1258991

1 1258996

Mounting bracket*Content: 1 stainless steel mounting bracket and 2 screws

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm assembly

104 Allen head screw

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

705 Plunger

*712 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size G

L

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

B*

mm

T

mm

1/4 60 117 128.5 44 12.0

3/8 60 117 128.5 44 12.0

1/2 67 117 131 44 14.0

3/4 80 121 136 50 12.5

1 95 126 147 62 14.0

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1501

1502

1504

701703704705

1505

702

400

712

104

102

101

103

1400

P A

LT

H1H

R

B

* For image of valve with mounting bracket, see 82400 series (page 105)

* B = maximum width

1

40

Series 85700

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 50For neutral gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 2 or 1/4" NPT to 2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 to 25 bar (0 - 40 bar)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other netural fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -20 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PTFE/carbon

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- For robust industry applications

- Damped operation

- Suitable for vacuum

- For systems with low or fluctuating pressure

- Valve operates without differential pressure

- Stainless steel piston

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®) up to G 1 thread

Technical data

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

NBR Normally open Manual

override

FPM

110 °C

PTFE**

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

Position

indicator

2 switches

00 01 02 03 06 14 23

1/4 8 2.2 85700XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

3/8 10 3.4 85701XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

1/2 12 4.4 85702XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

3/4 20 7.0 85703XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

1 25 10.5 85704XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

1 1/4 32 25.0 85705XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25

1 1/2 40 27.0 85706XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25

2 50 43.0 85707XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8570200.9404.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8570200.9401.02400 for 24V DC

** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

*** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

a

P

Ab

a b

www.norgren.com/fc/en040

41

Series 85700

Solenoid 9401 / 9404 / 8401 / 8404(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

The solenoids 94XX are UL listed and CSA approved

(With the exception of solenoid 94XX up to 41V AC)

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9401 38W

9404 42VA 42VA

8401 40W

8404 45VA 45VA

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Valve plate

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

*106 Gasket

*107 O-ring

*108 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

P A

701

703

704

705

707

706

702

1400

400

103

101

108

107

106

104

105

102

H1H

LL1

T

R

ØA

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size G

øA

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

L1

mm

T

mm

1/4 44.0 152.0 140.5 60.0 27.5 12.0

3/8 44.0 152.0 140.5 60.0 27.5 12.0

1/2 44.0 154.5 140.5 67.0 31.0 14.0

3/4 50.0 162.0 146.5 80.0 36.5 16.0

1 62.0 183.0 162.0 95.0 44.0 18.0

G 1/4 - G 1

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

1

42

Series 85700

Connection

size G

øA

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

L1

mm

T

mm

1 1/4 92.0 212.5 183.5 132.0 60.0 20.0

1 1/2 92.0 212.5 183.5 132.0 60.0 22.0

2 109.0 226.5 192.0 160.0 74.0 24.0

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 9401 Part number

8570000 1263105

8570100 1263105

8570200 1263105

8570300 1263108

8570400 1263111

For valves with solenoid 8401 Part number

8570500 1263114

8570600 1263114

8570700 1263117

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Valve plate

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring (2x)

*106 Gasket

*107 O-ring

*108 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 O-ring (2x)

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

701

705

702

1400

400

103

101

108

107

106

102

104

P A

105

1504

704

703

1504

1502

1501

H1

H

L

L1

T

R

ØA

G 1 1/4 - G 2Drawing legend

43

Series 85700

Further options (valves)XXXXX17.XXXX Normally open, seat seal: FPM, fluid temperature -10 °C up

to +110 °C*, mounting position: with solenoid vertical on top,

only with solenoid 8400

XXXXX22.XXXX Maximum operating pressure: 40 bar

XXXXX25.XXXX Seat seal: FPM, with larger bleed orifices in the piston,

for fluids such as fuel and oil, viscosity: 80 mm2/s (cSt)

fluid temperature -10 °C up to +110 °C*

XXXXX28.XXXX Low temperature design: down to -20 °C

Accessories: - Manual override conversion kit

- Mounting bracket kit

Further options (solenoids)**XXXXXXX.8426 Solenoid in protection class x II 3 GD EEx nA II T4 T 135 °C

XXXXXXX.8441 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

**XXXXXXX.9426 Solenoid in protection class x II 3 GD EEx nA II T4 T 135 °C

Further options on request

* Up to max. +200 °C fluid temperature with solenoid for higher temperature

** DC only, for AC solenoids with EC type examination, category 2,

use XXXXXXX.8441

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1

44

Series 85720

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 50For neutral steam and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 2 or 1/4" NPT to 2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for steam, hot water, and other neutral liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: 0 °C up to max. +200 °C

Ambient temperature: 0 °C up to max. +60 °C

Mounting position: solenoid mounted underneath

(up to max. +150 °C preferably

solenoid vertical on top)

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PTFE/carbon/FPM

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- For robust industry applications

- Damped operation

- Valve operates without differential pressure

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®) up to G 1 thread

Technical data

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number for DC voltage*

Operating pressure bar

PTFE Normally open Manual

override

EPDM

130 °C

00** 01 02 14

1/4 8 1.9 85720XX.9402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16*** 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/8 10 3.0 85721XX.9402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16*** 0 - 16 0 - 16

1/2 12 3.8 85722XX.9402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16*** 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/4 20 6.0 85723XX.9402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16*** 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 25 9.5 85724XX.9402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16*** 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 1/4 32 23.0 85725XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 1/2 40 25.0 85726XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

2 50 41.0 85727XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8572200.9406.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8572200.9402.02400 for 24V DC

** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

*** With solenoid DC 8402 / AC 8406

www.norgren.com/fc/en044

45

Series 85720

Solenoid 9402 / 9406 / 8402 / 8406(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9402 29W

9406 33VA 33VA

8402 29W

8406 33VA 33VA

Drawing legend Up to G 1 thread

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Valve plate

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

*106 O-ring

*107 O-ring

*108 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

1400

400

103

101

108

107

106

104

105

102

701

703

704

705

707

706

702

P A

H1H

L

L1T

R

ØA

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size G

øA

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

L1

mm

T

mm

1/4 44.0 152.0 140.5 60.0 27.5 12.0

3/8 44.0 152.0 140.5 60.0 27.5 12.0

1/2 44.0 154.5 140.5 67.0 31.0 14.0

3/4 50.0 162.0 146.5 80.0 36.5 16.0

1 62.0 183.0 162.0 95.0 44.0 18.0

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

The solenoids 94XX are UL listed and CSA approved

(With the exception of solenoid 94XX up to 41V AC)

1

46

Series 85720

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 9402 Part number

8572000 1263978

8572100 1263978

8572200 1263978

8572300 1263979

8572400 1263980

For valves with solenoid 8402 Part number

8572500 1263981

8572600 1263981

8572700 1263982

Further options (valves)XXXXX22.XXXX Maximum operating pressure: 25 bar

XXXXX41.XXXX Position indicator with two magnetic field sensors;

only with solenoid 84XX

Accessories: - Manual override conversion kit

- Mounting bracket kit

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size G

øA

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

L1

mm

T

mm

1 1/4 92.0 212.5 183.5 132.0 60.0 20.0

1 1/2 92.0 212.5 183.5 132.0 60.0 22.0

2 109.0 226.5 192.0 160.0 74.0 24.0

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Valve plate

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring (2x)

*106 O-ring

*107 O-ring

*108 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

*1504 O-ring (2x)

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

701

705

702

1400

400

103

101

108

107

106

102

104

P A

1051504

704

703

1504

1502

1501

H1H

L

L1T

R

ØA

Drawing legend From G 1 1/4 thread

Fluid Control Solutions

47

BAutomatic Systems for Machines

Users are increasingly demandingcompact assemblies and systems

1

Cable gland

protection class EEx e, EEx d (ATEX),

Nickel plated brass

Connectors

EEx e 0588819 (for solenoids 42xx / 46xx M20 x 1.5) 0570275

Accessories

48

Series 95000

2/2-way-valves DN 1.5 to DN 6Direct operated poppet valves

Solenoid actuated

Connection G 1/4

Operating pressure: 0 to 40 bar (see technical data)

DescriptionSolenoid valve for neutral gases and fluids*

Fluid temperature: -25 °C to +80 °C

Ambient temperature: -25 °C to +80 °C, depending on solenoid system

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid on top

** With contaminated fluids, upstream installation of a dirt trap is recommended.

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Steel 1.4104 (AISI 430F), Brass

Features - No differential pressure required, works from 0 bar

- Short switching times

- Maximum leak rate 1.33·10-3 mbar·l/s

- For AC solenoid systems with integrated rectifier (40 to 60Hz)

- Valves and solenoids (see solenoid table) with Ex approval according to ATEX

Technical data

2

1

2

1

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number*

valve

Solenoid

group**

Operating

pressure

bar

Drawing

no.

Switching function: normally closed

1/4 1.5 0.07 9500100 13B 0 - 40 1

1/4 2 0.12 9500200 13B 0 - 35 1

1/4 3 0.20 9500300 13C 0 - 10 1

1/4 4 0.35 9500400 13D 0 - 12 1

1/4 6 0.55 9501600 16D 0 - 5 2

Switching function: normally open

1/4 2 0.10 9502210 13B 0 - 20 3

1/4 3 0.16 9502310 13B 0 - 10 3

* When ordering please indicate solenoid, voltage and current type (frequency).

** Please see following pages for technical data and ordering information.

Symbol 1: 2/2 NC

Symbol 2: 2/2 NO

www.norgren.com/fc/en048

49

Series 95000

Type Power consumption Rated current Ex-protection Protection Temperature

ambient

Electrical connector Dimensions Circuit

diagram24V DC

W

230V AC

VA

24V DC

mA

230V AC

VA

category class

fluid °C size no. no.

0246 **** 8.0 - 331 - - IP 65

(with connector)**

-25 ... +60

fluid: max. 80

Connector DIN EN

175301-803 form A ***

4 1

3206 **** - 9.2 - 40 - IP 65

(with connector)**

-25 ... +60

fluid: max. 80

Connector DIN EN

175301-803 form A ***

5 4

Type Power consumption Rated current Ex-protection Protection Temperature

ambient

Electrical connector Dimensions Circuit

diagram24V DC

W

230V AC

VA

24V DC

mA

230V AC

VA

category class

fluid °C size no. no.

0800 **** 16.9 - 703 - - IP 65

(with connector)***

-25 ... +60

fluid: max. 80

Connector DIN EN

175301-803 form A ***

6 1

3803 **** - 17.3 - 75 - IP 65

(with connector)***

-25 ... +60

fluid: max. 80

Connector DIN EN

175301-803 form A ***

7 3

Type Power consumption Rated current Ex-protection Protection Temperature

ambient

Electrical connector Dimensions Circuit

diagram24V DC

W

230V AC

VA

24V DC

mA

230V AC

VA

category class

fluid °C size no. no.

0200 **** 12.1 - 504 - - IP 65

(with connector)**

-25 ... +60

fluid: max. 80

Connector DIN EN

175301-803 form A ***

4 1

3204 **** - 11.3 - 49 - IP 65

(with connector)**

-25 ... +60

fluid: max. 80

Connector DIN EN

175301-803 form A ***

5 3

4220 ***** 8.9 - 369 - II2G

II2D

EEx me II

T5/T4

IP 66

T 130 °C *

T5:

-40 ... +55

T4:

-40 ... +65

M20 x 1.5 *** 8 2

4221 ***** - 10.0 - 43 II2G

II2D

EEx me II

T5/T4

IP 66

T 130 °C *

T5:

-40 ... +55

T4:

-40 ... +65

M20 x 1.5 *** 8 2

Type Power consumption Rated current Ex-protection Protection Temperature

ambient

Electrical connector Dimensions Circuit

diagram24V DC

W

230V AC

VA

24V DC

mA

230V AC

VA

category class

fluid °C size no. no.

0700 **** 16.9 - 703 - - IP 65

(with connector)**

-25 ... +60

fluid: max. 80

Connector DIN EN

175301-803 form A ***

6 1

3703 **** - 17.3 - 75 - IP 65

(with connector)**

-25 ... +60

fluid: max. 80

Connector DIN EN

175301-803 form A ***

7 3

4230 ***** 11.4 - 475 - II2G

II2D

EEx me II

T5/T4

IP66

T 130 °C *

T5:

-40 ... +40

T4:

-40 ... +50

M20 x 1.5 *** 8 2

4231 ***** - 15.2 - 66 II2G

II2D

EEx me II

T5/T4

IP66

T 130 °C *

T5:

-40 ... +40

T4:

-40 ... +50

M20 x 1.5 *** 8 4

Solenoid actuators group 13B

Solenoid actuators group 13C

Solenoid actuators group 13D

Solenoid actuators group 16D

* EC-Type Examination Certificate KEMA 98 ATEX 4452 X

** Required connector: type 0570275

*** Connector/Cable gland is not indicated in delivery

**** IP65 according to DIN 40050/IEC 529 and DIN EN 600068-2-38

***** This solenoid has a fuse with an appropirate rating.

Standard voltages 24V DC, 230V AC. Other voltages on request. Design according to VDE 0580, EN50014/50028. 100% duty cycle.

1

50

Series 95000

Dimensional drawings for valves

Drawing 1 * Drawing 2 *

Drawing 3 *

2

11

18

18

28,5

92,5

1 2

19

~ 1

20

36

27

18

18

29,5

75,5

1 2

36

2

11

19

G 1/4

26

~ 12

0

2

29,1

18

18

46,5

92,5

1 2

19

~ 1

20

36

27

Index Description

2 M4 x 6

Drawing legend

* Dimensions in mm

51

Series 95000

Drawing 6 * Drawing 7 *

Dimensional drawings for solenoid operators

Drawing 4 *

40,5

49

17

56

53,5

27

89

3443

Pg 11 12

27,5

1

40,5

59

21

60

63,5

27

99

34 27,5

43

Pg 11 12

1

54,5

107

64,5

91,5

42

M 20 x 1,5

27

40,5

2Drawing 8 *

40,5

38

15,5

55

74

18

29,5

Pg 11

27,5

12

1

40,5

46

17

56

81,5

18

29,5

27,5

12

Pg 11

1

Drawing 5 *

* Dimensions in mm

Drawing legend

Index Description

1 Connector

rotatable 4 x 90°

2 Ø 13 (with adaptor sleeve)

1

52

Series 95000

Circuit diagram 1

Circuit diagrams

Circuit diagram 2

Circuit diagram 3 Circuit diagram 4

Further options on request

Please find the safety instructions for the Norgren range on page 318.

53

Series 95000

Options selector (applicable for the Norgren range)

Nominal size Substitute

1.5; 2; 3; 4; 6; 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7

Frequency (Hz) Substitute

At DC 00

At AC (40 to 60Hz) 50

Voltage (V) Substitute

24 024

230 230

Solenoids Substitute

See solenoids

Material seat seal Substitute

NBR 0

EPDM 1

FPM 2

PTFE* (DN 1.5 - 4) NC 3

FFKM 4

Rubin (DN 2 + 3) NC 5

950X✶ X✶ .✶✶✶✶ .✶✶✶ .✶✶

* Possible only with series 9500XXX

Ordering example2/2 directional control valve,

DN (nominal diameter) 2, normally closed,

Port size: G 1/4,

Current draw: 8W, voltage: 24V DC

Type: 9500200.0246.024.00

Connector: 0570275

1

54

Series 83340

2/2-way valves DN 15 to 50For neutral gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Diaphragm valves

Flange connection: PN 16

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil, and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Valve operates without differential pressure

- High flow rate

- Easily interchangeable solenoid

- Suitable for vacuum

Technical data

Connection size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number for DC voltage*

Operating pressure bar

NBR Normally open FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

00 01 03*** 14***

15 5.5 83342XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 10 0 - 10

20 9.5 83343XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16** 0 - 10 0 - 10

25 11.0 83344XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16** 0 - 10 0 - 10

32 27.0 83345XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 10 0 - 10

40 30.0 83346XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 10 0 - 10

50 43.0 83347XX.8401.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8334200.8304.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8334200.8301.02400 for 24V DC

** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

*** Differential pressure for liquids maximum 1 bar in energized position

Solenoid 8301 / 8401 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8301 22W - -

8304 - 25VA 25VA

8401 40W - -

8404 - 45VA 45VA

a

P

Ab

a b

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en054

55

Series 83340

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

*104 Valve spindle

*105 Screw piece

106 Hexagon nut

107 Hexagon screw

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring, only DN 20 and DN 25

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size DN

L

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

B*

mm

15 130 110 95 95

20 150 126 105 105

25 160 126 115 115

32 180 171 140 140

40 200 175 150 150

50 230 182 165 165

P A

1400

104

712

105

102

101

1502

1501

1504701704705702400

1505

106

107 103

DNØF

L

H

B

* B = maximum width

1

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8341 Solenoid in protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8441 Solenoid in protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8900 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx de II T4

and T5 T 130 °C / T 95 °C**

XXXXXXX.8920 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx d II C T4

and T5 T 130 °C / T 95 °C**** solenoid belongs to 84XX scale

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8301

and seal NBRPart number

8334200 1230164

8334300 1230170

8234400 1230170

For valves with solenoid 8401

and seal NBRPart number

8334500 1221710

8334600 1221710

8334700 1218534

56

Series 85100 / 84100

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 100For neutral gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Flange connection: PN 16

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: DN 15 to DN 50:

as required, preferably with solenoid vertical on top

DN 65 to DN 100:

with solenoid vertical on top only

MaterialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: NBR

Cover: DN 15 to DN 50: Brass

DN 65 to DN 100: Grey cast iron

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Brass, Gun metal

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Flat-piston valve

- Valve operates without differential pressure

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Option: ANSI flange

Technical data

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

NBR Normally open FPM

110 °C

PTFE***

110 °C

FPM for higher

viscosity

110 °C

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

Ex-protected

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

00 01 03 06 25 40** 41

15 5.5 85102XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16**** 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16**** 0 - 16**** 0 - 16****

20 10.0 85103XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

25 12.5 85104XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

32 27.0 85105XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

40 31.0 85106XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

50 43.0 85107XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

65 67.0 84108XX.9501.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 - 0 - 16 0 - 16

80 94.0 84109XX.9501.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 - 0 - 16 0 - 16

100 144.0 84110XX.9501.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 - 0 - 16 0 - 16

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8510300.8404.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8510300.8401.02400 for 24V DC

** Only in combination with explosion proof solenoids

*** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

**** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

a

P

Ab

a b

www.norgren.com/fc/en056

57

Series 85100 / 84100

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 O-ring

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Screw piece

*107 Pressure spring - not for DN 15

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Allen head screw

111 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring - DN 15 only

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

P A

103104109110

105111

1505702

705

704701

150415021501

101

102

107

106

108

400

1400

H

DNØ F

L

Solenoid 8301 / 8304, 8401 / 8404, 9501 / 9504(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8301 22W

8304 25VA 25VA

8401 40W

8404 45VA 45VA

9501 80W

9504 89VA 89VA

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 95 145 95

20 150 105 172 105

25 160 115 172 115

32 180 140 187 140

40 200 150 191 150

50 230 165 200 165

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

DN 15 - DN 50

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* B = maximum width

1

58

Series 85100 / 84100

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8301 Part number

8510200 1250479

For valves with solenoid 8401 Part number

8510300 1246595

8510400 1246595

8510500 1247223

8510600 1247223

8510700 1247223

For valves with solenoid 9501 Part number

8410800 1231358

8410900 1232082

8411000 1232069

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

65 290 195 330 185

80 310 220 350 200

100 350 260 378 220

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Locking ring

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Hexagon screw

111 Hexagon nut

115 Bushing

116 Bushing

117 Snap ring

*119 Guide foil

120 Tube

*121 O-ring

122 Screw piece

301 Screw piece

302 Valve spindle

*303 O-ring

*304 O-ring

305 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1503 Gasket

1504 O-ring

P A

1501

1502

701704705702

1504304301302305

303102

119120

1400400

122111

121116

1503

105106110109108

117115

104103101

H

DNØ F

L

DN 65 - DN 100Drawing legend

* B = maximum width

59

Series 85100 / 84100

Further options (valves)XXXXXX02.XXXX Manual override

XXXXXX14.XXXX Seal: EPDM, maximum temperature +110 °C

XXXXXX17.XXXX Normally open, seal: FPM, maximum temperature +110 °C,

mounting position: with solenoid vertical on top only

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8341 DN 15: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8436 DN 20 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8441 DN 20 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8900 DN 15 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx de II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.8920 DN 15 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx d II T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.9540 DN 65 – DN 100: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 and T4 T 140 °C

Further options on requestSpecial connections

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1

60

Series 85120 / 84120

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 100For neutral steam and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Flange connection: PN 16

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for steam, hot water, and other neutral liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: DN 15 to DN 50: -10 °C up to max. +200 °C

DN 65 to DN 100: -10 °C up to max. +150 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Mounting position: DN 15 to DN 50: 200 °C, solenoid mounted underneath

up to max. 150 °C: preferably with solenoid vertical on top

DN 65 to DN 100: 150 °C, with solenoid vertical on top

MaterialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: PTFE, leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

Cover: DN 15 to DN 50: Brass

DN 65 to DN 100: Grey cast iron

Valve seat: Gun metal

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Gun metal

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Designed for hot water and steam

- For closed systems without differential pressure

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

PTFE Normally open Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

00 01 41

15 5.0 85122XX.8302.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16*** 0 - 16***

20 8.0 85123XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

25 10.0 85124XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

32 27.0 85125XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

40 30.0 85126XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

50 41.0 85127XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

65 67.0 84128XX.9502.00000** 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

80 94.0 84129XX.9502.00000** 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

100 144.0 84130XX.9502.00000** 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8512300.8406.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only; included)

or 8512300.8402.02400 for 24V DC

** Fluid temperature: maximum +150 °C

*** With solenoid DC 8402 / AC 8406

www.norgren.com/fc/en060

61

Series 85120 / 84120

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 O-ring

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Screw piece

*107 Pressure spring

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Allen head screw

111 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring - DN 15 only

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

P A103

104

109

110

105

111

1505

702

705

704

701

101

102

107106108

400

1400

1501

1502

1504

H

DN Ø F

L

Solenoid 8302 / 8306; 8402 / 8406; 9502 / 9506(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8302 14W - -

8306 - 16VA 16VA

8402 29W - -

8406 - 33VA 33VA

9502 55W - -

9506 - 61VA 61VA

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 95 145 95

20 150 105 172 105

25 160 115 172 115

32 180 140 187 140

40 200 150 191 150

50 230 165 200 165

DN 15 - DN 50

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* B = maximum width

1

62

Series 85120 / 84120

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Locking ring

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Hexagon screw

111 Hexagon nut

115 Bushing

116 Bushing

117 Snap ring

*119 Guide foil

120 Tube

121 Gasket

122 Screw piece

301 Screw piece

302 Valve spindle

*303 O-ring

*304 O-ring

305 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1503 Gasket

1504 O-ring

1505 Round plate

P A

15011502

701704705702

1504304301302305303102

119120

1400400

122111

121116

1503

105106110109108

117115

104103101

H

DNØ F

L

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

65 290 195 330 185

80 310 220 350 200

100 350 260 378 220

Drawing legend DN 65 - DN 100

* B = maximum width

63

Series 85120 / 84120

Further options (valves)XXXXXX02.XXXX Manual override

XXXXXX14.XXXX Seal: EPDM, maximum temperature +130 °C

XXXXXX33.XXXX Surfaces in contact with fluid are free from substances

that inhibit paint smoothness

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8406 DN 15 to DN 50: solenoid AC,

maximum temperature +200 °C

solenoid mounting position: vertical underneath only

XXXXXXX.8602 DN 65 – DN 100: maximum temperature +200 °C

solenoid mounting position: vertical underneath only

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1

64

Series 85200 / 84200

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 100For neutral gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Flange connection: PN 40

Operating pressure: 0 to 25 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: DN 15 to DN 50: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

DN 65 to DN 100: with solenoid vertical on top only

Material Body: Cast Steel

Seat seal: NBR

Cover: DN 15 to DN 50: Brass

DN 65 to DN 100: Cast Steel

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Brass, Gun metal

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Continuously adjustable closing time from DN 65

- Valve operates without differential pressure

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Option: ANSI flange

Technical data

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

NBR Normally open FPM

110 °C

PTFE***

110 °C

FPM for higher

viscosity

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

Ex-protected

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

00 01 03 06 25 40** 41

15 5.5 85202XX.8301.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25**** 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25**** 0 - 25**** 0 - 25****

20 10.0 85203XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

25 12.5 85204XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

32 27.0 85205XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

40 31.0 85206XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

50 43.0 85207XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

65 67.0 84208XX.9501.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 - 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

80 94.0 84209XX.9501.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 - 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

100 144.0 84210XX.9501.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 - 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8520300.8404.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included)

or 8520300.8401.02400 for 24V DC

** Only in combination with explosion proof solenoids

*** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

**** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

a

P

Ab

a b

www.norgren.com/fc/en064

65

Series 85200 / 84200

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 O-ring

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Screw piece

*107 Pressure spring - not for DN 15

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Allen head screw

111 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring - DN 15 only

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Solenoid 8301 / 8304, 8401 / 8404, 9501 / 9504(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8301 22W

8304 25VA 25VA

8401 40W

8404 45VA 45VA

9501 80W

9504 89VA 89VA

H

DNØ F

L

P A103104109110

105

1111505702705704701

150415021501

101

102

107

106

108

400

1400

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 95 145 95

20 150 105 172 105

25 160 115 172 115

32 180 140 187 140

40 200 150 191 150

50 230 165 200 165

DN 15 - DN 50

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* B = maximum width

1

66

Series 85200 / 84200

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

65 290 195 327 185

80 310 220 347 200

100 350 260 376 235

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Locking ring

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Hexagon screw

111 Hexagon nut

*112 Gasket

115 Bushing

116 Bushing

117 Snap ring

*119 Guide foil

120 Tube

301 Screw piece

302 Valve spindle

*303 O-ring

*304 O-ring

305 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1503 Gasket

1504 O-ring

1505 Round plate

P A

15011502

701704705702

1504304301302305303

102119120

1400400

122111

121116

1503

105106110109108

117115

104103101

H

DNØ F

L

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

DN 65 - DN 100

* B = maximum width

67

Series 85200 / 84200

Further options (valves)

XXXXXX02.XXXX Manual override

XXXXXX14.XXXX Seal: EPDM, maximum temperature +110 °C

XXXXXX17.XXXX Normally open, seal: FPM, maximum temperature +110 °C,

mounting position: with solenoid vertical on top only

XXXXXX22.XXXX Pmax. 40 bar, DN 15 – DN 50

DN 15 Solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

Further options (solenoids)

XXXXXXX.8341 DN 15: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8436 DN 20 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8441 DN 20 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8900 DN 15 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx de II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.8920 DN 15 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx d II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.9540 DN 65 – DN 100: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3/T4 T 140 °C

Further options on requestSolenoids

Special connections

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8301 Part number

8520200 1250479

For valves with solenoid 8401 Part number

8520300 1246595

8520400 1246595

8520500 1247223

8520600 1247223

8520700 1247224

For valves with solenoid 9501 Part number

8420800 1244013

8420900 1238279

8421000 1236593

1

68

Series 85220 / 84220

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 100For neutral steam and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Flange connection: PN 25

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for steam, hot water, and other neutral liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: DN 15 to DN 50: -10 °C up to max. +200 °C

DN 65 to DN 100: -10 °C up to max. +150 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Mounting position: DN 15 to DN 50: 200 °C, solenoid mounted underneath

150 °C, with solenoid vertical on top

DN 65 to DN 100: 150 °C, with solenoid vertical on top

MaterialBody: Cast Steel

Seat seal: PTFE, leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

Cover: DN 15 to DN 50: Brass

DN 65 to DN 100: Grey cast iron

Valve seat: Gun metal

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Gun metal

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Designed for hot water and steam

- For closed systems without differential pressure

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number voltage

for DC*

Operating pressure bar

PTFE Normally open Operating

pressure max.

25 bar

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

00 01 22 41

15 5.0 85222XX.8302.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16** 0 - 25** 0 - 16**

20 8.0 85223XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 16

25 10.0 85224XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 16

32 27.0 85225XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 16

40 30.0 85226XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 16

50 41.0 85227XX.8402.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 16

65 67.0 84228XX.9502.00000*** 0 - 16 0 - 16 - 0 - 16

80 94.0 84229XX.9502.00000*** 0 - 16 0 - 16 - 0 - 16

100 144.0 84230XX.9502.00000*** 0 - 16 0 - 16 - 0 - 16

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8522300.8406.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8522300.8402.02400 for 24V DC

** With solenoid DC 8402 / AC 8406

*** Maximum fluid temperature +150 °C

www.norgren.com/fc/en068

69

Series 85220 / 84220

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 O-ring

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Screw piece

*107 Pressure spring

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Allen head screw

111 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring - DN 15 only

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Solenoid 8302 / 8306; 8402 / 8406; 9502 / 9506(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8302 14W - -

8306 - 16VA 16VA

8402 29W - -

8406 - 33VA 33VA

9502 55W - -

9506 - 61VA 61VA

P A

103104109

110

105111

1505702

705704

701

101

102

107

106

108

400

1400

1501

1502

1504

H

DNØ F

L

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 95 145 95

20 150 105 172 105

25 160 115 172 115

32 180 140 187 140

40 200 150 191 150

50 230 165 200 165

DN 15 - DN 50

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* B = maximum width

1

70

Series 85220 / 84220

Drawing legend

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

65 290 195 327 185

80 310 220 347 200

100 350 260 376 235

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Locking ring

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Hexagon screw

111 Hexagon nut

115 Bushing

116 Bushing

117 Snap ring

*119 Guide foil

120 Tube

301 Screw piece

302 Valve spindle

*303 O-ring

*304 O-ring

305 Hexagon nut

*306 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1503 Gasket

1504 O-ring

Further options (valves)XXXXXX02.XXXX Manual override

XXXXXX14.XXXX Seal: EPDM, maximum temperature +130 °C

XXXXXX33.XXXX Surfaces in contact with fluid are free from substances that

inhibit paint smoothness

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8602 DN 65 – DN 100: maximum temperature +200 °C

solenoid mounting position: vertical underneath only

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

P A

15011502

701704705702

1504304301302305303102

119120

1400400

122111

121116

1503

105106110109108

117115

104103101

H

DNØ F

L

DN 65 - DN 100

* B = maximum width

Fluid Control Solutions

71

Compact piston valve:

Innovation with

Click-on® technology

1

72

Series 82560

2/2-way valves DN 10For slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 1/2 or 1/4" NPT to 1/2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Stainless steel, PA 66

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PVDF, Sandvik 1802

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Suitable for vacuum

- Functional design

- Compact solenoid with integrated core tube

- Valve operates without differential pressure

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

Valve length

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number for DC voltage* NBR FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

HNBR

+150 °C

00 03 14 51

1/4 10 44 1.5 82560XX.8001.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6

3/8 10 44 1.7 82561XX.8001.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6

1/2 10 60 1.7 82562XX.8001.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8256000.8004.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8256000.8001.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid 8001 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8001 12W - -

8004 - 13VA 13VA

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en072

73

Series 82560

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Diaphragm

103 Spacer

400 Solenoid

*702 Plunger

*704 Guiding pin

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Oval head cap screw

*1502 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

P A101

102

103

1502

702

705

704

1501

1400

400

H1

H

L

B

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 44 69.5 85.5 73.0

3/8 44 69.5 85.5 73.0

1/2 60 69.5 88.5 74.5

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8041 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1

74

Series 82590

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 50For slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 2

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: NBR-K (flexible at low temperatures)

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PVDF

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- For robust industry applications

- Damped operation

- Suitable for vacuum

- For systems with low or fluctuating pressure

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

- Valve operates without differential pressure

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number for DC voltage*

Operating pressure bar

NBR-K Normally open FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

00 01 03 14

1/4 8 1.9 82590XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

3/8 10 3.0 82591XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1/2 12 3.4 82592XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

3/4 20 5.8 82593XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 25 8.0 82594XX.9151.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 1/4 32 23.0 82595XX.9401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16** 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 1/2 40 25.0 82596XX.9401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16** 0 - 16 0 - 16

2 50 41.0 82597XX.9401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16** 0 - 16 0 - 16

** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8259000.9154.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8259000.9151.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid 9151/9154; 9401/9404; 8401/8404 (standard voltages)

Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

The solenoids 94XX are UL listed and CSA approved

(With the exception of solenoid 94XX up to 41V AC).

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

915X 18W 20VA 20VA

940X 38W 42VA 42VA

840X 40W 45VA 45VA

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en074

75

Series 82590

Connection size G Part number

1/4, 3/8, 1/2 1258986

3/4 1258991

1 1258996

1 1/4, 1 1/2 1259005

2 1259007

Mounting bracket*Content: 1 stainless steel mounting bracket and 2 screws

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 O-ring

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.9191 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

P A

101102

103

104105

1400400

706

707

702

705

704

703

701

H1

R

ØA48,5 x 42

26,5

49,5

T

L1L

H

Connection

size G

øA

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

L1

mm

T

mm

1/4 44 104.0 92.5 60 27.5 12.0

3/8 44 104.0 92.5 60 27.5 12.0

1/2 44 108.0 94.5 67 31.0 14.0

3/4 50 115.0 99.0 80 36.5 16.0

1 62 124.0 103.5 95 44.0 18.0

1 1/4 92 186.0 157.0 132 60.0 20.0

1 1/2 92 186.0 157.0 132 60.0 22.0

2 109 201.5 167.0 160 74.0 24.0

* For image of valve with mounting bracket, see 82400 series (page 105)

1

76

Series 82610

2/2-way valves DN 1.5 to DN 5.0For neutral and slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Directly solenoid actuated

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/8 to G 3/8

Operating pressure: 0 to 40 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for neutral and slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +110 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: FPM

Internal parts: Stainless steel

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Suitable for vacuum

- High flow rate

- Functional compact design

- Body with M5 fastening thread as standard

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

- Valve operates without pressure differential

Technical data

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part Number for DC voltage*

Operating pressure bar

FPM Normally open PTFE ** EPDM

03/23/43/63/83 01/21/41/61 06/26/46/66/86 04/24/44/64/84

1/8 1.5 0.07 826180X.9101.00000 0 - 25 0 - 16 - 0 - 25

1/4 1.5 0.07 826100X.9101.00000 0 - 25 0 - 16 - 0 - 25

3/8 1.5 0.07 826110X.9101.00000 0 - 25 0 - 16 - 0 - 25

1/8 2.5 0.15 826182X.9101.00000 0 - 10 0 - 6 - 0 - 10

1/4 2.5 0.15 826102X.9101.00000 0 - 10 0 - 6 - 0 - 10

3/8 2.5 0.15 826112X.9101.00000 0 - 10 0 - 6 - 0 - 10

1/8 2.5 0.15 826182X.9151.00000 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 40

1/4 2.5 0.15 826102X.9151.00000 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 40

3/8 2.5 0.15 826112X.9151.00000 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 40

1/8 3.0 0.21 826184X.9101.00000 0 - 4 0 - 3 - 0 - 4

1/4 3.0 0.21 826104X.9101.00000 0 - 4 0 - 3 - 0 - 4

3/8 3.0 0.21 826114X.9101.00000 0 - 4 0 - 3 - 0 - 4

1/8 3.0 0.21 826184X.9151.00000 0 - 20 0 - 16 0 - 20 0 - 20

1/4 3.0 0.21 826104X.9151.00000 0 - 20 0 - 16 0 - 20 0 - 20

3/8 3.0 0.21 826114X.9151.00000 0 - 20 0 - 16 0 - 20 0 - 20

1/8 4.0 0.35 826186X.9151.00000 0 - 12 0 - 8 0 - 12 0 - 12

1/4 4.0 0.35 826106X.9151.00000 0 - 12 0 - 8 0 - 12 0 - 12

3/8 4.0 0.35 826116X.9151.00000 0 - 12 0 - 8 0 - 12 0 - 12

1/8 5.0 0.50 826188X.9151.00000 0 - 6 - 0 - 6 0 - 6

1/4 5.0 0.50 826108X.9151.00000 0 - 6 - 0 - 6 0 - 6

3/8 5.0 0.50 826118X.9151.00000 0 - 6 - 0 - 6 0 - 6

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8261000.9104.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz or 8261000.9101.02400 for 24V DC (AC with rectifier plug only, included)

** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

www.norgren.com/fc/en076

77

Series 82610

Drawing legend With solenoid 9101

With solenoid 9151

Index Description

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

703 Screw piece

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

9900 Valve body

Service kits

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

For valves with solenoid 9101 Part number

8261800 1261629

8261000 1261629

8261100 1261629

8261820 1261629

8261020 1261629

8261120 1261629

8261840 1261629

8261040 1261629

8261140 1261629

For valves with solenoid 9151 Part number

8261820 1262353

8261020 1262353

8261120 1262353

8261840 1262353

8261040 1262353

8261140 1262353

8261860 1262353

8261060 1262353

8261160 1262353

8261880 1262353

8261080 1262353

8261180 1262353

P A

707

9900

1400

400

701

704

705

706702

703

44

22

ø 28,5

2036 x 30

32

54,5

67

AP

1400

400

701

704

705

706

702

703

7079900

44

22

ø 28,5

26,5

48,5 x 4249

,5

7284

,5

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9101 8W 15VA 12VA

9151 18W 45VA 35VA

9104 8W 15VA 20VA

9154 18W 20VA 20VA

Solenoid 9101 / 9151 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

AC with rectifier plug only

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.9136 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx m II T4 T 130 °C,

with 3 m connection cable

XXXXXXX.9186 x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1

78

Series 82670

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 50For neutral and aggressive gases and liquids

Directly solenoid actuated

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 2

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for town gas, natural gas, and other neutral and aggressive fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +110 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: valve standing or lying,

solenoid at 45° angle

MaterialBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: FPM

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Features- Functional compact design

- High flow rate

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number for DC voltage* Operating pressure bar

FPM

03

1/2 15 3.0 82672XX.8301.00000 0 - 0.6

1/2 15 3.0 82672XX.9401.00000 0 - 1.5

3/4 20 5.5 82673XX.9401.00000 0 - 1.0

1 25 6.1 82674XX.9401.00000 0 - 0.4

1 1/4 32 8.7 82675XX.9401.00000 0 - 0.25

1 1/2 40 16.3 82676XX.8401.00000 0 - 0.2

2 50 27.6 82677XX.8401.00000 0 - 0.15

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8267200.9404.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only; included)

or 8267200.9401.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid 8301 / 8304; 9401 / 9404; 8401 / 8404(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

The solenoids 94XX are UL listed and CSA approved

(With the exception of solenoid 94XX up to 41V AC)

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

830X 22W 25VA 25VA

940X 38W 42VA 42VA

840X 40W 45VA 45VA

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

www.norgren.com/fc/en078

79

Series 82670

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve spindle

*103 Gasket

104 Screw piece

*105 Sleeve bearing

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

400701703704

705702707

706

104

101

105

103

102

1400

A

P

H

H1

SW

L

Further options (valves)NPT-connection

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8441 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

Further options on requestPlease turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection size GL

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/2 65 123.4 109.9

1/2 65 137.68 125.18

3/4 75 145.42 129.92

1 90 154.7 134.2

1 1/4 110 175.99 151.49

1 1/2 120 184.86 136.86

2 150 195.58 163.58

1

80

Series 85040

2/2-way valves DN 10 to DN 25For slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Internal thread G 3/8 to G 1 or 3/8" NPT to 1" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 to 25 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -20 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: NBR-K (flexible at low temperatures)

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Sandvik 1802

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Flat-piston valve

- Valve operates without differential pressure

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Suitable for vacuum

Technical data

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

NBR-K Normally

open

FPM

110 °C

PTFE

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

40 barPosition

indicator

with 2

magnetic

field sensors

00 01 03 06** 14 22 41

3/8 10 3.4 85041XX.8301.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 40*** 0 - 25

1/2 12 3.8 85042XX.8301.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 40*** 0 - 25

3/4 20 11.0 85043XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 25

1 25 13.0 85044XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 25

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8504200.8304.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8504200.8301.02400 for 24V DC

** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

*** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

Solenoid 8301 / 8304, 8401 / 8404(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8301 22W

8304 25VA 25VA

8401 40W

8404 45VA 45VA

a

P

Ab

a b

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en080

81

Series 85040

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 O-ring

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Screw piece

*107 Pressure spring - from G 3/4

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer - G 3/8 and G 1/2 only

110

Oval head cap screw - G 3/8 and G 1/2

Hexagon screw - G 3/4 and G 1

111 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring - G 3/8 and G 1/2 only

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8301 Part number

8504100 1247733

8504200 1247733

For valves with solenoid 8401 Part number

8504300 1247248

8504400 1247248

Further options (valves)XXXXX34.XXXX Increased closing force with 20% reduction in Kv-value

advisable at low flow rates or with infrequent operation

XXXXX40.XXXX Electrical position indicator EEx

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8341 DN 10 and DN 15: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8402 Solenoid for high temperature:

maximum fluid temperature +200 °C,

mounting position: vertical underneath only,

for direct current and option 03 (FPM seals)

XXXXXXX.8406 As 8402, but for alternating current

XXXXXXX.8436 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8441 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8900 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx de II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.8920 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx d II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

Further options on requestSpecial connections

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size G

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

3/8 67 65 165 150

1/2 67 65 165 150

3/4 95 92 196 172

1 95 92 196 172

H1

H

L

1504

701

704

705

702

1505

106

110108

103

1501

1502

1400

400

111

105

107

104

102

101AP

P A

1504

701

704

705

702

1505

106

103

109

108

110

1501

1502

1400

400

712

111

105

102

104

101

H1

H

L

G 3/4 - G 1

G 3/8 - G 1/2

* B = maximum width

1

82

Series 85140 / 84140

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 100For slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Flange connection: PN 16

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar

Description (standard valve)Valve for slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: DN 15 to DN 50: -20 °C up to max. +110 °C

DN 65 to DN 100: -10 °C up to max. +110 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: DN 15 to DN 50:

as required, preferably with solenoid vertical on top

DN 65 to DN 100:

with solenoid vertical on top only

MaterialBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: PTFE, leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

Internal parts: Stainless steel

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- For closed systems without differential pressure

- High media compatability due to optimal material combinations

- Damped operation

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

Operating pressure bar

PTFE Normally open Position

indicator:

2 switches,

Ex-protected

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

00*** 01 40** 41

15 5.5 85142XX.8301.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16**** 0 - 16**** 0 - 16****

20 10.0 85143XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

25 12.5 85144XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

32 27.0 85145XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

40 31.0 85146XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

50 43.0 85147XX.8401.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

65 67.0 84148XX.9501.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

80 94.0 84149XX.9501.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

100 144.0 84150XX.9501.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8514300.8404.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8514300.8401.02400 for 24V DC

** Only in connection with explosion proof solenoids

*** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

**** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

www.norgren.com/fc/en082

83

Series 85140 / 84140

Drawing legend

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Screw piece

*107 Pressure spring - not for DN 15

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer - DN 15 only

110 Hexagon screw

111 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring - DN 15 only

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

P A103104109110

105111

1505702705704701

15041502

1501

101

102

107

106

108

400

1400

H

DNØ F

L

Solenoid 8301 / 8304, 8401 / 8404, 9501 / 9504(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8301 22W

8304 25VA 25VA

8401 40W

8404 45VA 45VA

9501 80W

9504 89VA 89VA

DN 15 - DN 50

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 95 145 95

20 150 105 172 105

25 160 115 172 115

32 180 140 187 140

40 200 150 191 150

50 230 165 200 165

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* B = maximum width

1

84

Series 85140 / 84140

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

65 290 195 330 185

80 310 220 350 200

100 350 260 378 220

Drawing legend

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Hexagon screw

111 Hexagon nut

*112 Gasket

115 Bushing

*119 Guide foil

120 Tube

148 Screw piece

149 Screw piece

150 Gasket

151 Round plate

301 Screw piece

302 Valve spindle

*303 O-ring

*304 O-ring

305 Hexagon nut

*306 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1503 Gasket

1504 O-ring

1505 Round plate

H

DNØ F

L

P A

1501

1502

701704705702

1504304301302305303102

119

120

1400400

122111

121116

1503

105106110109108

117115

104103101

DN 65 - DN 100

* B = maximum width

85

Series 85140 / 84140

Further options (valves)XXXXXX02.XXXX Manual override

Version for aggressive fluids, liquids up to 80 mm2/s,

special connections e.g. ANSI flange

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8341 DN 15: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8402 DN 15 to DN 50: Solenoid DC,

maximum temperature +200 °C

solenoid mounting position vertical underneath only

XXXXXXX.8406 DN 15 to DN 50: Solenoid AC,

maximum temperature +200 °C

solenoid mounting position vertical underneath only

XXXXXXX.8436 DN 20 to DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8441 DN 20 to DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8900 DN 15 to DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx de II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.8920 DN 15 to DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx d II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.9540 DN 65 to DN 100: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3/T4 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8301 Part number

8514200 1254199

For valves with solenoid 8401 Part number

8514300 1248517

8514400 1248517

8514500 1248282

8514600 1248282

8514700 1248281

For valves with solenoid 9501 Part number

8414800 1239210

8414900 1233280

8415000 1249332

1

86

KIP Solenoid Valves

KIP – Customised solutions and solenoid valves for demanding applications

KIP engineers have a wealth of experience in designing and

manufacturing customised solutions for OEMs with demanding

industrial and life science applications. KIP also features an

established range of machined solenoid valves. KIP’s facility in

Connecticut, USA is well equipped for quick turnaround of these

solutions:

» In house machining capabilities

» In house model shop and test facilities

» Rapid prototyping capabilities

A specialised engineering and production team designs and

manufactures custom manifolds from acrylic and other high-

grade polymers. This is achieved through the use of a variety

of hi-tech manufacturing techniques. Multi-layered acrylic

manifolds as well as machined manifolds offer several benefits,

including:

» Reduced size of fluidic system

» Reduced total cost of ownership

» Reduced number of fittings, tubing and connectors – fewer

leak points

87

KIP Solenoid Valves

KIP Solenoid Valves

Solenoid Valves for demanding applications

Features Series 1 Series 2 Series 3 Series 6 KIP Jr.

Size - Diameter 26 mm 26 mm 30 mm 42 mm 20 mm

Maximum MOPD (bar) 55 69 69 83 7

Vacuum Service ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Max. Kv (m3/h) - Body 0.260 0.260 0.420 0.775 0.043

Min. Kv (m3/h) - Body 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.030 0.030

Max. Kv (m3/h) - 3/2 Version 0.110 0.120 0.120 0.230 0.021

Min. Kv (m3/h) - 3/2 Version 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.013

Power Rating 6 watts 7 watts 7 watts 10 watts .65 watts

Low Wattage Operators to 1.5 Watt Available Available Available N/A Available

UL Recognized ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CSA Approved ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Grommet Style Housing ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Side Metering ✓ ✓

Bottom Metering ✓ ✓

Extended Flow Capabilities ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Operator Mount Manifolds ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Valve Mount Manifolds ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Media Separated Version ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

1

88

Series 85240 / 84240

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 100For slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Flange connection: PN 25 / PN 40

Operating pressure: 0 to 40 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: DN 15 to DN 50: -20 °C up to max. +90 °C

DN 65 to DN 100: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: DN 15 to DN 50: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

DN 65 to DN 100: with solenoid vertical on top only

MaterialBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: NBR-K (flexible at low temperatures)

Internal parts: Stainless steel

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Valve operates without differential pressure

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Suitable for vacuum

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

NBR-K Normally open FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

Operating

pressure max.

40 bar

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

Ex-protected

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

00 01*** 03 14 22 40** 41

15 5.5 85242XX.8301.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25**** 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 25**** 0 - 25****

20 10.0 85243XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 25

25 12.5 85244XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 25

32 27.0 85245XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 25

40 31.0 85246XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 25

50 43.0 85247XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 25

65 67.0 84248XX.9501.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 - 0 - 25 0 - 25

80 94.0 84249XX.9501.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 - 0 - 25 0 - 25

100 144.0 84250XX.9501.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 - 0 - 25 0 - 25

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8524300.8404.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8524300.8401.02400 for 24V DC

** Only in connection with explosion proof solenoids

*** DN 15 - DN 50 Solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404 DN 65 - DN 100 Solenoid DC 9501 / AC 9504 mounting position: with solenoid vertical on top only

**** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

www.norgren.com/fc/en088

89

Series 85240 / 84240

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Screw piece

*107 Pressure spring - not for DN 15

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer - DN 15 only

110 Hexagon screw

111 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 Gasket - DN 15 only

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Solenoid 8301 / 8304, 8401 / 8404, 9501 / 9504(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8301 22W

8304 25VA 25VA

8401 40W

8404 45VA 45VA

9501 80W

9504 89VA 89VA

H

DNØ F

L

P A

103104109

110

105111

1505702705704701

1504

15021501

101

102

107

106

108

400

1400

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 95 145 95

20 150 105 172 105

25 160 115 172 115

32 180 140 187 140

40 200 150 191 150

50 230 165 200 165

DN 15 - DN 50

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* B = maximum width

1

90

Series 85240 / 84240

Drawing legend

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

65 290 195 327 185

80 310 220 347 200

100 350 265 376 235

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Hexagon screw

111 Hexagon nut

*112 Gasket

115 Bushing

*119 Guide foil

120 Tube

148 Screw piece

149 Screw piece

150 Gasket

151 Round plate

301 Screw piece

302 Valve spindle

*303 O-ring

*304 O-ring

305 Hexagon nut

*306 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1503 Gasket

1504 O-ring

1505 Round plate

H

DNL

P A

15011502

701704705702

1504304301302305303

102119

120

1400400

122111

121116

1503

105106110109108

117115

104103101

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

DN 65 - DN 100

* B = maximum width

91

Series 85240 / 84240

Further options (valves)XXXXXX02.XXXX Manual override

Special connections

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8341 DN 15: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8436 DN 20 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8441 DN 20 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8900 DN 15 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx de II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.8920 DN 15 – DN 50: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx d II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.9540 DN 65 – DN 100: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3/T4 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8301 Part number

8524200 -

For valves with solenoid 8401 Part number

8524300 -

8524400 -

8524500 -

8524600 1258239

8524700 1253401

For valves with solenoid 9501 Part number

8424800 -

8424900 1242184

8425000 -

1

92

Series 85640

2/2-way valves DN 15 to 50With EN 10204 - 3.1 inspection certificate

For slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Flange connection: PN 25/40

Operating pressure: 0 to 25 bar

Description (standard valve)Stainless steel solenoid valve for slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: - 20 °C to +90 °C

Ambient temperature: max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody and cover: 1.4581

Seat seal: NBR-K (flexible at low temperatures)

Internal parts: Stainless steel

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Valve operates without differential pressure

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Suitable for vacuum

Technical data

Operating pressure bar

Connection size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

NBR-K Normally open FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

Ex-protected

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

00 01*** 03 14 40** 41

15 5.5 85642XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

20 10.0 85643XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

25 12.5 85644XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

32 27.0 85645XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

40 31.0 85646XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

50 43.0 85647XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8564200.8404.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8564200.8401.02400 for 24V DC

** Only in connection with explosion proof solenoids

*** Mounting position: with solenoid vertical on top only.

Solenoid 8401 / 8404 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8401 40W

8404 45VA 45VA

a

P

Ab

a b

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en092

Further options (valves)XXXXX02.XXXX Manual override

XXXXX06.XXXX Material of seat and soft seal: PTFE,

maximum fluid temperature: +110 °C,

maximum operating pressure: 16 bar,

pressure rating: PN 16 / leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

XXXXX22.XXXX Maximum operating pressure: 40 bar

XXXXX34.XXXX Increased closing force with 20% reduction in Kv-value

advisable at low flow rates or with infrequent operation

Further options on requestSpecial connections

93

Series 85640

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Screw piece

*107 Pressure spring - not for DN 15

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer - DN 15 only

110 Hexagon screw

111 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 95 170 95

20 150 105 172 105

25 160 115 172 115

32 180 140 187 140

40 200 150 191 150

50 230 165 200 165

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8401 Part number

8564200 1258751

8564300 -

8564400 -

8564500 1249342

8564600 -

8564700 -

P A

1504701

704

705702

1505106

110108103

1501

1502

1400

400

111

101

102

105

107

104

H

DNØFL

* B = maximum width

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8436 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8441 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8900 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx de II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.8920 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx d II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1

94

Series 85740

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 50For slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Solenoid actuated, with forced lifting

Piston seat valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 2 or 1/4" NPT to 2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 to 25 bar (40 bar)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -20 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: NBR-K (flexible at low temperatures)

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PTFE/carbon

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- For robust industry applications

- Damped operation

- Suitable for vacuum

- For systems with low or fluctuating pressure

- Valve operates without differential pressure

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®) up to G 1 thread

Technical data

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*NBR-K Normally open FPM

110 °C

PTFE

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

Position

indicator:

2 switches

00 01 03 06** 14 23

1/4 8 1.9 85740XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

3/8 10 3.4 85741XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

1/2 12 3.8 85742XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

3/4 20 11.0 85743XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

1 25 13.0 85744XX.9401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25*** 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25***

1 1/4 32 23.0 85745XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25

1 1/2 40 25.0 85746XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25

2 50 41.0 85747XX.8401.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 16 0 - 25 0 - 25

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8574200.9404.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included) or 8574200.9401.02400 for 24V DC

** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

*** With solenoid DC 8401 / AC 8404

www.norgren.com/fc/en094

95

Series 85740

Solenoid 9401 / 9404 / 8401 / 8404(standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

The solenoids 94XX are UL listed and CSA approved

(With the exception of solenoid 94XX up to 41V AC)

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9401 38W

9404 42VA 42VA

8401 40W

8404 45VA 45VA

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Valve plate

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

*106 Gasket

*107 O-ring

*108 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

P A

701703704

705

707

706

702 1400

400

103

101

108107

106

104105

102

H1H

L

ØA

83

80x 7441

TL1

R

Connection size GøA

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

L1

mm

T

mm

1/4 44.0 152.0 140.5 60.0 27.5 12.0

3/8 44.0 152.0 140.5 60.0 27.5 12.0

1/2 44.0 154.5 140.5 67.0 31.0 14.0

3/4 50.0 162.0 146.5 80.0 36.5 16.0

1 62.0 183.0 162.0 95.0 44.0 18.0

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Up to G 1 thread

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

1

96

Connection size GøA

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

L1

mm

T

mm

1 1/4 92.0 212.5 183.5 132.0 60.0 20.0

1 1/2 92.0 212.5 183.5 132.0 60.0 22.0

2 109.0 226.5 192.0 160.0 74.0 24.0

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 9401 Part number

8574000 1269067

8574100 1269067

8574200 1269067

8574300 1269068

8574400 1269069

For valves with solenoid 8401 Part number

8574500 1269070

8574600 1269070

8574700 1269071

Further options (valves)XXXXX02.XXXX Manual override

XXXXX17.XXXX Normally open,

seat seal: FPM, fluid temperature -10 °C up to +110 °C*,

mounting position: with solenoid vertical on top,

only with solenoid 8400

XXXXX22.XXXX Maximum operating pressure: 40 bar

XXXXX25.XXXX Seat seal: FPM, with larger bleed orifices in the piston,

for fluids such as fuel and oil, viscosity: 80 mm2/s (cSt),

fluid temperature: -10 °C up to +110 °C*

Accessories: - Manual override conversion kit

- Mounting bracket kit

Further options (solenoids)**XXXXXXX.8426 Solenoid in protection class x II 3 GD EEx nA II T4 T 135 °C

XXXXXXX.8441 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

**XXXXXXX.9426 Solenoid in protection class x II 3 GD EEx nA II T4 T 135 °C

* Up to maximum +200 °C fluid temperature with solenoid for higher temperature

** DC only, for AC solenoids with design inspection certificate according to category 2,

e.g. XXXXXXX.8441

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Valve plate

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring (2x)

*106 Gasket

*107 O-ring

*108 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Dowel pin

703 Round plate

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

*1504 O-ring (2x)

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

701

705

702

1400

400

103101

108107106

102

104

P A

105

1504

704703

1504

15021501

ØA

H1H

L

R

TL1

3975,5x93,5

81,5

Series 85740

From G 1 1/4 Drawing legend

Fluid Control Solutions

97

Stainless steel valves

1

Cable gland

protection class EEx e, EEx d (ATEX),

Nickel plated brass

Connectors

EEx e 0588819 (for solenoids 42xx / 46xx M20 x 1.5) 0570275

98

Series 95100

2/2 directional control valves DN 2 to DN 6Direct operated poppet valves

Solenoid actuated

Connection G 1/8, G 1/4

Operating pressure: 0 to 50 bar (see technical data)

DescriptionSolenoid Valve for aggressive gases and liquids*

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C to +120 °C

Ambient temperature: -25 °C to + 80 °C,

depending on solenoid system

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid on top

* With contaminated fluids, upstream installation of a dirt trap is recommended.

MaterialBody: Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316)

Seat seal: FPM

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Features - No differential pressure required, works from 0 bar

- Maximum leak rate 1.33·10-3 mbar·I/s

- Assembled free of oil and grease

- Valves and solenoids (see solenoid table) with Ex approval according to ATEX

Technical data

2

1

* When ordering please indicate solenoid, voltage and current type (frequency).

** Please see pages 49 and 50 for technical data and ordering information.

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number*

valve

Solenoid

group**

Operating

pressure

bar

Drawing

no.

Switching function: normally closed

1/8 2 0.1 9510202 13D 0 - 50 1

1/8 2 0.1 9510202 13B 0 - 20 1

1/4 4 0.34 9511402 16D 0 - 12 2

1/4 6 0.52 9511602 16D 0 - 5 2

Symbol 1: 2/2 NC

Accessories

www.norgren.com/fc/en098

99

Series 95100

Index Description

2 M4 x 6

Drawing legend

* Dimensions in mm

Dimensional drawings for valves

Drawing 1 * Drawing 2 *

G1/

8

8,519

,5

66,5

1 2

32

27

27

23

2

21

12

42

G1/

4

11

24 21

74,5

27

27 21

23

2

Further options on request

Please find the safety instructions for the Norgren range on page 318.

Please find an example of the part numbering system applicable to the

Norgren range on page 53.

The actuating solenoids correspond to those of the 95000 series. You will find

them on page 49, the associated dimensions are on page 50.

The electric circuit diagrams are shown on page 52.

1

100

Series 82080

2/2-way valves G 1/4 to G 3/8For aggressive gases and liquids

Directly solenoid actuated

Seat valves with sealed core tube / medium separated

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 3/8

Operating pressure: 0 to 7 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Type: seat valve operating without differential pressure

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +110 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: PVDF

Seat seal: EPDM

Internal parts: PTFE bellows

Features- Suitable for aggressive fluids

- Functional design

- Compact solenoid with integrated core tube

- Sealed core tube with PTFE-bellows

- Unsusceptible to calcification and magnetization of foreign particles

Technical data

** Leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8208000.8051.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only, included)

or 8208000.8050.02400 for 24V DC

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number for DC voltage* EPDM FPM PTFE**

00/60/70/80 03/63/73/83 06/66/76/86

1/4 3 0.23 82080XX.8050.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

3/8 3 0.23 82081XX.8050.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

1/4 4.5 0.42 820806X.8050.00000 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5

3/8 4.5 0.42 820816X.8050.00000 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5

1/4 6 0.62 820807X.8050.00000 0 - 2 0 - 2 0 - 2

3/8 6 0.62 820817X.8050.00000 0 - 2 0 - 2 0 - 2

1/4 8 0.83 820808X.8050.00000 0 - 1 0 - 1 0 - 1

3/8 8 0.83 820818X.8050.00000 0 - 1 0 - 1 0 - 1

www.norgren.com/fc/en100

101

Series 82080

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

400 Solenoid

*701 Bellow assembly

*705 O-ring

*706 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

9901 Oval head cap screw

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8050

and seal EPDMPart number

8208000 1249676

8208060 1257145

8208070 1254932

8208080 1253798

For valves with solenoid 8051

and seal EPDMPart number

8208100 1249676

8208160 1257145

8208170 1254932

8208180 1253798

P A

400

706

701

705

101

9901

1400

B

L

H1

H

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8050 12W - -

8051 - 13VA 13VA

Solenoid 8050 / 8051 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Connection

size G

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 44 70 90 77

3/8 44 70 90 77

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8042 Solenoid protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

* B = maximum depth

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

1

102

Media Separated Valves

A BROAD RANGE OF MEDIA SEPARATED VALVE TECHNOLOGIES

The Norgren range of 2/2 and 3/2 media separated valves

feature:

» Miniature valves with virtually no unswept volumes

» Compatibility with aggressive media

» Comprehensive range of wetted materials

» Low power consumption from 0.35W to 4W

» Installation versatility

» Footprints as small as 6 mm

Contents

103

Solenoid Valves with Differential Pressure - Miniature Solenoid Valves

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

Microsol PPS, PA, Stainless steel Subbase 0 - 10 bar +30 °C 2/2, 3/2 18

Solenoid Valves with Differential Pressure

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

82400 Brass G 1/4 - G 2 0.1 - 16 bar +90 °C 2/2 104

82470 Brass G 1/4 - G 1 0.1 - 10 bar +150 °C 2/2 106

85300 Brass G 1/4 - G 2 0.5 - 40 bar +90 °C 2/2 108

85320 Brass G 1/4 - G 1 1.0 - 25 bar +200 °C 2/2 112

84070 NEW PPO GF 30 G 1/2 - G 3/4 0.3 - 10.5 bar +50 °C 2/2 114

84080 NEW PPO GF 30 NPT 1/2 - NPT 3/4 0.3 - 10.5 bar +50 °C 2/2 114

82730 Stainless steel G 1/4 - G 2 0.1 - 16 bar +90 °C 2/2 116

83050 Grey cast iron DN 20 - DN 50 1.0 - 16 bar +80 °C 2/2 118

83580 Grey cast iron DN 65 - DN 150 0.5 - 10 bar +90 °C 2/2 122

84320 Grey cast iron DN 15 - DN 100 0.5 - 16 bar +90 °C 2/2 124

84340 Cast steel DN 15 - DN 100 0.5 - 40 bar +90 °C 2/2 128

2

104

Series 82400

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number*

Operating pressure bar

NBR Normally open Manual

override

FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

00 01 02 03 14

1/4 8 1.9 82400XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

3/8 10 3.0 82401XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

1/2 12 3.8 82402XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

3/4 20 6.0 82403XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

1 25 9.5 82404XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

1 1/4 32 23.0 82405XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 - 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.3 - 10

1 1/4 32 23.0 82405XX.9151.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

1 1/2 40 25.0 82406XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 - 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.3 - 10

1 1/2 40 25.0 82406XX.9151.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

2 50 41.0 82407XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 - 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.3 - 10

2 50 41.0 82407XX.9151.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 50For neutral gases and liquids

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 2 or 1/4" NPT to 2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0.1 to 16 bar (see technical data)

DescriptionSolenoid valve for air, water, and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Differential pressure: 0.1 bar required (0.3 bar for EPDM)

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PVDF

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Functional compact design

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

- Particularly suitable as a water valve according to DIN EN 60730-2-8

Technical data

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9101 8W 15VA 12VA

9151 18W 45VA 35VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Solenoid 9101 / 9151 (standard voltages) Power consumption

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8240200.9101.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8240200.9101.02400 for 24V DC

a

P

Ab

a b

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

www.norgren.com/fc/en104

105

Series 82400

P A

101

102

104

103

105

1400

702

703

707

704

705

706

701

400

B

H1

H

L

Connection size G Part number

1/4, 3/8, 1/2 1258986

3/4 1258991

1 1258996

1 1/4, 1 1/2 1259005

2 1259007

Mounting bracket

Drawing legend

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 60 44 78.5 67.0

3/8 60 44 78.5 67.0

1/2 67 44 81.0 67.0

3/4 80 50 88.0 71.5

1 95 62 97.5 77.0

1 1/4 132 92 124.5 95.5

1 1/2 132 92 124.5 95.5

2 160 109 142.5 108.0

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

703 Screw piece

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector (enclosed)

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1 1/4 132 92 142 113

1 1/2 132 92 142 113

2 160 109 160 125.5

With solenoid 9151

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 9101 Part number

8240000, 8240100, 8240200 1256274

8240300 1256275

8240400 1256276

8240500, 8240600 1259344

8241700 1259367

For valves with solenoid 9151 Part number

8240500, 8240600 1259373

8240700 1259382

Further options on request:- Explosion protected version

- Flange connections

- Sealed core tube

- Pulse model in DC only

- Low power consumption 2W (only 24V DC)

- With NPT thread

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.9136 Solenoid in protection class

x II 2 GD EEx m II T4 T 130 °C,

with 3 m connection cable

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

With solenoid 9101

2

106

Series 82470

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 25For hot water and steam

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 1

Operating pressure: 0.1 to 10 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for hot water and steam

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Differential pressure: 0.1 bar required

Fluid temperature: max. +150 °C

Ambient temperature: max. +60 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: HNBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Brass

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Functional compact design

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

- Particularly suitable as a water valve according to DIN EN 60730-2-8

Technical data

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number* HNBR Normally open Manual

override

00 01 02

1/4 8 1.7 82470XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10

3/8 10 2.7 82471XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10

1/2 12 3.4 82472XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10

3/4 20 5.5 82473XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10

1 25 8.5 82474XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8247200.9101.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8247200.9101.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9101 8W 15VA 12VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Solenoid 9101 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

www.norgren.com/fc/en106

2

107

Series 82470

Connection size G Part number

1/4, 3/8, 1/2 1258986

3/4 1258991

1 1258996

Mounting bracket

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

703 Screw piece

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 9101 Part number

8247000 1257467

8247100 1257467

8247200 1257467

8247300 1257468

8247400 1257470

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

P A

101

102

104

103

105

1400

702

703

707

704

705

706

701

400

L

H

H1

B

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 60 44 78.5 67.0

3/8 60 44 78.5 67.0

1/2 67 44 81.0 67.0

3/4 80 50 88.0 71.5

1 95 62 97.5 77.0

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

108

Series 85300

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 50For neutral gases and liquids

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Piston valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 2 or 1/4" NPT to 2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0.5 to 40 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Differential pressure: 0.5 bar required

Fluid temperature: -20 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Brass, PTFE

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Compact piston valve

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Functional compact design

- Solenoid in Click-on® design

- Stainless steel piston bushing

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number* NBR Normally open Manual

override

FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

Sealed core

tube

00 01 02 03 14 99**

1/4 8 2.2 85300XX.9151.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 8

3/8 10 3.4 85301XX.9151.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 8

1/2 12 4.4 85302XX.9151.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 8

3/4 20 7.0 85303XX.9151.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 8

1 25 10.5 85304XX.9151.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 8

1 1/4 32 25.0 85305XX.9151.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 30 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 8

1 1/2 40 27.0 85306XX.9151.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 30 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 8

2 50 43.0 85307XX.9151.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 30 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 8

** For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8530000.9151.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8530000.9151.02400 for 24V DC

** With solenoid DC 9152 / AC 9156

Solenoid 9151 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9151 18W 45VA 35VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en108

109

Series 85300

Connection size G Part number

1/4, 3/8, 1/2 1258988

3/4 1258993

1 1258998

1 1/4, 1 1/2 1259006

2 1259008

Mounting bracket*Content: 1 stainless steel mounting bracket and 2 screws

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Valve plate

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

*106 Gasket

*107 O-ring

*108 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection size GøA

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

L1

mm

T

mm

1/4 44 105.0 93.5 60 27.5 12.0

3/8 44 105.0 93.5 60 27.5 12.0

1/2 44 107.5 93.5 67 31.0 14.0

3/4 50 119.0 102.5 80 36.5 16.0

1 62 131.5 110.5 95 44.0 18.0

1 1/4 92 166.0 137.0 132 60.0 20.0

1 1/2 92 166.0 137.0 132 60.0 22.0

2 109 186.0 151.5 160 74.0 24.0

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 9151 Part number

8530000 1257998

8530100 1257998

8530200 1257998

8530300 1258002

8530400 1258006

8530500 1258589

8530600 1258589

8530700 1259152

P A

1400105103

104108106

101

400

701

706

704

705

707

702

102

107

L

H

H1

L1

T

R

ØA* For image of valve with mounting bracket, see 82400 series (page 105)

2

110

Sanitary Automation

Flatsan 2/2-way valves

DescriptionSolenoid Valve for potable water

Switching function: normally closed

Flow Direction: determined

Fluid Temperature: +5 °C up to +70 °C

Ambient Temperature: +5 °C up to +50 °C

Mounting position: as required

MaterialBody in contact with media: PPS

Seals in contact with media: EPDM

Other wetted materials: PPS, stainless steel

Connection Orifice

mm

Kv Value Part number Operating

pressure

bar

Function Latching Voltage Power

Consumption

Electrical

connection

l/min m3/h

2/2-Way Solenoid Valve

Cartridge 8 14 0.84 16-242C-10-H5+1111+AUP 0.5 - 10 NC Yes 5 V DC 1.2W Pins

Cartridge 8 14 0.84 16-242C-10-H5+1121+AUP 0.5 - 10 NC Yes 5 V DC 1.2W RAPP

RR166053

Cartridge 8 14 0.84 16-242C-10-H5+1111+BFW 0.5 - 10 NC Yes 9 V DC 1.2W Pins

Cartridge 8 14 0.84 16-242C-10-H5+1121+BFW 0.5 - 10 NC Yes 9 V DC 1.2W RAPP

RR166053

1 Compact build for easy integration.

2 Latching coils with 12W power consumption.

3 Wide range of voltages and connections.

4 High flow rates and pressures up to 10 bar.

5 Water tested for 300,000 cycles

2

1

A

12

39.1

1821

,1

9,9 6,

4

R 9

12,5 80 ` 5

11,1Ø

Ø 26,5

23,5Ø8.5x1.5

1,7

2,5

R 1

26x1.5

28,8Ø

View on A

O'ring

O'ring

Connector

Rapp

RR166053

25143

111

Sanitary Automation

Additional Ranges

Catridge valvesFAS Flatsan valves were designed with the requirements of the

sanitary automation industry in mind. Easily achieving 300,000

cycles without service, the low power consumption and

compact build allow easy integration into OEM products.

Direct acting solenoid valvesWith integrated 15 mm compression fittings, these valves

were designed for low water pressure, and function without

a pressure differential. Latching versions are available.

WRAS approved.

High-flow diaphragm valvesThese valves are ideal where higher flows are required but

space and power consumption are at a premium. A wide range

of connections and electrical options are available on request.

Water pilotsQuick to integrate into existing systems, FAS water pilots were

designed for minimal power and space usage. Customised

interfaces are available.

2

112

Series 85320

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number* PTFE Normally open Manual

override

00 01 02

1/4 8 2.2 85320XX.9152.00000 1 - 25 1 - 16 1 - 25

3/8 10 3.4 85321XX.9152.00000 1 - 25 1 - 16 1 - 25

1/2 12 4.4 85322XX.9152.00000 1 - 25 1 - 16 1 - 25

3/4 20 7.0 85323XX.9152.00000 1 - 25 1 - 16 1 - 25

1 25 10.5 85324XX.9152.00000 1 - 25 1 - 16 1 - 25

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8532200.9152.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8532200.9152.02400 for 24V DC

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 25For neutral steam and liquids

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Piston valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 1 or 1/4" NPT to 1" NPT

Operating pressure: 1 to 25 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for steam, hot water, and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Differential pressure: 1 bar required

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +200 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C,

with solenoid mounted vertical underneath,

max. +60 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Stainless steel, FPM, PTFE

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Compact piston valve

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Functional compact design

- Solenoid in Click-on® design

- Stainless steel piston bushing

Technical data

Solenoid 9152 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9152 10W 15VA 10VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

a

P

Ab

a b

www.norgren.com/fc/en112

113

Series 85320

Connection size G Part number

1/4, 3/8, 1/2 1258988

3/4 1258993

1 1258998

Mounting bracket*Content: 1 stainless steel mounting bracket and 2 screws

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Valve plate

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

*106 Gasket

*107 O-ring

*108 Lip seal

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

703 Screw piece

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection size GøA

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

L1

mm

T

mm

1/4 44 105.0 93.5 60 27.5 12.0

3/8 44 105.0 93.5 60 27.5 12.0

1/2 44 107.5 93.5 67 31.0 14.0

3/4 50 119.0 102.5 80 36.5 16.0

1 62 131.5 110.5 95 44.0 18.0

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 9152 Part number

8532000 1261735

8532100 1261735

8532200 1261735

8532300 1261736

8532400 1261737

P A

1400

105

103

104

108

106

101

400

701

706

704

705

707

702

102

107

L

H

H1

L1

T

R

ØA* For image of valve with mounting bracket, see 82400 series (page 105)

2

114

Series 84070 / 84080

2/2-way valves DN 12 to DN 20For neutral gases and liquids

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Internal threads G 1/2 and G 3/4 (84070)

or 1/2" NPT and 3/4" NPT (84080)

Operating pressure: 0.3 to 10.5 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for potable water and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: +5 °C to max. +50 °C

Ambient temperature: 0 °C to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Polymer (PPO GF 30)

Seat seal: EPDM

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PVDF

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Functional compact design

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

- International approvals

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8407214. 9101.23050 for 230V 50Hz or

8407214.9152.02400 for 24V DC

** With gases and liquids up to 25 mm2/s (cSt)

Technical data valves

Solenoid 9101 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9101 8W 15VA 12VA / 7W

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

205V 230V 220V

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value**

m3/hPart number*

Solenoid in DC or AC

Pressure

bar

1/2 12 3,0 8407214.9101.00000 0,3 - 10,5

3/4 20 5,0 8407314.9101.00000 0,3 - 10,5

1/2 NPT 12 3,0 8408214.9101.00000 0,3 - 10,5

3/4 NPT 20 5,0 8408314.9101.00000 0,3 - 10,5

www.norgren.com/fc/en114

This valve is tested and certified

as a component by NSF International

against NSF/ANSI Standard 42

for materials and structural

integrity requirements only

and against NSF/ANSI Standard 61

for material requirements only.

115

Series 84070 / 84080

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Hex head screw

*105 Pressure spring

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

703 Screw piece

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector (enclosed)

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Further options (valves)XXXXX54.XXXX Latching system (only in DC)

XXXXX67.XXXX Normally open (NO)

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Specific NSF listed voltages for this valve can be found on:

www.nsf.org.

P A

400

701

706

705

704

707

703

702

1400

105

103

104

102

101

H1

H

L

Connection size GB

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

L

mm

1/2 51 86 71 67

3/4 62 94 76 74

1/2" NPT 51 86 71 67

3/4" NPT 62 94 76 74

2

116

Series 82730

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 50For slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 2 or 1/4" NPT to 2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0.1 to 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for slightly aggressive gases and liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Differential pressure: 0.1 bar required (0.3 bar for EPDM)

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Stainless steel 1.4408

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PVDF

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Functional compact design

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)

Technical data

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number* NBR Normally open Manual

override

FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

00 01 02 03 14

1/4 8 1.9 82730XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

3/8 10 3.0 82731XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

1/2 12 3.8 82732XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

3/4 20 6.0 82733XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

1 25 9.5 82734XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

1 1/4 32 23.0 82735XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 - 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.3 - 10

1 1/4 32 23.0 82735XX.9151.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

1 1/2 40 25.0 82736XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 - 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.3 - 10

1 1/2 40 25.0 82736XX.9151.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

2 50 41.0 82737XX.9101.00000 0.1 - 10 - 0.1 - 10 0.1 - 10 0.3 - 10

2 50 41.0 82737XX.9151.00000 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.1 - 16 0.3 - 16

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8273200.9101.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8273200.9101.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid 9101 / 9151 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9101 8W 15VA 12VA

9151 18W 45VA 35VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en116

117

Series 82730

Connection size G Part number

1/4, 3/8, 1/2 1258986

3/4 1258991

1 1258996

1 1/4, 1 1/2 1259005

2 1259007

Mounting bracket*

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 9101 Part number

8273000, 8273100, 8273200 1256274

8273300 1256275

8273400 1256276

8273500, 8273600 1259344

8273700 1259367

For valves with solenoid 9151 Part number

8273500, 8273600 1269065

8273700 1269066

Further options (valves)- Explosion protected version

- Flange connections

- Sealed core tube

- Latching version in DC only

- Low power consumption 2W (only 24VDC)

- With NPT thread

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.9136 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx m II T4 T 130 °C,

with 3 m connection cable

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

* For image of valve with mounting bracket, see 82400 series (page 105)

P A

101

102

104

103

105

1400

702

703

707

704

705

706

701

400

B

H1

H

L

Drawing legend

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 60 44 78.5 67.0

3/8 60 44 78.5 67.0

1/2 67 44 81.0 67.0

3/4 80 50 88.0 71.5

1 95 62 97.5 77.0

1 1/4 132 92 124.5 95.5

1 1/2 132 92 124.5 95.5

2 160 109 142.5 108.0

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

*105 Pressure spring

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

703 Screw piece

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

*707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector (enclosed)

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1 1/4 132 92 142 113

1 1/2 132 92 142 113

2 160 109 160 125.5

With solenoid 9151

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

With solenoid 9101

2

118

Series 83050

2/2-way valves DN 20 to 50For neutral gases and liquids

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Flange connection: PN 16

Operating pressure: 1 to 16 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: max. +80 °C

Differential pressure: 1 bar required

Ambient temperature: max. +55 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably

solenoid vertical

MaterialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Damped operation

- Easily interchangeable solenoid

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number*

Operating pressure bar

NBR Normally open FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

00 01 03 14

20 8.0 83053XX.0201.00000 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16

25 10.0 83054XX.0201.00000 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16

32 22.0 83055XX.0201.00000 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16

40 25.0 83056XX.0201.00000 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16

50 43.0 83057XX.0201.00000 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16 1 - 16

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8305300.0201.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8305300.0201.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid 0201 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

0201 11W 22VA 15VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en118

119

Series 83050

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

107 Allen head screw

*108 Pressure spring

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Plunger

*703 O-ring

*704 Guiding pin

705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

9999 Nut

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Further options (valves)XXXXX02.XXXX Manual override

XXXXX17.XXXX Normally open;

seat seal: FPM**

XXXXX20.XXXX Manual override;

seat seal: FPM**

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.4001 Solenoid for higher temperature,

up to max. +130 °C

XXXXXXX.9336 Solenoid in protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.9341 Solenoid in protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

Further options on requestMarine version

** Up to max. +130 °C: only in combination with solenoid for higher temperatures.

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

20 150 105 105 105

25 160 115 105 115

32 180 140 118 140

40 200 150 122 150

50 230 165 132 165

P A

103

101

107

102108

703

705

704

701

702

1400

9900

DNØF

H

L

B

* B = maximum width

2

120

Water Treatment and Purification

Water treatment and purification

Drinking water is one of the most valuable resources on Earth.

Keenly aware of its limited supply, Norgren turned its attention

to the water treatment and purification market years ago.

Our range of products and solutions are suited for a range of

demanding applications, ranging from sea water desalination

through to water sample analysis.

Media separated solenoid valvesWell suited for chemical dosing applications or for handling low

flows of high-grade deionised water, these valves are well

established in the water purification industry.

Direct acting solenoid valvesNorgren’s range of direct acting solenoid valves are ideal for

applications with low operating pressure differential. Quick

connectors such as integrated push-in or compression fittings

allow easy installation into the fluid circuit.

Diaphragm solenoid valvesBuschjost’s brass, stainless steel and plastic diaphragm valves

are developed specifically for handling water and are ideal for

controlling both the intake and treatment process flow.

121

Water Treatment and Purification

Valve islands and pneumatic pilotsWhere flows or impurities are higher and pneumatically

operated valves are used, Norgren’s compact valve islands and

range of pneumatic pilots can save critical assembly time and

increase performance of the system.

Air preparationNorgren’s established range of air preparation equipment

includes filters, regulators, and lubricators as well as pneumatic

tubing and fittings.

Water Treatment and Purification

Buschjost’s new Series 84080 – designed for the demanding needs of the water purification market.

Solenoid interchangeable without tools (Click-on®)Solenoid completely encased; IP65 protection

Stainless steel jacketed threads

Optimised range offers excellent flow ratesReliable diaphragm guidance at high flow rates,

damped closing – water hammer free

2

This valve is tested and certified

as a component by NSF International

against NSF/ANSI Standard 42

for materials and structural

integrity requirements only

and against NSF/ANSI Standard 61

for material requirements only.

122

Series 83580

2/2-way valves DN 65 to DN 150For neutral gases and liquids

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Flange connection: PN 16

Operating pressure: 0.5 to 10 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Differential pressure: 0.5 bar required

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Brass, Gun metal

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Continuously adjustable closing time

- Easily interchangeable solenoid

- Resistant to scaling

- Low power consumption

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

DN kv-Value Part number* NBR Normally open

mm m3/h 00 01

65 56.0 83588XX.9366.00000 0.5 - 10 0.5 - 10

80 90.0 83589XX.9366.00000 0.5 - 10 0.5 - 10

100 150.0 83590XX.9366.00000 0.5 - 10 0.5 - 10

125 191.0 83591XX.9366.00000 0.5 - 10 0.5 - 10

150 277.0 83592XX.9366.00000 0.5 - 10 0.5 - 10

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8358800.9366.23050 for 230V 50Hz or

8358800.9366.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid 9366 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9366 18W 106VA 35VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

www.norgren.com/fc/en122

123

Series 83580

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

105 Round plate

106 Round plate

107 Bushing

108 Screw piece

109 Hexagon nut

*110 Pressure spring

*111 Diaphragm

112 Valve cover

113 Allen head screw

114 Oval head cap screw

301 Hexagon nut

302 Hexagon nut

303 Round plate

*304 O-ring

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Plunger

*703 O-ring

*704 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon nut

1502 O-ring

1503 Gasket

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.9336 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

65 290 190 185 185

80 310 220 195 200

100 350 250 220 220

125 400 285 235 250

150 480 330 265 285

P A

301302303304113

114112

1011081091061051031101021117037021503704140070115021501400

DNØ

F

L

H

* B = maximum width

2

124

Series 84320

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 100For neutral gases and liquids

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Piston seat valves

Flange connection: PN 16

Operating pressure: 0.5 to 16 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Differential pressure: 0.5 bar required

Fluid temperature: max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: max. +50 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid vertical on top,

from DN 65 vertical on top only

MaterialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel – up to DN 50

Gun metal, Stainless steel – from DN 65

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Flat-piston valve

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar**

Connection

size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

NBR Normally open FPM

110 °C

00 01 03

15 5.5 84322XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16

20 10.0 84323XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16

25 12.5 84324XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16

32 27.0 84325XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16

40 31.0 84326XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16

50 46.0 84327XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16

65 70.0 84328XX.8401.00000 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16

80 98.0 84329XX.8401.00000 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16

100 157.0 84330XX.8401.00000 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16 0.5 - 16

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8432200.8304.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only; included)

or 8432200.8301.02400 for 24V DC

** With gases or liquids up to 40 mm2/s (cSt)

www.norgren.com/fc/en124

125

Solenoid 8301 / 8304; 8401 / 8404 (standard voltages)

Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8301 22W - -

8304 - 25VA 25VA

8401 40W - -

8404 - 45VA 45VA

Series 84320

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 95 110 95

20 150 105 121 105

25 160 115 121 115

32 180 140 125 140

40 200 150 125 150

50 230 165 130 165

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*107 Pressure spring

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Allen head screw

124 Bushing

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Plunger

*705 Pressure spring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Oval head cap screw

*1505 O-ring

P A

107108

110109102

101

1505

1400

701

705

702

103

712

704

15011502

1504

124

104

DNØF

L

H

Drawing legend DN 15 - DN 50

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* B = maximum width

2

126

Series 84320

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

65 290 195 280 185

80 310 220 300 200

100 350 260 330 220

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 LIp seal

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Hexagon screw

115 Bushing

116 Bushing

117 Snap ring

*118 Pressure spring

119 Tube

*120 Guide foil

301 Screw piece

302 Valve spindle

*303 O-ring

*304 O-ring

305 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

DNØFL

H

P A

301305302

304303

15021501

712702705704701

1400400

1505118116110109

117102

115104103

1504

108

120119

101

L

Drawing legend DN 65 - DN 100

Further options (valves)XXXXX01.XX Normally open

XXXXX02.84XX Manual override, from DN 65

XXXXX06.XXXX Material of seat and soft seal: PTFE,

maximum fluid temperature +110 °C,

maximum operating pressure 16 bar,

leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8341 DN 15: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8436 DN 20 to DN 100: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8900 DN 15 to DN 100: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx de II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.8920 DN 15 to DN 100: Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx d II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

* B = maximum width

Fluid Control Solutions

127

01

02

03

01 FLATPROP

With a frictionless design and up to 200 l/min flow rate (@4 bar / 58 psi), Flatprop sets new

standards in the field of proportional fluid control.

02 CLICK-ON® VALVES

Click-on® is the latest and most varied design within the range of solenoid valves. Due to its

modular system, high flexibility and fast availability is guaranteed.

03 DIRECT OPERATED SOLENOID VALVE

With a wide variety of coil, orifice and mounting options, KIP can provide a solution meeting many

demanding requirements. With a wide range of materials and pressure ratings, we can design

the correct valve to fit your application.

VALVE INTEGRATION

2

128

Series 84340

2/2-way valves DN 15 to 100For neutral gases and liquids

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Piston seat valves

Flange connection: PN 40

Operating pressure: 0.5 to 40 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for air, water, oil and other neutral fluids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: max. +90 °C*

Differential pressure: 0.5 bar required

Ambient temperature: max. +50 °C*

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top, from DN 65

vertical on top only

* Sum of fluid and ambient temperature not to exceed +130 °C

MaterialBody: Cast Steel

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel – up to DN 50

Gun metal, Stainless steel – from DN 65

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- Flat-piston valve

- High flow rate

- Damped operation

- Easily interchangeable solenoid

Technical data

Operating pressure bar**

Connection

size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

for DC voltage*

NBR Normally open FPM

110 °C

00 01 03

15 5.5 84342XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 35 0.5 - 40

20 10.0 84343XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 35 0.5 - 40

25 12.5 84344XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 35 0.5 - 40

32 27.0 84345XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 35 0.5 - 40

40 31.0 84346XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 35 0.5 - 40

50 46.0 84347XX.8301.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 35 0.5 - 40

65 70.0 84348XX.8401.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 25 0.5 - 40

80 98.0 84349XX.8401.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 25 0.5 - 40

100 157.0 84350XX.8401.00000 0.5 - 40 0.5 - 25 0.5 - 40

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8434200.8304.23049 for 230V 40-60Hz (AC with rectifier plug only; included)

or 8434200.8301.02400 for 24V DC

** With gases or liquids up to 40 mm2/s (cSt)

a

P

Ab

a b

www.norgren.com/fc/en128

129

Solenoid 8301 / 8304; 8401 / 8404(standard voltages)

Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

AC with rectifier plug only

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8301 22W - -

8304 - 25VA 25VA

8401 40W - -

8404 - 45VA 45VA

Series 84340

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 95 135 95

20 150 105 146 105

25 160 115 146 115

32 180 140 146 140

40 200 150 150 150

50 230 165 155 165

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

*107 Pressure spring

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Allen head screw

124 Bushing

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Plunger assembly

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

P A

107108

110109102

101

1505

1400

701

705

702

103

712

704

15011502

1504

124

104

DNØF

L

H

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Drawing legend DN 15 - DN 50

DCAC

40-60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* B = maximum width

2

130

Series 84340

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8301(4) Part number

8434200 1239508

8434300 1232746

8434400 1232746

8434500 1246878

8434600 1246878

8434700 1232219

For valves with solenoid 8401(4) Part number

8434800 1230893

8434900 1235727

8435000 1249917

Drawing legend DN 65 - DN 100

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Gasket

*103 Valve plate

*104 Lip seal

108 Valve cover

109 Spring washer

110 Hexagon screw

115 Bushing

116 Bushing

117 Snap ring

*118 Pressure spring

119 Tube

*120 Guide foil

301 Screw piece

302 Valve spindle

*303 O-ring

*304 O-ring

305 Hexagon nut

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 Plunger

704 Round plate

*705 Pressure spring

*712 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

1501 Hexagon screw

1502 Round plate

1504 Gasket

1505 O-ring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

DNØFL

H

P A

301305302

304303

15021501

712702705704701

1400400

1505118116110109

117102

115104103

1504

108

120119

101

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

65 290 195 280 185

80 310 220 300 200

100 350 260 330 235

* B = maximum width

131

Series 84340

Further options (valves) XXXXX02.XXXX Manual override, from DN 65

XXXXX06.XXXX Seat seal: PTFE, up to DN 50,

maximum operating pressure 16 bar,

maximum fluid temperature +110 °C

leak rate E according to EN 12266-1

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8336 Solenoid in protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8436 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

XXXXXXX.8900 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx de II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

XXXXXXX.8920 Solenoid protection class

x II 2 GD EEx d II C T4 and T5 T 130 °C / 95 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

2

Contents

132

Pressure Actuated Valves

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

82160 Brass G 1/4 - G 2 0.2 - 16 bar +90 °C 2/2 134

82180 Brass G 1/2 - G 2 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 136

82280 Brass G 1 1/4 - G 2 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 136

82580 Brass G 1/2 - G 2 0 - 10 bar +60 °C 2/2 138

82710 Brass G 1/4 - G 1/2 -0.9 - 6 bar +90 °C 2/2 140

84180 NEW Brass G 1/8 - G 1/2 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 142

84500 Brass G 1/2 - G 3 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 144

84720 Brass G 1/2 - G 1 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 162

83250 Gun metal G 1/2 - G 2 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 164

82380 Stainless steel G 1/2 - G 2 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 166

82480 Stainless steel G 1 1/4 - G 2 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 166

84190 NEW Stainless steel G 1/8 - G 1/2 0 - 25 bar +90 °C 2/2 168

84520 Stainless steel G 1/2 - G 3 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 170

84540 Stainless steel DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 174

84550 Stainless steel DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 174

84580 Stainless steel DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 178

84590 Stainless steel DN 15 - DN 50 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 180

Contents

133

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

84740 Stainless steel G 1/2 - G 1 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 184

84760 Stainless steel DN 15 - DN 25 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 186

84770 Stainless steel DN 15 - DN 25 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 186

84880 Stainless steel DN 32 - DN 50 0 - 10 bar +180 °C 2/2 178

84890 Stainless steel DN 32 - DN 50 0 - 10 bar +180 °C 2/2 180

83200 Grey cast iron DN 15 - DN 100 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 188

83240 Grey cast iron DN 15 - DN 100 0 - 16 bar +180 °C 2/2 192

83350 Grey cast iron G 1/2 - G 2 0 - 10 bar +80 °C 2/2 194

83380 Grey cast iron DN 15 - DN 150 0 - 10 bar +80 °C 2/2 196

83860 Cast steel DN 15 - DN 25 0 - 25 bar +140 °C 2/2 198

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

84660 Brass DN 1.6 1.0 - 10 bar +60 °C 2/2 148

84680 Brass DN 3.0 1.0 - 10 bar +60 °C 2/2 148

96000 Brass G 1/4 0 - 18 bar +80 °C 3/2 152

96100 Stainless steel G 1/8 0 - 12 bar +120 °C 3/2 154

97100 NAMUR Aluminium G 1/8 - G 1/4 2 - 8 bar +50 °C 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 156

Pressure Actuated Valves - Pilot Valves

3

134

Series 82160

2/2-way valves G 1/4 to G 2For neutral fluids with high particle contamination

Externally actuated seat valves

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 2

Operating pressure: 0.2 to 16 bar

Pilot pressure (min. = operating pressure, max. 16 bar)G 1/4 - G 1/2 max. 6 bar higher than operating pressure

G 3/4 - G 2 max. 1 bar higher than operating pressure

Description (standard valve)Type: pressure actuated seat valve

with diaphragm actuator

Switching function: normally closed with pilot pressure

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: max. 90 °C

Differential pressure: 0.2 bar required

Mounting position: as required

MaterialBody: Brass

Cover: Brass

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Seat seal: NBR

Main sealing element: Fabric reinforced NBR diaphragm

with valve plate

Valve seat: Brass

Features- For fluids with high particle contamination

- Fluid isolated from valve actuator

- Optimised dimensions and weight

- Vacuum version as an option

- Compact valve for industrial applications

Technical data

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number NBR FPM

110 °C

NBR

higher pilot

pressure*

FPM

higher pilot

pressure*

110 °C

FPM

suitable for

vacuum,

spring below

diaphragm

110 °C

NBR

suitable for

vacuum,

spring below

diaphragm

00 03 51 52 53** 54**

1/4 8 1.7 82160XX.0000.00000 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 -0.9 - 16 -0.9 - 16

3/8 10 3.4 82161XX.0000.00000 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 -0.9 - 16 -0.9 - 16

1/2 12 4.0 82162XX.0000.00000 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 -0.9 - 16 -0.9 - 16

3/4 20 11.0 82163XX.0000.00000 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 -0.9 - 16 -0.9 - 16

1 25 13.0 82164XX.0000.00000 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 -0.9 - 16 -0.9 - 16

1 1/4 32 28.0 82165XX.0000.00000 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 -0.9 - 16 -0.9 - 16

1 1/2 40 31.0 82166XX.0000.00000 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 -0.9 - 16 -0.9 - 16

2 50 46.0 82167XX.0000.00000 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 0.2 - 16 -0.9 - 16 -0.9 - 16

a

P

Z

Ab

a b

* Pilot pressure maximum 6 bar higher than operating pressure, maximum pilot pressure 16 bar

** Valve body length 55 mm up to G 1/2

www.norgren.com/fc/en134

135

Series 82160

Service kits

For valves Part number

8216000 1234677

8216100 1234677

8216200 1234677

8216300 1222965

8216400 1222965

8216500 1252653

8216600 1252653

8216700 1252654

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104Oval head cap screw up to G 1/2

Allen head screw from G 3/4

*105 Gasket - not for G 3/4 and G 1

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

P A

Z

105

102

101

104

103

G 1/4

H1

H

L

Connection

size G

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 67 44 48 33

3/8 67 44 48 33

1/2 67 44 48 33

3/4 95 70 81 57

1 95 70 81 57

1 1/4 132 96 103 70

1 1/2 132 96 103 70

2 160 112 121 81

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

* B = maximum width

3

136

Series 82180 / 82280

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 50For neutral gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 2 or 1/2" NPT to 2" NPT

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body / Valve seat: Dezincification resistant brass

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot connection: G 1/4 or 1/4" NPT, respectively

Pilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +80 °C

Actuator: Body: Stainless steel, Aluminium

Bottom: WEMA-Kor coated

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Coated steel

Features- High flow rate

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- For robust industry applications

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

Technical data

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

Ex-protected

Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Fluid

temperature

+200 °C

00 01** 40 41 59

1/2 15 4.8 82182XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/4 20 10.0 82183XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 25 14.0 82184XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 1/4 32 23.0 82185XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

1 1/2 40 30.0 82186XX.0000.00000 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5

2 50 37.0 82187XX.0000.00000 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3

1 1/4 32 27.0 82285XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 1/2 40 37.0 82286XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

2 50 53.0 82287XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

aZ

P

Ab

a b

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 8 bar

** Pilot pressure 1 - 6 bar

www.norgren.com/fc/en136

137

Series 82180 / 82280

Service kits

For valves Part number

8218200 1248931

8218300 1249643

8218400 1248994

8218500 1249645

8218600 1249646

8218700 1249647

8228500 1249648

8228600 1249649

8228700 1249650

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve spindle assembly

*103 Gasket

104 Screw piece

*105 Pressure spring

*106 Spindle sealing

107 Spacer sleeve

*108 Sleeve bearing

109 Nut

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 O-ring

*112 Lip seal

113 Round plate

*114 Lip seal

115 Round plate

*116 Seal-Lock® nut

117 Control head housing

*118 Pressure spring - G 1 and G 2 only

*119 Pressure spring

120 Hexagon screw

121 Screw tap

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

121

119

117

115

113

120

110

109

105

118

116

114

112

111

108

107

106

104

103

102

101

P

A

Z

1H H

4/1 G

L

SW

B

Connection

size G

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

SW

mm

1/2 65 89.5 154.0 140.5 27

3/4 75 89.5 160.0 144.0 32

1 90 89.5 171.0 150.5 41

1 1/4 110 89.5 186.0 161.0 50

1 1/2 120 89.5 190.0 162.5 55

2 150 89.5 206.0 171.0 70

1 1/4 110 163.0 250.0 225.0 50

1 1/2 120 163.0 255.0 227.5 55

2 150 163.0 270.0 235.0 70

Further options (valves)XXXXX22.XXXX Increased operating pressure for G 1/2: 25 bar,

and for G 3/4: 16 bar

XXXXX52.XXXX Optical position indicator

Further options on requestFor hazardous environments

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

* B = maximum width

3

138

Series 82580

For neutral burnable gases and other neutral gases

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 2

Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar, pilot pressure 5 to 8 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Dezincification resistant brass

Seat seal: FPM

Spindle sealing: FPM

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot connection: G 1/4

Actuator: Body: Stainless steel

Bottom: Aluminium WEMA-Kor coated

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Coated steel

Features- EC-Type Examination Certificate

product ID-No.: CE-0085 AT0091,

valve class A, valve group 2

- High functional reliability

- Short response time < 1 s

- For robust industry applications

- Qualification approval: EN 161/3394 part 1

Technical data

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

Operating pressure bar

FPM Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

With male

screw fitting

DVGW approved pilot valve

mounted on the main valve

00 41 80 Solenoid 0247

1/2 15 4.8 82582XX.0000.00000 0 - 4 0 - 4 0 - 10 0 - 4 / 0 - 10

3/4 20 10.0 82583XX.0000.00000 0 - 4 0 - 4 0 - 10 0 - 4 / 0 - 10

1 25 14.0 82584XX.0000.00000 0 - 4 0 - 4 0 - 10 0 - 4 / 0 - 10

1 1/4 32 23.0 82585XX.0000.00000 0 - 4 0 - 4 0 - 10 0 - 4 / 0 - 10

1 1/2 40 30.0 82586XX.0000.00000 0 - 4 0 - 4 0 - 10 0 - 4 / 0 - 10

2 50 37.0 82587XX.0000.00000 0 - 4 0 - 4 0 - 10 0 - 4 / 0 - 10

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 50 with DVGW-approval

Pilot pressure 5 - 8 bar

www.norgren.com/fc/en138

139

Series 82580

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve spindle

*103 O-ring

104 Screw piece

*105 Pressure spring

*106 Spindle sealing

107 Spacer sleeve

*108 Sleeve bearing

109 Nut

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 O-ring

*112 Lip seal

113 Round plate

*114 Lip seal

115 Round plate

*116 Seal-Lock® nut

117 Control head housing

*118 Pressure spring

*119 Pressure spring

120 Hexagon screw

121 Screw tap

Service kits

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

For valves Part number

8258200 1260269

8258300 -

8258400 -

8258500 1263620

8258600 -

8258700 -

121

118

119

112

108

107106104

103

102

101

117116115114113120

111110109105

P

A

Z

H1

L

H

G 1/

4

B

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/2 65 89.5 154.0 140.5

3/4 75 89.5 160.0 144.0

1 90 89.5 171.0 150.5

1 1/4 110 89.5 186.0 161.0

1 1/2 120 89.5 190.0 162.5

2 150 89.5 206.0 171.0

Further options (valves)XXXXX50.XXXX Parts in contact with medium assembled free of oil

and grease, body painted blue

XXXXX53.XXXX Optical position indicator

Further options on request

Note: As the type 82580 is a safety shutoff valve, the switching function

"normally open" is not available.

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Note: Pressure-tight screw joints (e.g. NPT) are not approved for use with gaseous

fuels and pressures exceeding 4 bar.

3

140

Series 82710

2/2-way valves DN 8 to DN 12For neutral gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/4 to G 1/2

Operating pressure: -0.9 to 6 bar

Description (standard valve)Valve for neutral gases and liquids up to max. 80 mm2/s (cSt)

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: as required

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialRange of process fluid

Fluid temperature: max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: max. +50 °C

Material body: Brass

Seat seal: Fabric reinforced NBR diaphragm

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot fluid: air, water, hydraulic oil

Fluid temperature: max. +90 °C

Body: Brass, PPO (cover)

Seat seal: Fabric reinforced NBR diaphragm

Pilot connection: G 1/8

Features- Spindle seal with diaphragm

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Optical position indicator is standard

Technical data

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number

Operating pressure bar

NBR Normally open FPM

110 °C

EPDM

110 °C

00 01 03 14

1/4 8 1.9 82710XX.0000.00000 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6

3/8 10 2.4 82711XX.0000.00000 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6

1/2 12 2.9 82712XX.0000.00000 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6

Pilot pressure 3 - 8 bar, minimum 4 bar under vacuum conditions

www.norgren.com/fc/en140

141

Series 82710

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve plate

103 Control head housing

104 Control head housing cover

*105 Diaphragm

*106 Pressure spring

*107 Lip seal

*108 Oval head cap screw

Service kits

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

For valves Part number

8271000 1250546

8271100 1250546

8271200 1250546

P A

Z

109

101

102

103

107

104

108

105

106

L

H1

G 1/

8

H

B

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 67 60 101 86

3/8 67 60 101 86

1/2 67 60 101 86

Further options (valves)XXXXX50.XXXX For G 3/8 and G 1/2 only:

valve body manufactured from 1.4581 stainless steel,

internal parts in contact with fluid from 1.4301 stainless

steel, Sandvik 1802 stainless steel

XXXXX51.XXXX Only for G 3/8 and G 1/2:

seat seal: FPM,

FPM-diaphragm (Number 102),

body manufactured from 1.4581 stainless steel,

internal parts with contact to fluids manufactured

from 1.4301 stainless steel, Sandvik 1802 stainless steel,

maximum fluid temperature +110 °C

XXXXX52.XXXX Seat seal: FFPM,

separating diaphragm PTFE-foil with FPM-diaphragm,

body manufactured from 1.4581 stainless steel,

internal parts with contact to fluids manufactured

from 1.4571 stainless steel and A4 stainless steel,

maximum fluid temperature +110 °C,

0 to 6 bar

Further options on request

Accessories3/2-way pilot valve 8466053.9101 AC / DC* (page 148)

* Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

3

142

Series 84180

2/2-way valves DN 2 to DN 10For neutral gases and liquids up to 600 mm2/s

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Piston seat valves

Internal thread G 1/8 to G 1/2

Operating pressure: max. 25 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Brass

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Stainless steel / Brass

Spindle sealing: PTFE / NBR self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator material Pilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Body: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Brass

Pilot connection: M5

Pilot pressure: 4-10 bar

Features- Small, compact 30 mm miniature actuator

- Actuator can be swiveled 360°

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

- Reversed flow direction optional

- High flow rate

- Valve operates without pressure differential

- Body with M5 fastening thread as standard

Technical data

* Pilot pressure 4 - 10 bar

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number Operating pressure bar

PTFE*

1/8 2.0 0.12 8418800.0000.00000 0 - 25

1/4 4.0 0.35 8418020.0000.00000 0 - 25

3/8 6.0 0.60 8418140.0000.00000 0 - 20

1/2 10.0 1.80 8418260.0000.00000 0 - 8

www.norgren.com/fc/en142

143

Series 84180

Drawing legend

Connection

size G

L

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

B*

mm

1/8 44 65 53 33

1/4 44 65 53 33

3/8 44 65 53 33

1/2 60 81 67 33

Index Description

200 Actuator

9900 Valve body

Further options on request- Normally open

- Seat seal: FPM

- Seat seal: EPDM

- Double acting actuation

- Oxygen version

- Higher operating pressure

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

200

9900

P

Z

A

L

H

H1

200

9900

P

Z

A

L

H1

H

Z

G 1/8 - G 3/8 G 1/2

* B = maximum width

3

144

Series 84500

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 80For neutral gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 3 or 1/2" NPT to 3" NPT

Operating pressure: see technical data

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve material Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Dezincification resistant brass

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot connection: G 1/4 or 1/4" NPT, respectively

Pilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Body: Polyamid 66 with 30% fibre glass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Features- Easy conversion into "normally open" or "double-acting" without tools

(actuator Ø 70 mm only)

- Optical position indicator is standard

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90% (actuator Ø 70 mm only)

- Reversed flow direction optional

- High flow rate

- Optional pressure actuation with liquid pilot fluids

Technical data actuator Ø 70 mm

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar**

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally open* Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

NAMUR

adapter plate

Position

indicator to

NAMUR

EN 50227

00 01 23 50 58

1/2 15 4.8 84502XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/4 20 10.0 84503XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 25 14.0 84504XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 1/4 32 23.0 84505XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

1 1/2 40 30.0 84506XX.0000.00000 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5

2 50 37.0 84507XX.0000.00000 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3

* Pilot pressure 1 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z1

** Pilot pressure 3.5 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z2

www.norgren.com/fc/en144

145

Series 84500

Drawing legend

* B = maximum width

Connection

size G

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

SW

mm

1/2 65 89.5 177.5 164.0 27

3/4 75 89.5 184.0 168.0 32

1 90 89.5 194.5 174.0 41

1 1/4 110 89.5 209.5 184.5 50

1 1/2 120 89.5 208.5 186.0 55

2 150 89.5 229.5 194.5 70

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve plate

103 Valve spindle assembly

104 Allen head screw

105 Spring washer

*106 Gasket

107 Screw piece

*108 Spindle sealing

*109 O-ring

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 Cup spring

112 Screw piece

*113 Pressure spring

*114 Piston seal

115 Signal pin

*116 Pressure spring

*117 O-ring

118 End cap

*119 O-ring

120 Control head housing cover

*122 Pressure spring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

P

A

Z1

Z2

118115120

114111112108104

105

117

119122116103

110

113

109107106102

101

SW

H H

L

4/1

G

B

Operating pressure bar

Connection size G DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally open* Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

Position

indicator to

NAMUR

EN 50227

80 81 83 88

1 1/4 32 23.0 84505XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 1/2 40 41.0 84506XX.0000.00000 0 - 12 0 - 12 0 - 12 0 - 12

2 50 70.0 84507XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

2 1/2 65 107.0 84508XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

3 80 157.0 84509XX.0000.00000 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5

* 8X = Pilot pressure 5.0 - 7 bar

81= Pilot pressure 1.0 - 7 bar

Technical data actuator Ø 120 mm

Actuator Ø 70 mm 3

146

Series 84500

Service kits for actuator Ø 70 mm

For valves Part number

8450200 1256694

8450300 1256695

8450400 1256696

8450500 1256697

8450600 1256698

8450700 1256699

Further options (valves)XXXXX08.XXXX Double acting; 4/2 or 5/2-way pilot valve required

XXXXX22.XXXX Higher operating pressure (actuator Ø 70 mm only)

Further options on request- Seal materials: NBR, FPM, EPDM

- Stroke limiter

- Silencer

- Electrical position indicator with electromagnetic induction sensors

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

x Note:Order service kit 1264287 if these valves are to be used in Zone 1/2 or

21/22 hazardous areas. This kit includes an additional instruction plate,

a declaration of conformity and a silencer. The maximum permissible fluid

temperature is reduced to +85 °C (for actuator Ø 70 mm only).

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Drawing legend

* B = maximum width

L

H

e45°

G 1/4

G 1/4

110

111

109

108

106107

105

102

103

101

Actuator Ø 120 mm

Connection

size G

L

mm

H

mm

1 1/4 287 287

1 1/2 293 293

2 9301 301

2 1/2 313 313

3 330 330

Index Description

101 Connection 4 / Exhaust port (NC)

102 Actuator

103 Connection 2/ pilot pressure port (NC)

105 Nut

106 Gasket

107 Spindle

108 Valve plate

109 Seat seal

110 Nut

111 Valve body

Fluid Control Solutions

147

3

148

Series 84660 / 84680

3/2-way valves DN 1.6 and DN 3.0Pilot valve for pressure actuated valves

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Seat valve

Connection P female thread G 1/4; connection A male thread G 1/4

Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated compressed air or

neutral liquids

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: TPU

Internal parts: Stainless steel, PPS

Features- Compact design

- Complete with connector and gasket

- Interchangeable solenoid system

- Silenced exhaust

- Low power consumption

Technical data

a

P R

Ab

a b

Switching time** ms

Operating pressure bar

Connection size

G*

DN

mm

Flow

l/min

Part number*** TPU Normally open Manual

override

On Off 00 01 02

1/4 1.6 1.2 8.5 30.4 84660XX.9101.00000 1 - 10 - 1 - 10

1/4 3.0 3.3 15.0 81.9 84680XX.9151.00000 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10

* P = G 1/4 internal

A = G 1/4 external

R = Silenced exhaust to atmosphere

** For 6 bar according to DIN VDI 3290 with solenoid for DC

*** For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8466000.9101.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8466000.9101.02400 for 24V DC

Solenoid 9101 / 9151 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

9101 8W 15VA 12VA

9151 18W 45VA 35VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

Click-on®

Solenoid interchangeable without tools

www.norgren.com/fc/en148

149

Series 84660 / 84680

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Protective cap

*103 Valve plate

105 O-ring

*106 O-ring

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

702 O-ring

703 Screw piece

*704 Pressure spring

*705 Plunger

706 Spring clip

707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

9901 Hexagon nut

9902 Gasket

R R

AP

701704705703

706102

103105106

101

70770299019902

400

1400

G1/

4

H1H

919( )

L

G1/

4

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size G

L

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 60 73.6 61.5

Solenoid 9101

Connection

size G

L

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/4 60 91.0 79.0

Solenoid 9151

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Protective cap

*103 Valve plate

104 Valve seat

400 Solenoid

701 Core tube

*702 O-ring

*704 Pressure spring

706 Spring clip

707 O-ring

1400 Electrical connector

9901 Hexagon nut

9902 Gasket

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

R R

AP

701

704

705

707

702

400

1400

9901

101

102

103104

9902

706

G1/

4

919( )

L

G1/

4

H1H

Drawing legend

With solenoid 9101

With solenoid 9151

3

150

Series 84660 / 84680

Service kits

For valves Part number

8466000 1260613

8468000 1260615

Further options (valves)XXXXX53.XXXX Connection P female thread G 1/8,

connection A male thread G 1/8

Further options (Solenoids for series 84660)XXXXXXX.9136 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx m II T4 T 130 °C,

with 3 m connection cable

Further options (Solenoids for series 84680)XXXXXXX.9191 Solenoid in protection class x II 2 GD EEx me II T3 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

151

Oil & Gas

Proven solutions for the oil and gas industry

Safe, reliable and cost-effective integrated solutions for

actuation control applications:

» Control of process pneumatic actuators (single or double

acting; rotary- and stroke-drive)

» Control and handling of neutral and aggressive gases and

liquids

Typically stainless steel housings and Ex-proof coils, and a

broad choice of materials for seals.

Market-leading product brands: Norgren, Maxseal,

Herion, Buschjost, Watson Smith.

Low power high force valves

Compact, low weight Maxseal ICO3S

solenoid valves, typically suited to

applications such as emergency

shutdown systems. Low power 2W

solenoid.

Instrument changeover Valves

Maxseal ICO4S 1/4" or 1/2" stainless

steel direct acting solenoid valve.

Offers the offshore and petrochemical

industries a uniquely reliable and

heavy-duty unit.

Process Control for Hazardous

Areas

Direct acting Maxseal SOV valves

with position indicator, certified for

hazardous area use. Up to 207 bar.

Redundancy system

Includes 2 direct-acting valves and

functional plates for redundant

control. Ensures safe exhaust and

double safety system.

Smart position valve controller

Digital Positioner with auto-tune

characteristics. High accuracies and

speed of response due to different

available flow rates.

I/P Converters

Watson Smith OEM I/P converters

with "Fail Safe" function for robust

closed-loop control. Integrated filters

for harsh environments.

High Flow Process Solenoid

Valves

Piston valves for slightly aggressive

gases and liquids, up to 40 bar.

Flange connection up to DN50.

Cast or stainless steel. Ideal for highly

viscous fluids, as well as for vacuum.

Stainless steel filter regulators

1/4" and 1/2" Maxseal instrument

filter regulators for accurate pressure

control with manual or automatic

drains.

Valve technology

3

152

Series 96000

3/2-way valves DN 2 to DN 5Direct operated poppet valves

Solenoid actuated

Connection G 1/4

Operating pressure: 0 to 18 bar (see technical data)

DescriptionSolenoid valve for neutral gases and liquids*

Fluid temperature: -25 °C to +80 °C

Ambient temperature: -25 °C to +80 °C,

depending on solenoid system

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid on top

** With contaminated fluids, upstream installation of a dirt trap is recommended.

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Internal parts: Steel 1.4104, Brass

Features - No differential pressure required, works from 0 bar

- Fast switching times

- Maximum leak rate 1.33·10-3 mbar·l/s

- For AC solenoid systems with integrated rectifier (40 to 60Hz)

- Valves and solenoids (see solenoid table) with EX approval according to ATEX

Technical data

2

31

2

31

* When ordering please indicate solenoid, voltage and current type (frequency).

** Please see pages 49 and 50 for technical data and ordering information.

Symbol 1: 3/2 NC

Symbol 2: 3/2 NO

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number*

valve

Solenoid

group**

Operating

pressure

bar

Drawing

no.

Switching function: normally closed

1/4 2 0.12 9600210 13B 0 - 10 1

1/4 2 0.12 9600240 13D 0 - 18 1

1/4 3 0.20 9600320 13C 0 - 6 1

1/4 3 0.20 9600340 13D 0 - 14 1

1/4 4 0.35 9601440 16D 0 - 10 1

1/4 5 0.45 9601540 16D 0 - 7 2

Switching function: normally open

1/4 2 0.10 9602210 13B 0 - 9 3

1/4 3 0.16 9602340 13D 0 - 9 3

1/4 4 0.30 9602440 16D 0 - 6 3

Cable gland

protection class EEx e, EEx d (ATEX),

Nickel plated brass

Connectors

EEx e 0588819 (for solenoids 42xx / 46xx M20 x 1.5) 0570275

Accessories

www.norgren.com/fc/en152

153

Series 96000

Drawing 3 *

26

G 1/4

G 1/8

2

29,1

18

18

46,5

92,5

1 2

19

~ 1

20

36

27

3

Index Description

2 M4 x 6

Drawing legend

* Dimensions in mm

Dimensional drawings for valves

Drawing 1 * Drawing 2 *

18

18

28,5

74,5

1 2

11

19

G 1/4

26

~ 1

20

36

2

27

3

G 1/8

18

18

29,5

75,5

1 2

3

36

2

11

19

G 1/4

26

~ 12

0

27

G 1/8

Further options on request

Please find the safety instructions for the Norgren range on page 318.

Please find an example of the part numbering system applicable to the

Norgren range on page 53.

The actuating solenoids correspond to those of the 95000 series. You will find

them on page 49, the associated dimensions are on page 50.

The electric circuit diagrams are shown on page 52.

3

154

Series 96100

3/2 Stainless steel directional control valves DN 2 to DN 6Direct operated poppet valves

Solenoid actuated

Connection G 1/8

Operating pressure: 0 to 12 bar (see technical data)

DescriptionSolenoid valve for aggressive gases and liquids*

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -10 °C to +120 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C to +60 °C,

depending on solenoid system

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid on top

** With contaminated fluids, upstream installation of a dirt trap is recommended.

MaterialBody: Stainless steel 1.4571

Seat seal: FPM

Internal parts: Stainless steel 1.4571

Features - No differential pressure required, works from 0 bar

- Fast switching times

- Maximum leak rate 1.33·10-3 mbar·l/s

- Assembled oil and grease-free

- For AC solenoid systems with integrated rectifier (40 to 60Hz)

Technical data

* When ordering please indicate solenoid, voltage and current type (frequency).

** Please see pages 49 and 50 for technical data and ordering information.

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number*

valve

Solenoid

group**

Operating

pressure

bar

Drawing

no.

Switching function: normally closed

1/8 2 0.11 9610242 13D 0 - 12 1

1/8 3 0.20 9610342 13D 0 - 6 2

2

31

Symbol 1: 3/2 NC

Cable gland

protection class EEx e, EEx d (ATEX),

Nickel plated brass

Connectors

EEx e 0588819 (for solenoids 42xx / 46xx M20 x 1.5) 0570275

Accessories

www.norgren.com/fc/en154

155

Series 96100

Dimensional drawings for valves

Drawing 1 * Drawing 2 *

G 1/8

3

Pg 11

55

32

G1/

8

8,5

19,5

27

66,5

21

74 12

18

M4 x 6

1829,5

23

G 1/8

3

Pg 11

56

32G

1/8

8,5

19,5

27

66,5

21

89 12

27

M4 x 6

18

23

43

* Dimensions in mm

Further options on request

Please find the safety instructions for the Norgren range on page 318.

Please find an example of the part numbering system applicable to the

Norgren range on page 53.

The actuating solenoids correspond to those of the 95000 series. You will find

them on page 49, the associated dimensions are on page 50.

The electric circuit diagrams are shown on page 52.

3

Socket can be turned to four positions at 90° steps

Socket can be turned to four positions at 90° steps

156

Series 97100 NAMUR

3/2-, 5/2- and 5/3-way valvesIndirectly controlled soft seal spool valves

Solenoid actuated

Port size G 1/4, 1/4 NPT

NAMUR Interface

Operating pressure: 2 to 8 bar

DescriptionNAMUR Interface for filtered, non-lubricated and dry compressed air*

Operation: solenoid, indirectly controlled

Mounting position: as required

Flow direction: fixed

Nominal size: 6 mm

Connection 1: G 1/4

Connection 3 and 5: G 1/8

Electrical connection: see solenoid table

Temperatures: Valve: -25 °C to +50 °C,

Solenoid: see solenoid table

** Oil recommendation: Shell Hydrol DO 32, ESSO Febis K 32 (as of

July 1992) or comparable oils with DVI-values < 8 (DIN 53521)

and ISO viscosity class 32-46 (DIN 51519).

MaterialBody: Aluminium anodized

Pilot flange: PBT

Seals: NBR

Features - For single and double operated actuators

- Exhaust air recirculation (3 way function)

- Crossover-free switching, switch-over function guaranteed even with small

cross section air supply

- In event of power failure, valve switches to original position

(spring-loaded with monostable design)

- Lockable manual override

- Compact design

- Simple design of soft seal spool system

- Easily interchangeable solenoid

12 14

513

4 2

Symbol 2: 5/2

4 2

15 3

12 10

Symbol 1: 3/2

12 14

513

4 2

Symbol 4: 5/2

35 1

4 214 12

Symbol 5: 5/3

4 2

15 3

12 10

Symbol 3: 3/2

Connection size G kv-Value Part number* Operation Operating pressure Drawing

1 3.5 2.4 m3/h bar no.

1/4 1/8 Flange 0.75 9710000 Solenoid/Spring 2 - 8 1

1/4 1/8 Flange 0.75 9711000 Solenoid/

Solenoid

2 - 8 2

1/4 1/8 Flange 0.5 9712000 Solenoid/

Solenoid mid position

APB

2 - 8 3

* When ordering please indicate solenoid, voltage and current type (frequency).

Valve function: APB = All Ports Blocked

3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 directional valves, standard design5/2-way or 3/2-way function (see conversion instructions page 159)

www.norgren.com/fc/en156

157

Series 97100 NAMUR

Type Power consumption Ex-protection Protection Temperature

ambient/

Dimensions Circuit diagram

24V DC

W

130V AC

VAcategorie

class

fluid °C no. no.

3036 1.6 3.5 - IP 65 (with connector)

DIN EN 175301-803

form A *

-40 ... +50 5 1

Solenoid actuators

* Connector not included: required connector for DC: type 0680003 Form B, 0570275 Form A.

Standard voltages 24V DC, 230V AC. Other voltages on request. Design according to VDE 0580, EN 50014/50028. 100% duty cycle.

Solenoid actuators

Connection size G Type * Operation Operating pressure Flow Drawing

1 3.5 2.4 bar l/min no.

1/4 1/8 Flange 9710002 Solenoid/Spring 2 - 8 750 1

1/4 1/8 Flange 9712002 Solenoid/

Solenoid mid position APB

2 - 8 500 2

* When ordering please indicate solenoid, voltage and current type (frequency).

Valve function: APB = All Ports Blocked

3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 directional valves for minimal electrical power, including EEx i5/2-way or 3/2-way function (see conversion instructions page 159)

Type Power consumption Rated current Ex-protection Protection Temperature

ambient/

Dimensions Circuit diagram

24V DC

W

230V AC

VA

24V DC

mA

230V AC

VA categorie

class

fluid °C no. no.

3050 1.7 - - - - IP 65 (with connector)

DIN EN 175301-803

form B **

-40 ... +50 4 1

3034 0.7 0.7 * - - - IP 65 (with connector)

DIN EN 175301-803

form A **

-40 ... +50 5 1

Standardvoltages 24V DC, 230V AC. Other voltages on request. Design according to VDE 0580, EN 50014/50028. 100% duty cycle.

* Valves can be operated with DC only. For 230V AC application please use 206V DC coil together with recifier plug 0663303.

** Connector not included: required connector for DC: type 0680003 Form B, 0570275 Form A.

Silencer Connectors

0014500 (G 1/8)* 0570275 form A

0663303 with rectifier

0680003 form B

Accessories

* For indoor use.

3

158

Series 97100 NAMUR

Dimensional drawings for valves

Drawing 1 and 2 * Drawing 3 *2

4

13

5

01

M5

3

5.5

19.513

25 7.2

37.2

32

40

G 1/

4G

1/8

24

1224

.4

20.5

56.5

38.5

131.

5

31

5

42

01

01

M5

3

5.5

19.5

13

25 7.2

37.2

32

40

G 1/

4G

1/8

24

1295

.5

1818

110

203

Dimensional drawings for solenoid operators

Drawing 4 *

29

65 12

11

29,5

22

Ø9

Drawing 5 *

36

15

72 12

29,5

30

Ø9

* Dimensions in mm

Circuit diagrams

Circuit diagram 1 Circuit diagram 2

159

Series 97100 NAMUR

NAMUR hole pattern *

Conversion instructions of 5/2 into 3/2-way function

M5

32

2

243

3

5

4

2

5/2

67

3/2

67

Drawing legend

5/2-way function (original mode of supply) 3/2-way function

Index Description

2 Port 2 (A)

3 Coated screw

4 M5 x 10

5 Port 3 (R)

* Dimensions in mm

3/2 or 5/2-way function can be achieved by swapping enclosed adaptor plates.

Make sure Marker and Arrow match as shown on above drawing. Original mode of supply: 5/2 function.

Drawing legend

Index Description

6 Arrow

7 Marker

Further options on request

Please find the safety instructions for the Norgren range on page 318.

Please find an example of the part numbering system applicable to the

Norgren range on page 53.

3

160

Chemical and Process Industries

Standard & chemical applications

Norgren – incorporating Herion – has decades of experience with

chemical and related process technologies. Norgren provides a

comprehensive product range. Our highly flexible manufacturing

processes allow fast and safe realization of individual solutions,

tailored to specific customer requirements. These competitive

advantages are perfectly suited to help our customers maintain

and extend their position in the market.

» STANDARD VERSIONIndirectly controlled soft seal spool valves.3/2-, 5/2- and 5/3 directional valves

» For single and double operated actuators» Easily interchangeable solenoids IP65, ATEX» Inline and NAMUR

» CHEMICAL VERSIONDirectly and indirectly controlled soft seal spool valves andpoppet valves.3/2-, 5/2- and 5/3 directional valves

» For single and double operated actuators» Suitable for outdoor installation» Modular solenoid system» International Ex-approvals» SIL 4-approval according IEC 61508» Body material stainless steel, brass and aluminium

26230 Inline/NAMUR

26360 Inline/NAMUR

97100 Inline

97100 NAMUR

97105 Inline/NAMUR

24010/24011

98015/98025

» PILOT VALVES

FOR THE CHEMICAL AND PROCESS INDUSTRY

»

Norgren stainless steel solenoids and valves are specifically

designed for the chemical and petrochemical industries – especially

offshore. The products meet the highest safety standards, even in

the toughest environmental conditions.»

161

Chemical and Process Industries

SIL

Stainless Steel

» STAINLESS STEEL VERSIONDirectly and indirectly controlled soft seal spool valves and poppet valves.2/2-, 3/2-, 5/2- and 5/3 directional valves

» Stainless steel solenoid 48xx» SIL 4-approval according IEC 61508» Protection class: EEx mbd IIC T4/T6

EEx mbe IIC T4/T6» Category: II 2 GD

97105 Inline/NAMUR

24011

98015/98025

3

162

Series 84720

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 25For neutral gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 1 or 1/2" NPT to 1" NPT

Operating pressure: see technical data

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Dezincification resistant brass

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot connection: G 1/4 or 1/4" NPT, respectively

Pilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Body: Polyamid 66 with 30% fibre glass

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Features- Optical position indicator is standard

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

- Reversed flow direction optional

- High flow rate

- Optional pressure actuation by liquid pilot fluids

Technical data actuator Ø 50 mm

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open**

Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

NAMUR

adapter plate

Position

indicator to

NAMUR

EN 50227

00 01 23 50 58

1/2 15 4.8 84722XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/4 20 10.0 84723XX.0000.00000 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8

1 25 14.0 84724XX.0000.00000 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5

aZ

P

Ab

a b

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z2

** Pilot pressure 1 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z1

www.norgren.com/fc/en162

163

Series 84720

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve plate

103 Valve spindle assembly

104 Allen head screw

105 Spring washer

*106 Gasket

107 Screw piece

*108 Spindle sealing

*109 O-ring

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 Cup spring

112 Screw piece

*114 Piston seal

115 Signal pin

*116 Pressure spring

*117 O-ring

118 End cap

*119 O-ring

120 Control head housing cover

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Service kits

For valves Part number

8472200 1260318

8472300 1260566

8472400 1260568

Further options (valves)XXXXX08.XXXX Double acting; 4/2 or 5/2-way pilot valve required

Further options on request- Seal materials: NBR, FPM, EPDM

- Stroke limiter

- Silencer

- Electrical position indicator with electromagnetic induction sensors

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

x Note:Order service kit 1264287 if these valves are to be used in Zone 1/2 or

21/22 hazardous areas. This kit includes an additional instruction plate,

a declaration of conformity and a dust filter. The maximum permissible fluid

temperature is reduced to +85 °C.

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

SW

mm

1/2 65 66 154 140.5 27

3/4 75 66 160 144.5 32

1 90 66 171 150.5 41

P

A

Z1

Z2

117

119

116

110

103112108107106102

101

118115120114111

109

105104

SW

H1H

L

B

4/1

G

3

164

Series 83250

3/2-way valves G 1/2 to G 2For neutral gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Valve for air, water, oil, hot water and steam up to 400 mm2/s (cSt)

Switching function: normally closed from P to A,

opened from P to A by pilot pressure

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required, preferably with actuator vertical on top

Process fluid characteristics/Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Gun metal

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / EPDM

Pilot fluid characteristics/Actuator materialPilot connection: G 1/4

Pilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Body: Aluminium

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Features- Suitable for steam

- Can be used as Y-pattern/selector valve (pressure connected to A)

- High flow rate

Technical data

aZ

P R

Ab

a b

Operating pressure in bar with gases or liquids up to 400 mm2/s (cSt) *

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Optical position

indicator

Electrical

position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Electrical position indicator

EEx de IIC T6

Way P -> A Way A -> R 00 55 57 64

1/2 15 5.8 3.0 83252XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/4 20 11.5 7.0 83253XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 25 18.0 12.5 83254XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 1/4 32 25.0 15.0 83255XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 1/2 40 39.0 27.0 83256XX.0000.00000 0 - 14 0 - 14 0 - 14 0 - 14

2 50 64.0 43.0 83257XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

* Pilot pressure 5.5 - 7 bar

www.norgren.com/fc/en164

165

Series 83250

Drawing legend

Index Description

1 Valve body

2 Spindle assembly

3 Locking ring

4 Flat seal ring

5 Bushing

6 Pressure spring

7 Supporting ring

8 Sleeve

9 Compression ring

10.01 Cover

10.02 Piston bushing

11 Lock nut

12 Protective cap

14 Gasket

15 Valve plate

16 Valve plate

17 Pressure spring

18 Pressure spring

19Lock nut

with spring

20 Piston assembly

21 Lip seal

22 O-ring

23 Screw

24 O-ring

25 Bottom assembly

26 Lip seal

27 Screw

28 Spring washer

29 Seat flange

30 Gasket

33 Sleeve

34 Pressure spring *

35 O-ring

Further options on request

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/2 67 96 228.0 191

3/4 80 96 234.0 195

1 95 96 236.0 195

1 1/4 112 164 333.5 273

1 1/2 132 164 334.5 273

2 160 164 345.5 277

Z

RA

P

1834

17

11

987

5

21

12

21

20

22

24

23

25

26

33

15

10.01

10.02

6

4

3

14

35

16

16

30

28

27

29

19

L

H1H G

1/4

B

* For DN 50 only

3

166

Series 82380 / 82480

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 50For aggressive gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 2 or 1/2" NPT to 2" NPT

Operation pressure: 0 - 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body / Valve seat: Stainless steel

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE, FPM self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot connection: G 1/4 or 1/4" NPT, respectively

Pilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Actuator: Body: Stainless steel, Aluminium

Bottom: WEMA-Kor coated

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Coated steel

Features- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- High flow rate

- For robust industry applications

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

Technical data

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open**

Electrical

position

indicator:

2 switches,

Ex-protected

Electrical

position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Stainless steel

actuator for fluid

temperature

+200 °C

00 01 40 41 60

Actuator Ø 70 mm

1/2 15 4.8 82382XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/4 20 10.0 82383XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 25 14.0 82384XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 1/4 32 23.0 82385XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

1 1/2 40 30.0 82386XX.0000.00000 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5

2 50 37.0 82387XX.0000.00000 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3

Actuator Ø 125 mm

1 1/4 32 27.0 82485XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

1 1/2 40 37.0 82486XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

2 50 53.0 82487XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 8 bar

** Pilot pressure 1 - 6 bar

www.norgren.com/fc/en166

167

Series 82380 / 82480

Service kits

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve spindle assembly

*103 Gasket

104 Screw piece

*105 Pressure spring

*106 Spindle sealing

107 Spacer sleeve

*108 Sleeve bearing

109 Nut

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 O-ring

*112 FPM lip seal

113 Round plate

*114 Lip seal

115 Round plate

*116 Seal-Lock® nut

117 Control head housing

*118 Pressure spring - for G 1 and G 2 only

*119 Pressure spring

120 Hexagon screw

121 Plug

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

For valves Part number

Actuator Ø 70 mm

8238200 1249651

8238300 1249652

8238400 1249653

8238500 1249654

8238600 1249655

8238700 1249656

Actuator Ø 125 mm

8248500 1249657

8248600 1249658

8248700 1249339

P

A

Z

101

102

103

104106

107

119

118

105109

110

111

120

114

113

115

116

117

121

108

112

LG

1/4

B

HH1

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

Actuator Ø 70 mm

1/2 65 89.5 154.0 140.5

3/4 75 89.5 160.0 144.0

1 90 89.5 171.0 150.5

1 1/4 110 89.5 186.0 161.0

1 1/2 120 89.5 190.0 162.5

2 150 89.5 206.0 171.0

Actuator Ø 125 mm

1 1/4 110 163.0 250.0 225.0

1 1/2 120 163.0 255.0 227.5

2 150 163.0 270.0 235.0

Further options (valves)XXXXX03.XXXX Seal: FPM maximum temperature +180 °C

XXXXX22.XXXX Operating pressure G 1/2: 25 bar, G 3/4: 16 bar

XXXXX52.XXXX Optical position indicator

XXXXX80.XXXX Spindle seal with stainless steel

Actuator Ø 70 mm

Actuator Ø 125 mm

A

Z

P

101

*102

*103

*105

*106

110109

120

*112

*114

*116

107

113

115

117

121

*119122

*111

104

*108

*118

L

G 1/

4

B HH1

Further options on request

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

3

168

Series 84190

2/2-way valves DN 2 to DN 10For aggressive gases and liquids to 600 mm2/s (cSt)

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/8 to G 1/2

Operating pressure: maximum 25 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Stainless steel (1.4408)

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / NBR, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator material Pilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Body: Stainless steel (1.4404)

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Stainless steel, Brass

Pilot connection: M5

Pilot pressure: 4-10 bar

Features- Small, compact 30 mm miniature actuator

- Actuator can be swiveled 360°

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

- Reversed flow direction optional

- High flow rate

- Valve operates without pressure differential

- M5 mounting thread as standard

Technical data actuator Ø 70 mm

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number Operating pressure bar

PTFE*

1/8 2.0 0.12 8419800.0000.00000 0 - 25

1/4 4.0 0.35 8419020.0000.00000 0 - 25

3/8 6.0 0.60 8419140.0000.00000 0 - 20

1/2 10.0 1.80 8419260.0000.00000 0 - 8

* Pilot pressure 4 - 10 bar

aZ

P

Ab

a b

www.norgren.com/fc/en168

169

Series 84190

Drawing legend

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size G

L

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

B*

mm

1/8 44 65 53 33

1/4 44 65 53 33

3/8 44 65 53 33

1/2 60 81 67 33

Index Description

200 Actuator

9900 Valve body

Further options on request- Normally open

- Seat seal: FPM

- Seat seal: EPDM

- Double acting actuation

- Oxygen version

- Higher operating pressure

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

200

9900

P

Z

A

L

H

H1

200

9900

P

Z

A

L

H1

H

G 1/8 - G 3/8 G 1/2

* B = maximum width

3

170

Series 84520

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 80For aggressive gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 3 or 1/2" NPT to 3" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 - 20 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Stainless steel

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Body: Polyamid 66 with 30% fibre glass

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Features- Easy conversion into "normally open" or "double-acting" without tool

(actuator Ø 70 mm only)

- Optical position indicator is standard

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90% (actuator Ø 70 mm only)

- Reversed flow direction optional

- High flow rate

- Optional pressure actuation by liquid pilot fluids

Technical data actuator Ø 70 mm

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open**

Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

NAMUR

adapter plate

Position

indicator to

NAMUR

EN 50227

00 01 23 50 58

1/2 15 4.8 84522XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/4 20 10.0 84523XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 25 14.0 84524XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 1/4 32 23.0 84525XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

1 1/2 40 30.0 84526XX.0000.00000 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5

2 50 37.0 84527XX.0000.00000 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z2

** Pilot pressure 1 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z1

www.norgren.com/fc/en170

171

Operating pressure bar

Connection size G DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally open* Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

Position

indicator to

NAMUR

EN 50227

80 81 83 88

1 1/4 32 23.0 84525XX.0000.00000 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 20

1 1/2 40 41.0 84526XX.0000.00000 0 - 12 0 - 12 0 - 10 0 - 10

2 50 70.0 84527XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

2 1/2 65 107.0 84528XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

3 80 157.0 84529XX.0000.00000 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5

Series 84520

Drawing legend

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/2 65 89.5 177.5 164.0

3/4 75 89.5 184.0 168.0

1 90 89.5 194.5 174.0

1 1/4 110 89.5 209.5 184.5

1 1/2 120 89.5 208.5 186.0

2 150 89.5 229.5 194.5

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve plate

103 Valve spindle assembly

104 Allen head screw

105 Spring washer

*106 Gasket

107 Screw piece

*108 Spindle sealing

*109 O-ring

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 Cup spring

112 Screw piece

*113 Pressure spring

*114 Piston seal

115 Signal pin

*116 Pressure spring

117 O-ring

118 End cap

*119 O-ring

120 Control head housing cover

*122 Pressure spring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

117

119

122

116103

110

113109

107

106

102

101

118115120

114111

112108

104

105

P

A

Z1

Z2

H H

L

4/1

G

B

* 8X = Pilot pressure 5.0 - 7 bar

81= Pilot pressure 1.0 - 7 bar

Technical data actuator Ø 120 mm

Actuator Ø 70 mm 3

172

Series 84520

Service kits actuator Ø 70 mm

For valves Part number

8452200 1256700

8452300 1256701

8452400 1256702

8452500 1256703

8452600 1256704

8452700 1256705

Further options (valves)XXXXX08.XXXX Double acting; 4/2 or 5/2-way pilot valve required

XXXXX22.XXXX Higher operating pressure (actuator Ø 70 mm only)

Further options on request- Seal materials: NBR, FPM, EPDM

- Stroke limiter

- Silencer

- Electrical position indicator with proximity switch

- DIN or ISO welded ends

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

x Note:Order service kit 1264287 if these valves are to be used in Zone 1/2 or

21/22 hazardous areas. This kit includes an additional instruction plate,

a declaration of conformity and a dust filter. The maximum permissible fluid

temperature is reduced to +85 °C.

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Drawing legend

L

H

e45°

G 1/4

G 1/4

110

111

109

108

106107

105

102

103

101

Actuator Ø 120 mm

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Actuator

103 Valve spindle assembly

105 Nut

106 Gasket

108 Valve plate

109 Seat seal

110 Nut

111 Valve body

* B = maximum width

Connection

size G

L

mm

H

mm

1 1/4 287 287

1 1/2 293 293

2 9301 301

2 1/2 313 313

3 330 330

Fluid Control Solutions

173

3

174

Series 84540 / 84550

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 50For aggressive gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Connection DIN 11850 or ISO-welded ends

Operating pressure: 0 - 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Stainless steel (1.4581)

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Body: Polyamid 66 with 30% fibre glass

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Features- Easy conversion into "normally open" or "double-acting" without tools

- Optical position indicator is standard

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

- Reversed flow direction optional

- High flow rate

- With or without mounted pilot valve

- Optional pressure actuation by liquid pilot fluids

Technical data actuator Ø 70 mm

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size

according to

DIN 11850

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open**

Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

NAMUR

adapter plate

Position

indicator to

NAMUR

EN 50227

00 01 23 50 58

Series 1 15 4.8 84542XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

Series 1 20 10.0 84543XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

Series 2 25 14.0 84544XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

Series 2 32 23.0 84545XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

Series 2 40 30.0 84546XX.0000.00000 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5

Series 3 50 37.0 84547XX.0000.00000 0 - 3.0 0 - 3.0 0 - 3.0 0 - 3.0 0 - 3.0

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z2

** Pilot pressure 1 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z1

www.norgren.com/fc/en174

175

Series 84540 / 84550

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size ISO DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open**

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

IP 65

NAMUR

adapter plate

Position

indicator to

NAMUR

EN 50227

00 01 23 50 58

ISO 15 4.8 84552XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

ISO 20 10.0 84553XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

ISO 25 14.0 84554XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

ISO 32 23.0 84555XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

ISO 40 30.0 84556XX.0000.00000 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5

ISO 50 37.0 84557XX.0000.00000 0 - 3.0 0 - 3.0 0 - 3.0 0 - 3.0 0 - 3.0

Drawing legend

Connection size DNL

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

15 100 89.5 172.0 163.0

20 110 89.5 178.5 167.5

25 120 89.5 187.5 173.0

32 143 89.5 201.5 184.0

40 160 89.5 205.5 185.0

50 181 89.5 220.5 193.5

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve plate

103 Valve spindle assembly

104 Allen head screw

105 Spring washer

*106 Gasket

107 Screw piece

*108 Spindle sealing

*109 O-ring

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 Cup spring

112 Screw piece

*113 Pressure spring

*114 Piston seal

115 Signal pin

*116 Pressure spring

117 O-ring

118 End cap

*119 O-ring

120 Control head housing cover

*122 Pressure spring

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

117

119

122

116103

110

113109107

106

102

101

118

115120

114

111

112

108104105

Z1

Z2

P

A

H H

L

4/1

GB

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z2

** Pilot pressure 1 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z1

3

176

Series 84540 / 84550

Service kits

For valves Part number DIN / ISO

8454200 1256700 DIN

8454300 1256701 DIN

8454400 1256702 DIN

8454500 1256703 DIN

8454600 1256704 DIN

8454700 1256705 DIN

8455200 1256700 ISO

8455300 1256701 ISO

8455400 1256702 ISO

8455500 1256703 ISO

8455600 1256704 ISO

8455700 1256705 ISO

Further options (valves)XXXXX08.XXXX Double acting; 4/2 or 5/2-way pilot valve required

XXXXX22.XXXX Higher operating pressure

Further options on request- Seal materials: NBR, FPM, EPDM

- Stroke limiter

- Silencer

- Electrical position indicator with proximity switch

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

x Note:Order service kit 1264287 if these valves are to be used in Zone 1/2 or

21/22 hazardous areas. This kit includes an additional instruction plate,

a declaration of conformity and a dust filter. The maximum permissible fluid

temperature is reduced to +85 °C.

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Fluid Control Solutions

177

3

178

Series 84580 / 84880

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 50For aggressive gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Connection DIN 11850

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: 0 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: 0 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Stainless steel (1.4581)

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Sandvik 1802 Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot connection: G 1/4

Pilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +80 °C

Material body: Stainless steel, WEMA-Kor coated aluminium

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Coated steel

Features- High flow rate

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- For robust industry applications

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

Technical data

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size

according to

DIN 11850

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open**

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

Ex-protected

Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Fluid

temperature

+200 °C

00 01 40 41 60

Actuator Ø 70 mm

Series 1 15 4.8 84582XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

Series 1 20 10.0 84583XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

Series 2 25 14.0 84584XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

Series 2 32 23.0 84585XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

Series 2 40 30.0 84586XX.0000.00000 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5

Series 3 50 37.0 84587XX.0000.00000 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3

Actuator Ø 125 mm

Series 2 32 27.0 84885XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

Series 2 40 37.0 84886XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

Series 3 50 53.0 84887XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 8 bar

** Pilot pressure 1 - 6 bar

www.norgren.com/fc/en178

101

*102

*103

104

*106

107

*105

109

*120*108

*114

*116

*119

110

113115

117

121

*111

*118

*112

P

A

6

C

H

45

85

12

A

G 1/

4

Z

179

Series 84580 / 84880

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve spindle assembly

*103 Gasket

104 Screw piece

*105 Pressure spring

*106 Spindle sealing

107 Spacer sleeve

*108 Sleeve bearing

109 Nut

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 O-ring

*112 FPM lip seal

113 Round plate

*114 Lip seal

115 Round plate

*116 Seal-Lock® nut

117 Control head housing

*118 Pressure spring - DN 50 only

*119 Pressure spring

120 Hexagon screw

121 Plug

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Service kits

For valves Part number

Actuator Ø 70 mm

8458200 1249651

8458300 1249652

8458400 1249653

8458500 1249654

8458600 1249655

8458700 1249656

Actuator Ø 125 mm

8488500 1249657

8488600 1249658

8488700 1249339

Further options on requestOptical position indicator

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Actuator Ø 70

Connection size DN

Connection size

according to

DIN 11850

R S A C D H L

Actuator Ø 70 mm

15 Series 1 21.3 1.6 176 175 35 140.0 100

20 Series 1 26.9 1.6 182 184 39 145.0 110

25 Series 2 33.7 2.0 190 190 40 150.5 120

32 Series 2 42.4 2.0 205 207 46 161.0 143

40 Series 2 48.3 2.0 207 213 51 162.0 160

50 Series 3 60.3 2.0 219 226 55.5 171.0 181

Actuator Ø 125 mm

32 Series 2 42.4 2.0 270 271 46 221.0 143

40 Series 2 48.3 2.0 272 277 51 223.0 160

50 Series 3 60.3 2.0 284 290 55.5 231.0 181

101

*102

*105

*103

*106

110 109

120

*112

*114

*116

107

113

115

117

121

*119

*111

104

*108

A

P

R

S

D

L

ø 163

141

Actuator Ø 125

3

180

Series 84590 / 84890

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 50For aggressive gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Connection ISO-welded ends

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: 0 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: 0 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Stainless steel (1.4581)

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Sandvik 1802 Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot connection: G 1/4

Pilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +80 °C

Material body: Stainless steel, WEMA-Kor coated aluminium

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Coated steel

Features- High flow rate

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- For robust industry applications

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

Technical data

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open**

Position

indicator:

2 switches,

Ex-protected

Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Fluid

temperature

+200 °C

00 01 40 41 60

Actuator Ø 70 mm

ISO 15 4.8 84592XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

ISO 20 10.0 84593XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

ISO 25 14.0 84594XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

ISO 32 23.0 84595XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

ISO 40 30.0 84596XX.0000.00000 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5 0 - 4.5

ISO 50 37.0 84597XX.0000.00000 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3 0 - 3

Actuator Ø 125 mm

ISO 32 27.0 84895XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

ISO 40 37.0 84896XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

ISO 50 53.0 84897XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 8 bar

** Pilot pressure 1 - 6 bar

www.norgren.com/fc/en180

181

Series 84590 / 84890

Drawing legend Actuator Ø 70

101

*102

*103

104

*106

107

*105

109

*120*108

*114

*116

*119

110

113115

117

121

*111

*118

*112

P

A

6

C

H

45

85

12

A

G 1/

4

Z

101

*102

*105

*103

*106

110 109

120

*112

*114

*116

107

113

115

117

121

*119

*111

104

*108

A

P

R

S

D

L

ø 163

141

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve spindle assembly

*103 Gasket

104 Screw piece

*105 Pressure spring

*106 Spindle sealing

107 Spacer sleeve

*108 Sleeve bearing

109 Nut

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 O-ring

*112 FPM lip seal

113 Round plate

*114 Lip seal

115 Round plate

*116 Seal-Lock® nut

117 Control head housing

*118 Pressure spring - DN 50 only

*119 Pressure spring

120 Hexagon screw

121 Plug

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection size DN Connection size R S A C D H L

Actuator Ø 70 mm

15 ISO 21.3 1.6 176 175 35 140.0 100

20 ISO 26.9 1.6 182 184 39 145.0 110

25 ISO 33.7 2.0 190 190 40 150.5 120

32 ISO 42.4 2.0 205 207 46 161.0 143

40 ISO 48.3 2.0 207 213 51 162.0 160

50 ISO 60.3 2.0 219 226 55.5 171.0 181

Actuator Ø 125 mm

32 ISO 42.4 2.0 270 271 46 221.0 143

40 ISO 48.3 2.0 272 277 51 223.0 160

50 ISO 60.3 2.0 284 290 55.5 231.0 181

Actuator Ø 125

3

182

Series 84590 / 84890

Service kits

For valves Part number

Actuator Ø 70 mm

8459200 1249651

8459300 1249652

8459400 1249653

8459500 1249654

8459600 1249655

8459700 1249656

Actuator Ø 125 mm

8489500 1249657

8489600 1249658

8489700 1249339

Further options on requestOptical position indicator

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Fluid Control Solutions

183

Turn it to good use:

Click-on®

3

184

Series 84740

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 25For aggressive gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 1 or 1/2" NPT to 1" NPT

Operating pressure: 0 - 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Stainless steel

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Body: Polyamid 66 with 30% fibre glass

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Features- Optical position indicator is standard

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

- Reversed flow direction optional

- High flow rate

- Optional pressure actuation by liquid pilot fluids

Technical data actuator Ø 50 mm

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open**

Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

NAMUR

adapter plate

Position

indicator to

NAMUR

EN 50227

00 01 23 50 58

1/2 15 4.8 84742XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

3/4 20 10.0 84743XX.0000.00000 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8

1 25 14.0 84744XX.0000.00000 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z2

** Pilot pressure 1 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z1

www.norgren.com/fc/en184

185

Series 84740

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve plate

103 Valve spindle assembly

104 Allen head screw

105 Spring washer

*106 Gasket

107 Screw piece

*108 Spindle sealing

*109 O-ring

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 Cup spring

112 Screw piece

*113 Pressure spring

*114 Piston seal

115 Signal pin

*116 Pressure spring

117 O-ring

118 End cap

*119 O-ring

120 Control head housing cover

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Service kits

For valves Part number

8474200 1260581

8474300 1260583

8474400 1268585

Further options (valves)XXXXX08.XXXX Double acting; 4/2 or 5/2-way pilot valve required

Further options on request- Seal materials: NBR, FPM, EPDM

- Stroke limiter

- Silencer

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

x Note:Order service kit 1264287 if these valves are to be used in Zone 1/2 or

21/22 hazardous areas. This kit includes an additional instruction plate,

a declaration of conformity and a dust filter. The maximum permissible fluid

temperature is reduced to +85 °C.

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/2 65 66 154 140.5

3/4 75 66 160 144.5

1 90 66 171 150.5

H1H

L

B

4/1G

Z1

Z2

P

A 3

186

Series 84760 / 84770

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 25For aggressive gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Connection DIN 11850 or ISO-welded ends

Operating pressure: 0 - 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required

Process fluid characteristics / Valve materialFluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

Body: Stainless steel

Seat seal: PTFE

Internal parts: Stainless steel

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM, self-adjusting

Pilot fluid characteristics / Actuator materialPilot fluid: neutral gases

Fluid temperature: max. +60 °C

Body: Polyamid 66 with 30% fibre glass

Seal: NBR

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Features- Optical position indicator is standard

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

- Reversed flow direction optional

- High flow rate

- Optional pressure actuation by liquid pilot fluids

Technical data actuator Ø 50 mm

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar*

Connection size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open**

Position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

NAMUR

adapter plate

Position

indicator to

NAMUR

EN 50227

00 01 23 50 58

Series 1 15 4.8 84762XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

Series 1 20 10.0 84763XX.0000.00000 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8

Series 1 25 14.0 84764XX.0000.00000 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5

ISO 15 4.8 84772XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

ISO 20 10.0 84773XX.0000.00000 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8

ISO 25 14.0 84774XX.0000.00000 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5

* Pilot pressure 3.5 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z2

** Pilot pressure 1 - 10 bar, pilot connection Z1

www.norgren.com/fc/en186

187

Series 84760 / 84770

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 Valve plate

103 Valve spindle assembly

104 Allen head screw

105 Spring washer

*106 Gasket

107 Screw piece

*108 Spindle sealing

*109 O-ring

110 Bottom of control head housing

*111 Cup spring

112 Screw piece

*114 Piston seal

115 Signal pin

*116 Pressure spring

117 O-ring

118 End cap

*119 O-ring

120 Control head housing cover

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Service kits

For valves Part number DIN / ISO

8476200 1260581 DIN

8476300 1260583 DIN

8476400 1268585 DIN

8477200 1260581 ISO

8477300 1260583 ISO

8477400 1268585 ISO

Further options (valves)XXXXX08.XXXX Double acting; 4/2 or 5/2-way pilot valve required

Further options on request- Seal materials: NBR, FPM, EPDM

- Stroke limiter

- Silencer

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

15 100 66 149.5 140.5

20 110 66 156.0 145.0

25 120 66 165.0 150.5

H1H

L

B

4/1G

Z1

Z2

3

188

Series 83200

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 100For neutral gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid, with piston actuation

Seat valves

Flange connection: PN 16

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Valve for air, water, oil, hot water and steam up to max. 400 mm2/s (cSt)

Type: pressure actuated seat valve by external fluid

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Pilot fluid: air, max. +80 °C

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +80 °C

Mounting position: as required

Valve materialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: PTFE

Spindle sealing: PTFE chevron packing

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Features- High flow rate

- Suitable for contaminated process fluids

- For robust industry applications

- Damped closing (valve closes against flow direction)

Technical data

aZ

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure in bar with gases or liquids up to 400 mm2/s (cSt) *

Connection size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Normally

open

Optical position

indicator

Electrical

position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Electrical

position

indicator:

EEx de IIC T6

00 01 55 57 64

15 3.6 83202XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

20 6.1 83203XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

25 9.5 83204XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 16 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

32 15.0 83205XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

40 23.0 83206XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

50 35.0 83207XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

65 61.0 83208XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

80 90.0 83209XX.0000.00000 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5 0 - 5

100 138.0 83210XX.0000.00000 0 - 2.5 0 - 2.5 0 - 2.5 0 - 2.5 0 - 2.5

larger actuator 50* 80** - 65 -

65*** 61.0 83208XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 - 0 - 10.5 -

80*** 90.0 83209XX.0000.00000 0 - 9 0 - 16 - 0 - 10.5 -

100*** 138.0 83210XX.0000.00000 0 - 10.5 0 - 10 - 0 - 10.5 -

* Pilot pressure 5.5 - 7 bar

** Pilot pressure 1 - 7 bar

*** No dimensional drawing available for these valves

www.norgren.com/fc/en188

189

Series 83200

Drawing legend

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

** For DN 50 only

*** For DN 40 and 50 only

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 96 218 95

20 150 96 227 105

25 160 96 233 115

32 180 164 314 140

40 200 164 319 150

50 230 164 329 165

65 290 164 339 185

80 310 164 360 200

100 350 164 381 220

Index Description

1 Valve body

2 Spindle

*3 Locking ring

*4 Gasket

*5 Bushing

*6 Pressure spring

*7 Supporting ring

*8 Sleeve

*9 Compression ring

10.01 Cover

10.02 Piston bushing

*11 Hex nut

12 Protective cap

*14 Gasket

15 Valve plate

16 Rivet pin

17 Pressure spring

18 Pressure spring ***

19 Valve plate

20 Piston assembly

*21 Lip seal

*22 O-ring

23 Allen head screw

*24 O-ring

25 Bottom assembly

*26 Lip seal

27 Hexagon nut

28 Spring washer

29 Flange

*30 Gasket

*33 Sleeve

34 Pressure spring **

Index Description

16 Collar nut

35 Allen head screw

36 Spring washer

37 Half-shell

40 Locking plate

Further options (valves)XXXXXX53.XXXX Pilot fluid water

XXXXXX58.XXXX Electrical position indicator design 2

XXXXXX95.XXXX Body GP 240 H (cast steel),

Seat seal 1.4112/1.4305 stainless steel, Flange PN 40,

operating pressure depends on connection size, maximum

fluid temperature +300 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

P A

Z

1834

1711

9

8

7

6

5

432

1

12

21

20

22

24

23

25

26

33

27

28

29

30

14

16

19

15

10.01

10.02

DN Ø F

G 1/

4

L

H

B

16

35

36

40

37

Standard actuator

DN 65 - DN 100

3

190

Valve Islands

NORGREN’S VM SERIES VALVE ISLANDS ARE AVAILABLE IN BOTH 10MM AND 15MM BODY WIDTHS

AND PROVIDE UNSURPASSED FLOW RATES OF 430 L/MIN AND 1,000 L/MIN RESPECTIVELY. YOU

HAVE THE OPTION OF INDIVIDUALLY WIRED, MULTIPOLE OR FIELDBUS CONNECTIVITY WITH ALL OF

THE MARKET-LEADING PROTOCOLS OFFERED.

You can also choose from DIN rail, through hole, panel and sub base mounting options. Valve islands can be

configured from 2 to 20 stations with single or double solenoids and with a high number of possibilities for

manual overrides and tube fitting sizes. This results in over 15 million possible configurations.

Selection, however, is simple. Norgren provides a software configuration tool on www.norgren.com which

provides you with a part number and price. 2D and 3D CAD drawings are also provided in 13 file formats.

VM series valve islands - the family

VM10 - is a 10 mm body width system valve with an unsurpassed flow rate of 430 l/min. Its design

ensures it is highly suitable for many applications across a wide range of industry sectors. The high number

of options available enables configuration of the valve islands to meet your exact requirements.

VM15 - is a 15 mm body width system valve, again providing unsurpassed flow for size, this time 1,000

l/min. It has all of the options offered with the VM10 plus some additional multi-pressure options often

required with higher flow applications.

Configuring valve islands to exactly match requirements is easy using Norgren’s simple software

configuration tool available online at www.norgren.com.

191

Valve Islands

Optional power connection for

each VM10 solenoid for

interlocking in safety critical

applications.

ISEMs (Intermediate Supply

Exhaust Manifolds) enable

multiple pressures to be

controlled in one valve island.

Robust bracket for mounting

directly or via DIN rail.

Clip in manual overrides for

VM10 for operating solenoid

overrides without the need for

tools.

Complete range of multipole

and fieldbus cables and

connectors enable single

sourcing of the complete

system.

Stick on label and hinged label

housing provide flexibility in

valve identification.

Integrate VM10 and VM15 valve

islands with Norgren's FD67 I/O

product through the use of a

multipole driver. This allows

control and diagnostics of each

output over the fieldbus.

Pneumapole sub base facilitates

fast and simple servicing and

exchange without the need to

disconnect pipework. Also

provides bulkhead mounting

capability.

Options & accessories

3

192

Series 83240

3/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 100For neutral gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Seat valves

Flange connection: PN 16

Operating pressure: 0 to 16 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Valve for air, water, oil, hot water and steam up to 400 mm2/s (cSt)

Switching function: normally closed from P to A,

closed by spring force,

opened from P to A by pilot pressure

Flow direction: determined

Pilot fluid: air, max. +80 °C

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +180 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +80 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with actuator vertical on top

MaterialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: PTFE

Spindle sealing: PTFE chevron packing

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel

Features- Suitable for steam

- Can be used as Y-pattern/selector valve (pressure connected to A)

- High flow rate

- Damped closing

- For robust industry applications

Technical data

aZ

P R

Ab

a b

Operating pressure in bar with gases or liquids up to 400 mm2/s (cSt) *

Connection size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number PTFE Optical position

indicator

Electrical

position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Electrical position indicator

EEx de IIC T6

Way P -> A Way A -> R 00 55 57 64

15 6.1 4.2 83242XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

20 12.0 7.0 83243XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

25 19.0 12.5 83244XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

32 25.0 15.0 83245XX.0000.00000 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16 0 - 16

40 39.0 27.0 83246XX.0000.00000 0 - 14 0 - 14 0 - 14 0 - 14

50 64.0 43.0 83247XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

65 102.0 67.0 83248XX.0000.00000 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7 0 - 7

80 144.0 94.0 83249XX.0000.00000 0 - 4 0 - 4 0 - 4 0 - 4

100 219.0 144.0 83250XX.0000.00000 0 - 2 0 - 2 0 - 2 0 - 2

* Pilot pressure 5.5 - 7 bar

www.norgren.com/fc/en192

193

Series 83240

Drawing legend

Index Description

1 Valve body

2 Spindle

3 Locking ring

4 Flat seal

5 Bushing

6 Pressure spring

7 Supporting ring

8 Packing ring

9 Compression ring

10.01 Cover

10.02 Piston bushing

11 Lock nut

12 Protective cap

14 Gasket

15 Valve plate

16 Valve plate

17 Pressure spring

18 Pressure spring

19 Retaining nut

20 Piston assembly

21 Lip seal

22 O-ring

23 Allen head screw

24 O-ring

25 Bottom assembly

26 Lip seal

27 Hexagon nut

28 Spring washer

29 Flange

30 Flange gasket

33 Sleeve

35 O-ring

Further options (valves)XXXXXX53.XXXX Pilot fluid water valves

Further options on request

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B

mm

M

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 96 97 201 95

20 150 96 110 206 105

25 160 96 116 207 115

32 180 164 140 295 140

40 200 164 145 303 150

50 230 164 156 312 165

65 290 164 182 319 185

80 310 164 188 331 200

100 350 164 229 344 220

P

RA

Z

18

17

11

9

8

7

6

54

3

2

1

12

21

20

22

24

23

25

26

33

27

28

29

30

16

15

10.01

10.02

16

19

14

35

G 1/

4H

DN Ø F

M

L

B

3

194

Series 83350

2/2-way valves G 1/2 to G 2For neutral gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 2

Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar

Description (standard valve)Valve for high-viscosity and contaminated media

Switching function: normally closed,

Flow direction: as required

Pilot fluid: air, max. +40 °C

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +80 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +55 °C

Mounting position: as required

MaterialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: EPDM

Features- Any flow direction and mounting position

- Special seal materials are required for use with oil and oleiferous media

Technical data

aZ

ba b

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number EPDM Normally open FPM PTFE Optical position

indicator

Electrical

position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Electrical

position

indicator

EEx de IIC T6

00 01* 03 06 55 57 64

1/2 15 7.0 83352XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

3/4 20 15.0 83353XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 25 20.0 83354XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 1/4 32 37.0 83355XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

1 1/2 40 41.0 83356XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

2 50 82.0 83357XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10** 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

Pilot pressure 5.5 - 7 bar

* Pilot pressure 1 - 5.5 bar

** Pilot pressure 1 - 5 bar

www.norgren.com/fc/en194

195

Series 83350

Drawing legend

Index Description

1 Valve body

*2 Diaphragm

3 Compression piece

*4 Quad ring

*5 Lock washer

6 Diaphragm disk

7 Pressure spring

8 Pressure spring

9 Washer

10 Upper valve body

12 Screw

13 Washer

*14 Diaphragm

15 Spindle

16 Lower valve body

18 Screw

19 Spring washer

21 Uni-stop-nut

*22 Gasket

24 Identification plate

25 Plug

26 Pressure spring

27 O-ring

28 Spacer

29 Cover

30 Dowel pin

31 Plunger

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Further options (valves)XXXXXX50.XXXX Valve with Stainless Steel body

Further options on request

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size G

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

øH1

mm

1/2 85 125 164.0 148

3/4 85 125 168.5 148

1 110 125 171.0 148

1 1/4 120 155 230.5 203

1 1/2 140 155 235.5 203

2 165 210 285.5 248

Z

25

24

10

8

7

9

6

5

4

3

2

1

26

29

12

13

21

14

27

28

15

16

30

31

19

18

22

H1

H

L

G 1/4

B

3

196

Series 83380

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 150For neutral gases and liquids

Pressure actuated by external fluid

Diaphragm valves

Flange connection: PN 10 / PN 16

Operating pressure: 0 to 10 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Solenoid valve for high-viscosity and contaminated media

Switching function: normally closed,

Flow direction: as required

Pilot fluid: air max. +40 °C

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +80 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +55 °C

Mounting position: as required

MaterialBody: Grey cast iron

Seat seal: EPDM

Features- Any flow direction and mounting position

- Special seal materials are required for use with oil and oleiferous media

Technical data

aZ

ba b

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number* EPDM Normally open FPM PTFE Optical position

indicator

Electrical

position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Electrical

position

indicator

EEx de IIC T6

00 01** 03 06 55 57 64

15 7.0 83382XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

20 14.0 83383XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

25 20.0 83384XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

32 37.0 83385XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

40 40.0 83386XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

50 82.0 83387XX.0000.00000 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10

65 102.0 83388XX.0000.00000 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6

80 165.0 83389XX.0000.00000 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 6 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8

100 241.0 83390XX.0000.00000 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6

125 378.0 83391XX.0000.00000 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 6 0 - 8 0 - 8 0 - 8

150 496.0 83392XX.0000.00000 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6 0 - 6

* Pilot pressure DN 15 - 50: 5.5 - 7 bar,

Pilot pressure DN 65: 4.5 - 7 bar,

Pilot pressure DN 80 - 150: 5.5 - 7 bar

** Pilot pressure DN 65, DN 125, DN 150: 1 - 4.5 bar,

Pilot pressure DN 15 - 40: 1 - 5.5 bar,

Pilot pressure DN 100: 1 - 5 bar

www.norgren.com/fc/en196

197

Series 83380

Drawing legend DN 15 - DN 50

DN 65 - DN 150

Index Description

1 Valve body

2 Clamping nut

*4 Diaphragm

5 Compression piece

6 Half-shell

7 Spring washer

8 Nut

9 Hexagon screw

10 Spring washer

11 Allen head screw

30 Adapter

35 Valve head assembly

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

* B = maximum depth

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B*

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 125 148 95

20 150 125 148 105

25 160 125 148 115

32 180 155 203 140

40 200 155 203 150

50 230 210 248 165

65 290 256 329 185

80 310 256 339 200

100 350 256 354 220

125 400 360 519 250

150 480 360 514 285

Further options (valves)XXXXXX50.XXXX Body EN-GJS-400-18-LT (Spheroidal cast iron),

PFA lined, seals PTFE,

operating pressure 0 to 6 bar

Further options on request

Accessories3/2-way pilot valves 84660 / 84680, page 148

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Index Description

1 Valve body

*2 Diaphragm

3 Compression piece

*4 Quad ring

*5 Lock washer

6 Diaphragm disk

7 Pressure spring

8 Pressure spring

9 Washer

10 Upper valve body

12 Screw

13 Washer

*14 Diaphragm

15 Spindle

16 Lower valve body

18 Screw

19 Spring washer

21 Uni-stop-nut

*22 Gasket

24 Identification plate

25 Plug

26 Pressure spring

27 O-ring

28 Spacer

29 Cover

30 Dowel pin

31 Plunger

Z

25

24

10

8

7

9

6

5

4

3

2

1

26

29

12

13

21

14

27

28

15

16

30

31

19

18

22

L

DN Ø F

H

G 1/4

B

Z

10

9

8765

114

1

2

30

35

L

DN Ø F

H

B

G 1/4

3

198

Series 83860

For natural gas and heating oil EL, L, M, S

Electropneumatic directly actuated

Seat valves

Flange connection: PN 40

Operating pressure: 0 to 25 bar

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Mounting position: as required, preferably actuator vertical on top

Fluid temperature: -10 °C up to max. +140 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to max. +60 °C

MaterialBody: Cast steel, Stainless steel

Seat seal: PTFE

Spindle sealing: PTFE / FPM

Internal parts: Brass, Stainless steel, Sandvik 1802

Pilot fluid: neutral liquids

Temperature: -10 °C up to +80 °C

Features- Qualification approval EN 264 / DIN 3394 T2 / EN 161

- Short response time < 1 s

- Low pressure drop

- Spindle bushing according to technical instructions on air quality

- High operating cycles

Technical data

P1

P A

R

A1

Z

Operating pressure bar**

Connection

size DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number* PTFE Electrical

position

indicator:

on / off with

micro switches

Electrical

position

indicator:

1 switch acting

as limit switch

00 41 50

15 5.5 83862XX.0247.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

20 10.0 83863XX.0247.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

25 12.5 83864XX.0247.00000 0 - 25 0 - 25 0 - 25

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8386200.0247.23050 for 230V 50Hz or

8386200.0247.02400 for 24V DC

** pilot pressure: 4 - 8 bar

Solenoid 0247 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

0247 7W 18VA 10VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

2/2-way valves DN 15 to DN 25 with DVGW-approval

www.norgren.com/fc/en198

199

Series 83860

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 O-ring

103 Valve cover

104 Hexagon screw

*105 Valve spindle

*106 Gasket

107 Screw piece

*108 Pressure spring

*109 Spindle sealing

110 Spacer sleeve

*111 Sleeve bearing

112 Nut

113 Bottom of control head housing

*114 O-ring

*115 Lip seal: profile 1

116 Round plate

*117 Lip seal: profile 2

118 Round plate

*119 Seal-Lock® nut

120 Control head housing

*122 Pressure spring

123 Hexagon screw

126 Bushing

*135 Pressure spring

136 Plug

400 Solenoid

1400 Electrical connector

9900 Double screwed connection

9901 3/2-way pilot valve

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Further options on request- Solenoids in different EEx protection classes and other versions

- Inspection certificates according to DIN 50049 (EN 10204-3.1)

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

øF

mm

15 130 163 250 96

20 150 163 265 105

25 160 163 265 115

P A

P

RA Z

136

135

122120119

117

1181400

400 116

126

123115112

114

113

111

9901

9900

110

105

109

107

108 104

101103

106

102

DN ØF

H

ca. 180

B

L

3

200

Dust Filtration

Buschjost has been manufacturing components for dust cleaning systems for over 25 years. Based on this experience and

numerous projects with well-known dust filter manufacturers, the company develops products that set the market standards

in relation to technology, reliability, functionality and value for money.

1 Dust filter valves with outstanding performance

2 High-tech Differential Pressure Regulator

3 User friendly dust filter valves

1 2 3

Dust-free

Contents

201

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

82900 Aluminium G 3/4 - G 2 1/2 0.4 - 8 bar +85 °C 2/2 202

82960 Aluminium G 3/4 - G 2 1/2 0.4 - 8 bar +85 °C 2/2 204

83920 Aluminium DN 25 and 40 0.4 - 8 bar +85 °C 2/2 206

83930 Aluminium DN 25 and 40 0.4 - 8 bar +85 °C 2/2 208

83300 Stainless steel G 1 and G 1 1/2 0.4 - 8 bar +85 °C 2/2 210

83320 Stainless steel G 1 and G 1 1/2 0.4 - 8 bar +85 °C 2/2 212

Valves for Dust Filters

Series Material Page

82870 Pneumatic controller 214

83400Electronic differential

pressure regulator216

83750 NEWElectronic pulse

control unit218

Systems for Dust Filters 4

202

Series 82900

2/2-way valves DN 20 to DN 65For air

Pneumatically actuated

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 3/4 to G 2 1/2 or 3/4" NPT to 2 1/2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0.4 to 8 bar

Description (standard valve)Control via separate pilot valve or control unit

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -40 °C up to max. +85 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +85 °C

Mounting position: as required

Pilot connection: G 1/8 or 1/8" NPT, respectively

MaterialBody: Aluminium

Seat seal: TPE

Features- High flow rate

- Functional compact design

- One-piece diaphragm for longer life

Technical data

a

P

Z

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection size DN kv-Value Part number TPE ECO/FPM *

G mm m3/h 00 60

3/4 20 18 82903XX.0000.00000 0.4 - 8 0.4 - 8

1 25 22 82904XX.0000.00000 0.4 - 8 0.4 - 8

1 1/2 40 59 82906XX.0000.00000 0.4 - 8 0.4 - 8

2 50 80 82907XX.0000.00000 0.4 - 8 -

2 1/2 65 93 82908XX.0000.00000 0.4 - 8 -

* Process gas temperature: -10 °C up to +140 °C

* Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to +85 °C

* Backflushing gas temperature: -10 °C up to +85 °C

www.norgren.com/fc/en202

203

Series 82900

Drawing legend

G 1 1/2 - G 2 1/2

G 3/4 - G 1

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

*105 Diaphragm

106 Valve cover

*107 Silencer

108 Silencer housing

109 Allen head screw

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Service kits

For valves with seal TPE Part number

8290300 (only diaphragm) 1261253

8290400 (only diaphragm) 1261253

8290600

(both diaphragm + silencer)1261402

8290700

(both diaphragm + silencer)1268274

8290800

(both diaphragm + silencer)1268274

Further options (valves)XXXXX90.XXXX Single-level; up to 4.5 bar (DN 40 only)

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

P

A

Z

102

104

101

103

105

106

104

108

107

109

H

L1

L

H1

P

A

Z 104

102

103

101

L

L1

HH1

Connection

size GH H1 L L1

G 3/4 61.5 39 95 50

G 1 61.5 39 95 50

G 1 1/2 122.0 91 135 70

G 2 145 104 170 95

G 2 1/2 160 115 170 95

4

204

Series 82960

2/2-way valves DN 20 to DN 65For air

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 3/4 to G 2 1/2 or 3/4" NPT to 2 1/2" NPT

Operating pressure: 0.4 to 8 bar

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -40 °C up to max. +85 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +85 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Aluminium

Seat seal: TPE

Internal parts: TPU

Features- High flow rate

- All internal components captive

- Functional compact design

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools

- Integrated silencer

- One-piece diaphragm for longer life

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Operating pressure bar

Connection size DN kv-Value Part number* TPE ECO/FPM **

G mm m3/h 00 60

3/4 20 18 82963XX.8171.00000 0.4 - 8 0.4 - 8

1 25 22 82964XX.8171.00000 0.4 - 8 0.4 - 8

1 1/2 40 59 82966XX.8171.00000 0.4 - 8 0.4 - 8

2 50 80 82967XX.8171.00000 0.4 - 8 -

2 1/2 65 93 82968XX.8171.00000 0.4 - 8 -

Solenoid 8171 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8171 12W - -

8171 - 23VA 16VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8296400.8171.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8296400.8171.02400 for 24V DC

** Process gas temperatur: -10 °C up to +140 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C up to +85 °C

Backflushing gas temperature: -10 °C up to +85 °C

www.norgren.com/fc/en204

205

Series 82960

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

*105 Diaphragm

106 Valve cover

*107 Silencer

108 Silencer housing

109 Allen head screw

**400 Solenoid

**702 Plunger

**705 Pressure spring

**706 Pressure spring

**707 Silencer

1400 Electrical connector (included)

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

** Pilot service kit including solenoid

Service kits*

For valves with solenoid 8171

and seal TPEPart number

8296300 1261253

8296400 1261253

8296600 1261402

8296700 1268274

8296800 1268274

A

P

104

**707

**400

**702

**705

**706

102

*103

101

L

H

H1

R

T

L1

R

Further options (valves)XXXXX90.XXXX Single-level; up to 4.5 bar (DN 40 only)

Further options (solenoids)XXXXXXX.8176 Solenoid in protection class

x II 3 GD T 135 °C EEx nA II T4

XXXXXXX.8186 Solenoid in protection class

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Connection

size GH H1 L L1

G 3/4 105.5 83 95 50

G 1 105.5 83 95 50

G 1 1/2 166.0 136 135 70

G 2 190.5 149 170 95

G 2 1/2 205.5 160 170 95

G 1 1/2 - G 2 1/2

G 3/4 - G 1

102

104

101

*105

106

104

108

*107

109

**705

**706

**707

**702

**400

P

A

*103

L

H

H1

R

T

L1

R

Pilot service kit**

8298000.8170.XXXXX***

*** Specify voltage and frequency

4

206

Series 83920

2/2-way valvesFor air

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Pilot operated solenoid valve for dust filter cleaning

Diaphragm valve for tank mounting with blow-tube

Operating pressure: 0.4 to 8 bar

Description (standard valve)Type: diaphragm valve

Process fluid: neutral gases

Switching function: normally closed

Differential pressure: 0.4 bar required

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -40 °C up to max. +85 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +85 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Aluminium

Seat seal: TPE

Internal parts: TPU

Blow-tube: Aluminium

Adapter: Aluminium

For contaminated fluids the use of a strainer upstream of the valve is

recommended.

Features- High flow rate

- All internal components captive

- Functional compact design

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools

- Integrated silencer

Ordering information valves

a

P

Ab

a b

Outside dim. of

tank/profile mmPart number Plus Service kit for the connection

DN 25 DN 40 Hose connector Female thread Male thread Push-in sleeve

70

8392400.

8171.

00000– +

1263648 1263641 1263634 1263628

100 1263649 1263642 1263635 1263629

120 1263652 1263643 1263636 1263630

140 1263653 1263644 1263637 1263609

160 1263655 1263645 1263638 1263631

180 1263656 1263646 1263639 1263632

200 1263657 1263647 1263640 1263633

70

–8392600.

8171.

00000

+

1263682 1263674 1263666 1263658

100 1263683 1263675 1263667 1263659

120 1263684 1263676 1263668 1263660

140 1263685 1263677 1263669 1263661

160 1263686 1263678 1263670 1263662

180 1263687 1263679 1263671 1263663

200 1263688 1263680 1263672 1263664

Kit not required for use without connection pipe.

In these cases, please provide Part Number for DN 25 or DN 40 connection.

www.norgren.com/fc/en206

207

Series 83920

Further options (valves)XXXXXXX.8176 Solenoid in protection class – zone 2/22

x II 3 GD EEx nA II T4 T 135 °C

XXXXXXX.8186 Solenoid in protection class – zone 1/21

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Part number*

Solenoid 1 or 2Nominal

diameter mm

Operating pressure kv-Value **

basis m3/h

Weight

kgmin. max. bar

8392400.8171.00000 25 0.4 8 22 0.47

8392600.8171.00000 40 0.4 8 59 1.1

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8392400.8171.23050 for 230V 50Hz or 8392400.8171.02400 for 24V DC

** Cv-value (US) ≈ kv-Value x 1.2

Technical data (valves)

Solenoid 8171 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range ±10 %

Duty cycle (ED) 100 %

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8171 12W 23VA 16VA / 8W

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

∅ 56,5 +0,5

75 ±0,2

∅ 35,5 +0,5

Prof

il ±1

62 ±

0,5

24

∅ 34 ±0,36kt. 50

21 ±

0,5

74 ±

1

DN 25

?

6kt. 65

∅ 50,5 +0,5

∅ 96,5 +0,5

125 ±0,3

129

±1Pr

ofil

±1

∅ 48,6 ±0,2

30

81 ±

0,5

34 ±

0,5

DN 404

208

Series 83930

2/2-way valvesFor air

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Pilot operated valve for dust filter cleaning

Diaphragm valve for tank mounting with blow-tube

Operating pressure: 0.4 to 8 bar

Description (standard valve)Control via separate pilot valve or control unit

Process fluid: neutral gases

Switching function: normally closed

Differential pressure: 0.4 bar required

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -40 °C up to max. +85 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +85 °C

Mounting position: as required

Pilot connection: G 1/8

MaterialBody: Aluminium

Seat seal: TPE

Blow-tube: Aluminium

Adapter: Aluminium

Features- High flow rate

- Functional compact design

Ordering information valves

a

P

Z

Ab

a b

Outside dim. of

tank/profile mmPart number Plus Service kit for the connection

DN 25 DN 40 Hose connector Female thread Male thread Push-in sleeve

70

8393400.

0000.

00000– +

1263648 1263641 1263634 1263628

100 1263649 1263642 1263635 1263629

120 1263652 1263643 1263636 1263630

140 1263653 1263644 1263637 1263609

160 1263655 1263645 1263638 1263631

180 1263656 1263646 1263639 1263632

200 1263657 1263647 1263640 1263633

70

–8393600.

0000.

00000

+

1263682 1263674 1263666 1263658

100 1263683 1263675 1263667 1263659

120 1263684 1263676 1263668 1263660

140 1263685 1263677 1263669 1263661

160 1263686 1263678 1263670 1263662

180 1263687 1263679 1263671 1263663

200 1263688 1263680 1263672 1263664

Kit not required for use without connection pipe.

In these cases, please provide Part Number for DN 25 or DN 40 connection.

www.norgren.com/fc/en208

209

Series 83930

Part numberNominal

diameter mm

Operating pressure kv-Value *

basis m3/h

Weight

kgmin. max. bar

8393400.0000.00000 25 0.4 8 22 0.47

8393600.0000.00000 40 0.4 8 59 1.1

* Cv-Value (US) ≈ kv-Value x 1.2

Technical data (valves)

∅ 56,5 +0,5

75 ±0,2

29 ±

0,5

∅ 35,5 +0,5

Prof

il ±1

G 1/8

62 ±

0,5

24

∅ 34,5 ±0,36kt. 50

DN 25

34 ±

0,5

6kt. 65

∅ 50,5 +0,5

∅ 96,5 +0,5

125 ±0,2

Prof

il ±1

G 1/8

84 ±

1∅ 48,6 ±0,2

30

81 ±

0,5

DN 40

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

4

210

Series 83300

2/2-way valves DN 25 to DN 40For air

Pneumatically actuated

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1 and G 1 1/2

Operating pressure: 0.4 to 8 bar

Description (standard valve)Control via separate pilot valve or control unit

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -40 °C up to max. +85 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +85 °C

Mounting position: as required

Pilot connection: G 1/8

MaterialBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: TPE

Features- High flow rate

- Functional compact design

- One-piece diaphragm for longer life

Technical data

a

P

Z

Ab

a b

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number Operating pressure bar

TPE

00

1 25 22 83304XX.0000.00000 0.4 - 8

1 1/2 40 59 83306XX.0000.00000 0.4 - 8

Drawing legend

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

G 1

P

A

Z 104

102

103

101

L

L1

H1H

B

www.norgren.com/fc/en210

211

P

A

Z

102

104

101

103

105

106

104

108

107

109

L

L1

H1H

G 1/8

Series 83300

Pneumatic pilot

Connection

size G

L

mm

L1

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1 95 50 61.5 39

1 1/2 135 70 122.0 91

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Service kits

For valves with seal TPE Part number

8330400 (only diaphragm) 1261253

8330600 (both diaphragm

and silencer)1261402

Drawing legend

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

*105 Diaphragm

106 Valve cover

*107 Silencer

108 Silencer housing

109 Allen head screw

G 1 1/2

4

212

Series 83320

2/2-way valves DN 25 to DN 40For air

Indirectly solenoid actuated

Diaphragm valves

Internal thread G 1 and G 1 1/2

Operating pressure: 0.4 to 8 bar

Description (standard valve)Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: -40 °C up to max. +85 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to max. +85 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with solenoid

vertical on top

MaterialBody: Stainless steel

Seat seal: TPE

Internal parts: TPU

Features- High flow rate

- All internal components captive

- Functional compact design

- Solenoid interchangeable without tools

- Integrated silencer

- One-piece diaphragm for longer life

Technical data

a

P

Ab

a b

Connection

size

G

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number* Operating pressure bar

TPE

00

1 25 22 83324XX.8171.00000 0.4 - 8

1 1/2 40 59 83326XX.8171.00000 0.4 - 8

Solenoid 8171 (standard voltages) Power consumption

Design according to DIN VDE 0580

Voltage range +/-10%, duty cycle 100%

Protection class according to EN 60529: IP65

Electrical connector according to DIN EN 175301-803 (included)

The solenoids are UL listed and CSA approved

Solenoid DCAC

Inrush Holding

8171 12W - -

8171 - 23VA 16VA

DCAC

50Hz 60Hz

24V 24V -

- 110V 120V

230V 220V

* For orders please state voltage and frequency, e.g.: 8332400.8171.23050 for 230V 50Hz

and 8332400.8171.02400 for 24V DC

www.norgren.com/fc/en212

213

Series 83320

Index Description

101 Valve body

102 Valve cover

*103 Diaphragm

104 Allen head screw

*105 Diaphragm

106 Valve cover

*107 Silencer

108 Silencer housing

109 Allen head screw

**400 Solenoid

**702 Plunger

**705 Pressure spring

**706 Pressure spring

**707 Silencer

1400 Electrical connector (included)

Drawing legend

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

** Pilot service kit including solenoid

Electric pilot

Connection

size G

L

mm

L1

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1 95 50 105.5 83

1 1/2 135 70 166.0 136

Further options (valves)XXXXXXX.8176 Solenoid in protection class – zone 2/22

x II 3 GD EEx nA II T4 T 135 °C

XXXXXXX.8186 Solenoid in protection class – zone 1/21

x II 2 GD EEx me II T4 T 140 °C

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Service kits

For valves with solenoid 8171

and seal TPEPart number

8332400 1261253

8332600 1261402

P

A

102

104

101

103*

105*

106

104

108

107*

109

705**

706**

707**

702**

400**

L

L1

H1H

G 1

L

L1

H1H

P

A

400**

702**

705**

706**

707**

104

102

101

103*

G 1 1/2 4

214

Series 82870

Pneumatic controllerPneumatically actuated

For controlling up to 20 filter pulse valves

With ATEX approval

Internal thread P = G 1/8, Z = G 1/4

Operating pressure: 2 to 8 bar

Description (standard valve) Fluid (control section):

Filtered air – compressed air supply via conditioning unit with a 5 to 10 μm

filter, without oiler (for unpurified compressed air we recommend an

additional 50 to 75 μm primary filter).

Temperature range: 0 to +70 °C, -25 to 70 °C for dry air

Interval: adjustable 2 to 200 s,

set to ~ 10 s in factory

Reproducibility: ±5%

Mounting position: as required

Material body: Grey cast iron

Features- Compact design

- Switching time and interval adjustable

- Fully pneumatic controller, suitable for robust operation

- Ideal for use in potentially explosive atmospheres

Technical data

P

ZR

Number of control ports Part number

10 8287054.0000.00000

12 8287154.0000.00000

14 8287254.0000.00000

16 8287354.0000.00000

20 8287554.0000.00000

www.norgren.com/fc/en214

215

Series 82870

Drawing legend

Index Description

1901 Body

1902

Ratchet drive complete with

control shaft, gear, latch and

compression spring

1903 Flange bushing

*1904 Lip seal

*1905 O-ring

*1906 Pressure spring

*1907 Packing sleeve

*1908 O-ring

1909 Round plate

1910 Threaded pin

1911 Star handle

1912 Hexagon nut

1917 Spindle

1918 Washer

1919 Split pin

1921 Pneumatic cylinder assembly

1924 Pneumatic timer

1925 Base plate

1927 Quick-action threaded union

1928 Allen head screw

1931 Screw piece

1933 Rilsan tube

1934 Silencer

1935 Valve cover

1936 Gasket

1937 Locking bolt

1953 Gasket

*1954 Wiper ring

1955 Plug

9900 Rating label

9901 Round-head grooved pin

9902 Label

Service kits

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

For valves Part number

8287054 -

8287154 -

8287254 -

8287354 1238707

8287500 1235477

Part number A** B C D E

8287054.0000.00000 10 215 118 170 150

8287154.0000.00000 12 215 118 170 150

8287254.0000.00000 14 215 118 170 150

8287354.0000.00000 16 215 128 180 190

8287500.0000.00000 20 215 128 180 190

** Number of control ports

Further optionsXXXXX55.XXXX With positive control signal; for pneumatically actuated

valves. Control pressure port "R" (G 1/4) operation as

XXXXX54.0000

ATEX-approvalx II 2 GD c II B T 85 °C

x I M2 c

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

1935

1918

1917

1901

1931

*1908

1909

1903

1902

1911

1912

*1954

*1904

*1907

*1905

1910

*1906

9902

1936 1937

9901

1953

1927

1924

1933

1925

1928

1955

9900

1934 1919

1927

1933

1921

Ratschenhebel

Drossel für Schaltzeiteinstellung

P

Impulsgenerator für Pausenzeiteinstellung

Zahnrad

Druckfeder

Klinke

Z

R

Markierungspunkt zeigtdie Lage der Steuerwelle an

Gear

Pressure spring

Latch

Ratchet lever

Throttle valve for adjusting switching time

Pocumatic timer for adjusting interval

Marking point shows the

position of the control shaft 4

216

Series 83400

Electronic differential pressure regulator for dust filter cleaning systemsIntended for use with neutral gases

Features- Regulator can be operated off 230V AC, 115V AC or 24V DC

- Good interference immunity to EMC Directive

- Operation using dot matrix LCD display and three buttons

- Each model offers choice of two measuring ranges

- Suitable for vacuum up to max. 90%

- Analog output can be configured for 0-10V, 0-20mA, 4-20mA

- All relay outputs can be switched in manual mode

- Wide selection of pressure measuring ranges

Operating pressure mbar Type Protection class Part number

10 Protective case IP65 8340000.0000.00000

10 Standard rail mounting IP00 8340100.0000.00000

10 Panel mounting case IP54/IP20 8340200.0000.00000

25/50 Protective case IP65 8340001.0000.00000

25/50 Standard rail mounting IP00 8340101.0000.00000

25/50 Panel mounting case IP54/IP20 8340201.0000.00000

50/100 Protective case IP65 8340002.0000.00000

50/100 Standard rail mounting IP00 8340102.0000.00000

50/100 Panel mounting case IP54/IP20 8340202.0000.00000

500/1000 Protective case IP65 8340003.0000.00000

500/1000 Standard rail mounting IP00 8340103.0000.00000

500/1000 Panel mounting case IP54/IP20 8340203.0000.00000

Models

Technical dataSupply voltage: 230V, ±10%, 50-60Hz or

115V, ±10%, 50-60Hz or

24V DC -10% to +25%, filtered (residual

ripple < 1Vpp) or 24V DC -10% to +15%, unfiltered

Power consumption: 4VA for AC version

1.8W for DC version

Max. power loss: 3W for AC version

2.7W for DC version

Terminals: screwless, for connection cross

sectional areas from 0.08 to 2.5 mm2

Protection class: IP65 protective case,

IP00 standard rail mounting,

panel mounting case

IP54 front

IP20 back,

to EN 60529

Relay contacts: maximum 250V AC

maximum 1A at cosº ≥ 0.95

2 x 106 switching cycles

Ambient temperature: -20 to +60 °C

LCD display: 2 x 8 character dot matrix

5 x 7 dots, character height 5.5 mm

Fluid under pressure: neutral gases

Gas ports: fitting for plastic tube

with OD/ID of 6/4 mm

Further options on request

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

www.norgren.com/fc/en216

217

Series 83400

A2A1

mbar

R

px (mbar)

Alarm 2

Rmax

Rmin

Alarm 1

Sensor Null

4mA

ON

21 3 5 74 6 8

P5

P6

SS1

SS2

S12

S13

S11

0V

5V

S10

S9

230

115

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121 2

230 V 2 /

115 V 20(4)-20 mA

0-10 Vmax. 250 V AC

max. 1A, cos j 0,95

L1 N

24 V

L + L – R A1 A2

t

12

ON

+

+

Pressure signal

damping: S8 = 1 (on), time constant 10 s

S8 = 0, time constant ≤ 5 ms

Maximum pressure: 0.7 bar for 10 mbar measuring range,

1 bar for 25/50 and 50/100 mbar

measuring range,

2 bar for 500/1000 mbar measuring range

Analog output: switchable 0 to 10V,

rating 1 mA max. 0 to 20 mA,

maximum load resistance 600 Ω

4 to 20 mA

After-cleaning time: 0 to 60 minutes

resolution 1 second

Weight: 83400.XX. 0.830 kg

83401.XX. 0.610 kg

83402.XX. 1.040 kg

EMC interference: EN50081-1: 1992

EMC interference immunity: EN61000-6-2:2001

Safety: EN60730-1:2000

Software class: A

Dust explosion protection: DN 50281-1-1:1998

only models with IP65 protection

Fuses: 32 mA slow blow for 230V / 115V AC

supply 100 mA slow blow for 24V DC

supply

º

Output

4

218

Series 83750

Description

Supply voltage

and

frequency

Part number

Num

ber

of v

alve

out

puts

Del

taP

mod

ule

Max

.num

ber

of p

ilot

valv

es p

ossi

ble

Touc

h ke

ypad

,men

u co

ntro

lled

Ope

ratio

n by

mea

ns o

f enc

odin

g ci

rcui

t

Rel

ay o

utpu

ts

4-2

0m

A-o

utpu

t

4-2

0m

A in

put

Expa

ndab

le to

max

.no.

of v

alve

out

puts

Sig

nal i

nput

s

Pro

tect

ion

clas

s IP

66

Follo

w-u

p cl

eani

ng m

ode

Ope

ratin

g ho

urs

coun

ter

Sta

rt/s

top

inpu

t

Filter control system with 16 outputs

(expandable up to 128 outputs with

module 8375300)

24V DC 8375000.0000.02400

16 0 x 3 x 128 2 x x x x

230V 50-60Hz 8375000.0000.23059

Filter control system with 8 outputs;

standalone control system for small

filters

24V DC 8375100.0000.02400

8 8 x 2 x x x

230V 50-60Hz 8375100.0000.23059

Filter control system with 16 outputs,

integrated Δ p module (expandable

to up to 128 outputs with module

8375300); control and visualisation

system for small to medium filters

24V DC 8375200.0000.02400

16 x 0 x 3 x 128 2 x x x x

230V 50-60Hz 8375200.0000.23059

Expansion module for 8375000

and 837520024V DC 8375300.0000.02400 16 0 x x

Master module to control filter

systems with up to 240 valves;

control and visualisation system

for compact systems

24V DC 8375400.0000.02400

0 0 x 3 x 240 8 x x x x

230V 50-60Hz 8375400.0000.23059

Master module with integrated Δ p

module to control filter systems with

up to 240 valves;

Control and visualisation system

for compact systems

24V DC 8375500.0000.02400

0 x 0 x 3 x 240 8 x x x x

230V 50-60Hz 8375500.0000.23059

Expansion module for 8375400

and 837550024V DC 8375600.0000.02400 16 10 x x x x

Expansion module for 8375400 24V DC 8375700.0000.02400 16 x 10 x x x x

Number of

pilot valves

Protection class Number of

pilot valves

Protection class

IP 66 ATEX Zone IP 66 ATEX Zone 22

0 00 30 6 06 36

1 01 31 7 07 37

2 02 32 8 08 38

3 03 33 9 09 39

4 04 34 10 10 40

5 05 35

Protection class and number of pilot valves will change the part number of the

electronic control unit.

www.norgren.com/fc/en218

219

Series 83750

4x M4

238

130

ca. 1

95

250

90

M25

M16

M20

Seitenabstand: 1,0Objektabstand: 6,22665

4

Casing assembly

M16 blind

3x M25 blind Compartment connector

220

Life Sciences

In 2007 Kloehn became an integral part of Norgren Fluid Controls thus creating a major new force in custom-engineered products

and systems for life sciences applications, from medical devices to diagnostic and analytical instrumentation. Our engineers combine

expertise with market leading technologies to develop intelligent fluidic platforms [IFPs] for complete miniature precision solutions.

To learn more, visit www.norgren.com/fluid.

NEW LIFEIN THE LIFE SCIENCES SECTOR

1 Fluid Control system for dental tool cleaning unit, including 11 FAS Microsol valves, a pressure regulator and fittings

2 Eight station Kloehn syringe pump powered by V6 syringe drive module

3 Acrylic manifold assembly incorporating new 0.25 inch Geronimo media separated valves. Customised spring-loaded fittings ensure a leak-free seal

4 Oxygen mixing manifold incorporating Flatprop proportional valve and RM1 pressure regulator

1 2 3 4

Contents

221

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

82880 Brass G 1/2 - G 1 -0.9 - 10 bar +90 °C 2/2 222

Flatprop Brass, Stainless steel Cartridge, Subbase 0 - 12 bar +50 °C 2/2 224

Proportional Valves

5

222

Series 82880

Motorised valveFor neutral gases and liquids

Internal thread G 1/2 to G 1

Cartridge system

Operating pressure: -0.9 to 10 bar (see technical data)

Description (standard valve)Motorised valve for hot water, oil, air and other neutral fluids

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: max. +90 °C

Ambient temperature: max. +40 °C

Mounting position: as required, preferably with drive vertical on top

MaterialBody: Brass

Seat seal: NBR

Control disc: Oxide-ceramic

Features- Low power consumption

- Choice of compact drives

- Valve remains on last setting if power lost

- Will handle contaminated fluids

- Throttle setting achieved by wear-resistant control discs

Technical data

P

A

M

Operating pressure bar

Connection

size

G

(motor*)

DN

mm

kv-Value

m3/h

Part number NBR FPM

kvs-Value = 1.1

EPDM

kvs-Value = 1.1

NBR

kvs-Value = 3.4

FPM

kvs-Value = 3.4

EPDM

kvs-Value = 3.4

00 60 61 62 63 64

1/2 15 1.1 82882XX.96XX.00000 -0.9 - 10 -0.9 - 10 -0.9 - 10 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6

3/4 20 4.4 82883XX.96XX.00000 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6** - - -

1 20 4.4 82884XX.96XX.00000 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6 -0.9 - 6** - - -

* For motor catalogue number and supply voltage see electric motor actuators (p 223), for example, 8288200.9636.02400

** Operating pressure up to 10 bar with motor 9624 and 9651

www.norgren.com/fc/en222

223

Series 82880

Drawing legend

Index Description

101 Valve body

*102 O-ring

103 Ceramic disc

104 Round plate

*105 Valve spindle

106 Mechanical fixture

*107 O-ring

108 Pin

*109 Pressure spring

111 Valve cover

112 Mounting screws

1000 Motor drive

9900 Oval head screw

Technical data motor drives

* A service kit consists of these individual parts.

Connection

size DN

L

mm

B

mm

H

mm

H1

mm

1/2 65 55 147 134

3/4 95 70 164 140

1 95 70 164 140

Further options available at extra costXXXXX75.96XX Oxygen model,

assembled without oil and grease,

sealing material: FPM

Further options on request- Stainless steel model

- Motor drive separated: maximum fluid temperature 130 °C

- Control discs for other kv values

Please turn to page 276 for technical information on our valves.

Motor type Standard

voltage

Frequency

Hz

Power consumption

W

Torque

N cm

Operating

time s*

Part number

DC motor with feedback

potentiometer24 1.5 120 10 - 14 9615.02400

DC motor with positioner 24 1.5 120 10 - 16 9650.02400

Synchronous motor 24 50 3.0 120 10 9636.02450

Stepper motor 24 ** 5.0 120 10 9638.02400

DC motor with feedback

potentiometer24 2.0 200 13 9624.02400***

DC motor with positioner 24 2.5 200 13 - 16 9651.02400***

BL

H1

H

82x53

4075ca.

A P

103

106

112

105

1000

9900

108

107

104

102

109

101

111

* Operating time depends on operating pressure

** Nominal stepping frequency 200Hz

*** Only in conjunction with G 3/4 and G 1

5

224

Flatprop 16 mm

Flatprop 16 mm 2/2-way proportional valveFor air and neutral gases

Directly actuated or pressure compensated with spring return

Long life - in excess of 100 million cycles (triangular, not on - off)

Cartridge or flange mounted

Response time: 10 ms

Operating pressure: 0 - 12 bar (see technical data)

DescriptionProportional valves for neutral gases

Switching function: normally closed

Flow direction: determined

Fluid temperature: 10 °C up to +50 °C

Ambient temperature: 10 °C up to +50 °C

Mounting position: as required

MaterialsBody: Brass, Stainless steel,

PEEK (flange mounted models only)

Seat seal: NBR

Actuator: Stainless steel

Technical data

Connection DN

mm

kv-Value Part number Operating

pressure

bar

Function Manual

override

Hit & Hold Power /

Resistance

Power

consumption

Symbol /

Drawing

l/min m3/h

2/2 Proportional valve / cartridge / normally closed

Cartridge 0.2 0.025* 0.002* 12-216C-00220+D3WFIL+BDO 0 - 12 NC - - 42 mA / 288 Ohm 0.5W 1 / 1

Cartridge 0.8 0.330* 0.020* 12-216C-01-20+D3WFIL+BED 0 - 10 NC - - 211 mA / 57 Ohm 2.5W 1 / 1

Cartridge 1.6 0.800* 0.048* 12-216C-03-20+D3WFIL+BED 0 - 5 NC - - 211 mA / 57 Ohm 2.5W 1 / 1

Cartridge 4.5 2.800* 0.168* 12-216C-04520+EQIFIL+BED 0 - 7 NC - - 211 mA / 57 Ohm 2.5W 2 / 1

2/2 Proportional valve / flanged / normally closed

Flange 0.2 0.025* 0.002* 12-216P-00220+D3WFIL+BDO 0 - 12 NC - - 42 mA / 288 Ohm 0.5W 1 / 2

Flange 0.8 0.330* 0.020* 12-216P-01-20+D3WFIL+BED 0 - 10 NC - - 211 mA / 57 Ohm 2.5W 1 / 2

Flange 1.6 0.800* 0.048* 12-216P-03-20+D3WFIL+BED 0 - 5 NC - - 211 mA / 57 Ohm 2.5W 1 / 2

Flange 4.5 2.800* 0.168* 12-216P-04520+EQIFIL+BED 0 - 7 NC - - 211 mA / 57 Ohm 2.5W 2 / 2

Note: electrical connection flying leads

**Kv is not constant over the entire pressure range. Please see diagrams for details.

Electrical characteristicsRated voltage (U max.) ** 12V (18V),

Electrical insulation: 1000V AC

Insulation class F (155 °C)

Electrical connection: 300 mm long wire (other connections upon request)

** Depending on the ambient temperature, the voltage can increase by up to 50%

2

1

2

1Symbol 1: 2/2 NC Symbol 2: 2/2 NC

Pressure compensated

NC: Normally closed

www.norgren.com/fc/en224

225

Flatprop 16 mm

Drawing legend

Index Description

3 O-ring 4 x 1 (2x)

4 O-ring 12 x 1 (1x)

5 O-ring 6 x 1 (1x)

6 Screw, M3 x 6 (2x)

7 Screw, M3 x 18 (2x)

8 Base plate, not included

9 Burr-free

1

2

45

6

22,3

38,1

2,5

ø15

0,75

± 10

± 0,

4

± 0,

05

± 0,

25

± 0,

05

5

300

14,8ø16,6

8

± 0,1

2

1 7,4

6,7

44,7

3,8

15,5

17

14,8

9,7

± 10

± 0,

4

300

5

4,27

3

B-B

30°

11

8

M3

A B

A B

(5,1

3)

(17,76)

ø20,5

(5,1

3)

A-A

0,3

30°

30°

30°

0.8

0.8

0.8

1,6

1,6

0.8

0.8

AB

± 0,

2

± 0,

1± 0,2

± 0,05

9

9

- 0

+ 0,

14,3

ø17

H7

ø7,

6 H7

ø14

5,5

- 0,2+ 0ø 5

- 0+ 0,211,6

0,02 B

0,01 A

+ 116

- 0,05+ 00,70,4

13,2

5,5

0,02 B

Mounting dimensions *

Drawing 1*

Drawing 2 *

* Dimensions in mm

5

226

Flatprop 16 mm

00

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

260

280

2 4 6 8 10 11

1

2

3

4

Flow diagram

200

l/min

mA

150

100

50

0

0 100 150 200 250

Hysteresis example

Key flow diagram

Index Description

1 Nominal diameter 4.5 mm kv 2.8

2 Nominal diameter 1.6 mm kv 0.8

3 Nominal diameter 0.8 mm kv 0.33

4 Nominal diameter 0.2 mm kv 0.025

Further options on request- Other orifice sizes

- Other voltages

l/min

bar

Please find the safety instructions for the FAS range on page 318.

Further optionsG 1/4" test manifold, available on request

A

A

30°

15

50

30

14

G1/4"

12

27- 00,

2+

30

n 5

logement D120.0010

5n11,6 - 0

0,2+

25

G1/4"

12

20

14

Contents

227

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

18 S Allfluid Stainless steel G 1/4 male 0 - 800 bar +85 °C – 228

33 D

Aluminium,

Stainless steel,

Polyester foil

G 1/4 Flange -1 - 630 bar +80 °C – 230

Pressure Sensors

6

18 S Allfluid

228

18 S Allfluid SeriesAllfluid/hydraulic applications with relative pressure

Allfluid pressure sensor analog

0 to 800 bar

Robust sensor for hydraulic applications

Temperature compensated

DescriptionMedium: for neutral and aggressive gases or liquids

Fluid connection: G 1/4 male with nipple manometer connection

Pressure range: 0 to 800 bar

Fluid temperature: -20 °C to +85 °C

Ambient temperature: -20 °C to +85 °C

Mounting position: as required

Consult our Technical Services for use below +2 °C

Protection class: IP 65 (according to DIN 60529) with mounted plug

Shock protection: 30G, XYZ, to DIN EN 60068-2-27

Vibration protection: 3G, 5 to 500Hz, XYZ, DIN EN 60068-2-6

Electrical connection: M12 x 1/cable (on request)

Supply voltage: UB = 12 to 30V DC (current output)

UB = 15 to 30V DC (voltage output)

maximum 10% residual ripple within UB

Output signal: 4 to 20mA (two-wire technology)

0 to 10V (three-wire technology)

Varying frequency output on request

Electromagnetic compatibility:

Interference immunity according to EN 50081. Part 1

Interference immunity according to EN 50082. Part 2

Load resistance: see diagram

Polarity: short-circuit proof

Measuring range: see table below

Linearity: < ±0.5% final value

Hysteresis: < 0.15%

Temperature sensitivity (zero point): zero point < ± 0.4% FS/10K

range < ± 0.2% FS/10K

MaterialHousing: stainless steel 1.4571/1.4542

Sensor: stainless steel membrane 1.4542

Features- 3-wire technology (0 to 10V)

- 2-wire technology (4 to 20mA)

- Excellent long-term stability

- Stainless steel measuring element: not oil-filled

P

I

P

U

www.norgren.com/fc/en228

18 S Allfluid

229

Standard versions (electrical connection M12 x 1)*

Electrical connection M12 x 1

Options selector

Output signal Code

4 to 20mA 7

0 to 10V 8

Measuring range relative pressure Code

0 to 10 bar 1

0 to 25 bar 3

0 to 100 bar 4

0 to 250 bar 6

0 to 400 bar 7

0 to 800 bar 9

0862✶✶0

Series Measuring range

(Relative pressure)

bar

Value max.

(Gauge pressure)

bar

Output signal

0862170 0 - 10 40 4 - 20mA

0862180 0 - 10 40 0 - 10V

0862370 0 - 25 50 4 - 20mA

0862380 0 - 25 50 0 - 10V

0862470 0 - 100 200 4 - 20mA

0862480 0 - 100 200 0 - 10V

0862670 0 - 250 500 4 - 20mA

0862680 0 - 250 500 0 - 10V

0862770 0 - 400 750 4 - 20mA

0862780 0 - 400 750 0 - 10V

0862970 0 - 800 1000 4 - 20mA

0862980 0 - 800 1000 0 - 10V

Signal 4 - 20mA 0 - 10V

+ UB 1 1

GND - 3

Signal 4 4

* Plug not included, please see below

3 2

4 1

6

33 D

230

Electronic pressure switches 33 D (pneumatic/allfluid)-1 to 630 bar

DescriptionPneumatic: filtered compressed air, lubricated or

unlubricated, neutral gases

Allfluid: neutral or agressive liquids and gases

Display: LCD 4 digits illuminated, pressure unit

programmable for bar, psi, MPa

Customer-specific pressure unit available on request

Operating pressure: -1 to 16 bar (pneumatic)

0 to 630 (hydraulic/allfluid)

Temperature sensitivity (zero point): 0.4% of final value/10 K

Temperature sensitivity (range): 0.4% of final value/10 K

Fluid temperature: -10 °C to 80 °C

Ambient temperature: -10 °C to 60 °C

Mounting position: as required

Consult our Technical Services for use below +2 °C

Switching point: adjustable between 0 and 100% of full scale

Reset point: adjustable between 0 and 100% of full scale

Electrical connection: M12 x 1

Linearity: < 0.2% of final value ±1 digit

Protection class according to DIN 60529: IP 65 (with mounted plug)

MaterialHousing: aluminium/stainless steel/polyester foil

Seal: pneumatic: NBR 70

hydraulic/allfluid: FPM

Sensor elements: pneumatic: silicium/aluminium

hydraulic/allfluid: stainless steel 1.4571

(0 to 250 bar versions),

stainless steel 1.4542

(400 to 630 bar versions)

NPT versions with integrated damping element

Features- Display of system pressure and unit (pressure unit programmable)

- Compact and robust design

- Easy programming of set points and additional functions

- Transistor output signals 1 x PNP/2 x PNP/1 x PNP + 4 to 20mA

- Electronic lock

- Switching status indicated by LED

- Standard M12 x 1 electrical connection (IP 65)

- For pneumatic, all fluid and hydraulic applications

www.norgren.com/fc/en230

33 D

231

Connection size Measuring range

(Relative pressure)**

bar

Value max.

(Gauge pressure)

bar

Output signal Series

G 1/4 -1 - 1 10 1 x PNP 0863012

Flange -1 - 1 10 1 x PNP 0863016

G 1/4 -1 - 1 10 2 x PNP 0863022

Flange -1 - 1 10 2 x PNP 0863026

G 1/4 -1 - 1 10 1 x PNP / 4-20mA 0863042

Flange -1 - 1 10 1 x PNP / 4-20mA 0863046

G 1/4 0 - 16 30 1 x PNP 0863212

Flange 0 - 16 30 1 x PNP 0863216

G 1/4 0 - 16 30 2 x PNP 0863222

Flange 0 - 16 30 2 x PNP 0863226

G 1/4 0 - 16 30 1 x PNP / 4-20mA 0863242

Flange 0 - 16 30 1 x PNP / 4-20mA 0863246

Electrical connection M12 x 1 (standard pneumatic models)*

* M12 x 1 connector not included, please see table on next page

* In the case of pressure peaks, please use NPT version

(with damping) or external reducer 0550083

Options selector

Pressure range (allfluid)* Substitute

0 - 10 bar 1

0 - 40 bar 3

0 - 100 bar 4

0 - 160 bar 5

0 - 250 bar 6

0 - 400 bar 7

0 - 630 bar 8

Pressure range (pneumatic) Substitute

-1 - 1 bar 0

0 - 16 bar 2

Fluid/electrical connection Substitute

G 1/4 / M12 x 1 2

Flange / M12 x 1 6

Output signal Substitute

1 digital out 1

2 digital out 2

1 digital out/4 - 20mA 4

0863✶✶✶

6

33 D

232

Electrical connection: M12 x 1

Power supply: 10 - 32V DC (polarity safe) digital models

15 - 32V DC (polarity safe) analogue models

Permissible residual ripple: 10% (within 12 to 32V)

Current consumption: < 50mA (plus load current)

Electrical parameters

Switching mode: Potential-bound open collector switching to UB,

suitable for inductive load

Output voltage: Supply voltage -1.5V

Analog output: 4 - 20mA

Contact rating: Imax = 500mA (short-circuit proof)

Switching time: < 10 ms

Damping: 5 ms - 0.64 sec

Signal delay: On/off 0 - 20 sec

Service life: min. 100 million switching cycles

Switching logic: NO/NC programmable

Operating mode: Standard, hysteresis and window mode

Separately selectable for each output

Switching output

Electrical connection M12 x 1

Interference emission Conforming to EN 50081. Part 1

Interference immunity Conforming to EN 50082. Part 2

Electromagnetic compatibility

Pin Signal Cable

1 Supply voltage Brown

2 Out 2 (PNP) / analog 4 - 20mA White

3 0V Blue

4 Out 1 (PNP) Black

5 PE Grey

Accessories - Plugs

Description Series

M12 x 1, straight without cable 0523055

M12 x 1, straight 2 m cable, 4-core 0523057

M12 x 1, straight 5 m cable, 4-core 0523052

M12 x 1, 90° without cable 0523056

M12 x 1, 90° 2 m cable, 4-core 0523058

M12 x 1, 90° 5 m cable, 4-core 0523053

33 D

233

Front view Rear view (flange version)

Reducer G 1/2 to G 1/4, external thread – 0550083

M 12

11.5

22

19

SET

71.5

98

39.7

15

20

OUT1 HYS WIN OUT2

*

Incorporating

30

30**

* Suitable for M5 x 35 screws

** Flange diameter 8 x 1.2, O-ring 5 x 1.5 (NBR 70) - pneumatic version,

O-ring 4.47 x 1.78 (FPM) - hydraulic/allfluid version

G1/4

G1/2

31

43

Porting blocksAdaptor for use with Excelon 72, 73, 74 air preparation systems

40

32

20

G 1/4

Ø 3,3

40

M5

G 1

/4

G 1/4

44

32

20

G 1/4

40

M5

G 1/4

G 1

/2

Ø 3,3

Excelon 72 0523109 Excelon 73 and 74 0523110

6

Fluid Control Solutions

234

Special Approvals

We will gladly provide you with any further

information required.

235

Contents

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

Olympian Plus Al, Zg G 1/2 - G 1 1/2 0.3 - 10 bar +80 °C – 236

Excelon Pk, Zg G 1/2 - G 3/4 0.3 - 10 bar +50 °C – 240

Excelon

Filter / RegulatorsZg, Al, Pk, Acetal G 1/4 & G 3/4 0.3 - 10 bar +50 °C – 242

R05/B05 SS, Acetal 1/4 PTF 0.3 - 8.6 bar +66 °C – 248

F22/R22/L22 SS 1/2 PTF 0.4 - 10 bar +80 °C – 250

Air Preparation Equipment (FRL)

SS = Stainless Steel

Al = Aluminium

Pk = Polycarbonate

Zg = Zinc alloy

7

Olympian Plus

236

Olympian Plus plug-in systemBoxed sets and combination units

Filter/regulators and lubricators

G 1/4 up to G 1 1/2

Complete air processing units pre-assembled, ready to install

Boxed sets include:

Filter/regulator and micro-fog lubricator complete with exhausting shut-off

valve, pressure gauge and mounting brackets

Also available:

Filter-regulator and micro-fog lubricator combinations

DescriptionMedium: compressed air only

Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to +80 °C

Consult our Technical Services for use below +2 °C

Pressure range: BL64: 0.3 - 10 bar

BL68: 0.4 - 8 bar

Gauge ports: RC 1/8

MaterialBL64

Body and yoke: zinc alloy

Bowl: aluminium

Element: sintered plastic

Elastomers: synthetic rubber

BL68

Body & bowl: aluminium

Filter element: sintered bronze or plastic

Elastomers: synthetic rubber

Alternative models Other products and combinations as well as a range of accessories are available.

Contact our Technical Services

Technical data

Image Connection

size

G

Element

μm

Bowls Operating

pressure

bar*

Weight

kg

Operation Model

Auto Manual

Boxed sets

1/2 40 Metal 0.3 - 10 4.15 Relieving BL64-401 BL64-421

1 40 Metal 0.4 - 8 5.99 Relieving BL68-801 BL68-821

Filter/regulator and lubricator combinations

1/4 40 Metal 0.3 - 10 3.19 Relieving BL64-208 BL64-228

3/8 40 Metal 0.3 - 10 3.19 Relieving BL64-308 BL64-328

1/2 40 Metal 0.3 - 10 2.73 Relieving BL64-408 BL64-428

3/4 40 Metal 0.3 - 10 3.56 Relieving BL64-608 BL64-628

3/4 40 Metal 0.4 - 8 4.94 Relieving BL68-608 BL68-628

1 40 Metal 0.4 - 8 5.26 Relieving BL68-808 BL68-828

1 1/4 40 Metal 0.4 - 8 6.50 Relieving BL68-A08 BL68-A28

1 1/2 40 Metal 0.4 - 8 6.05 Relieving BL68-B08 BL68-B28

www.norgren.com/fc/en236

Olympian Plus

237

Boxed sets

BL64-401 BL68-801

287

# *

**

125

#

8530

3 #

*

233

223

194

8,2

14,5

93

30,5

11

283

# **

G1/8

135

#

∅50

160

TYP.

362

362 381

345

*#

100

50

72

8,5

* Minimum clearance required to remove bowl

** Automatic

# Reduces by 4 mm with knob in locked position, weight: 3.58 kg

* Minimum clearance required to remove bowl

# Reduces by 4 mm with knob in locked position, weight: 6.69 kg

See also our Olympian Plus duplex system specifically designed for use in process plant, on main machinery installations and other equipment in continuous use

where not even the shortest interruption of services is permissible

7

Olympian Plus

238

Accessories

Series Connection

size

G

Bracket kit Bracket kit Gauge

0 - 10 bar*

3/2 Shut-off valve Tamper

resistant kit

Quick fill

nipple

Tamper

resistant wire

BL64-401 G 1/2 - ** ** ** 4355-50 18-011-024 2117-01

BL68-801 G 1 ** - ** ** 4355-50 18-011-021 2117-01

BL64-208 G 1/4 74504-50 18-013-013 T64T-2GB-P1N 4355-50 18-011-024 2117-01

BL64-308 G 3/8 74504-50 18-013-013 T64T-3GB-P1N 4355-50 18-011-024 2117-01

BL64-408 G 1/2 74504-50 18-013-013 T64T-4GB-P1N 4355-50 18-011-024 2117-01

BL64-608 G 3/4 74504-50 18-013-013 T64T-6GB-P1N 4355-50 18-011-024 2117-01

BL68-608 G 3/4 18-001-979 18-013-013 T68C-6GB-B2N 4355-50 18-011-021 2117-01

BL68-808 G 1 18-001-979 18-013-013 T68H-8GB-B2N 4355-50 18-011-021 2117-01

BL68-A08 G 1 1/4 18-001-978 18-013-013 T68H-AGB-B2N 4355-50 18-011-021 2117-01

BL68-B08 G 1 1/2 18-013-013 T68H-BGB-B2N 4355-50 18-011-021 2117-01

* Other pressure ranges available – please contact our technical services

** Included

Filter/regulator and lubricator combinations

BL64

*

G 1/8 - 5,5

ø 47

162

303#

310#

169

SW 45

125

(121

**)

146

225#

63

73

185

5874

237 (G 3/4)

ø 3

3 (G

3/4

)

≈ 77

ø 50

135

##

100

190

24

8,5

G 1/8

19036

1

208

343

Auto drain

108

72

126

ca. 1

60

3,5

370 (G 1 1/4 = 380)#

362 (G 1 1/4 + G 1 1/2 = 372)#

Manual drain

* Optional quick fill connector

** Knob in locked position

# Minimum clearance required to remove bowl

# Minimum clearance required to remove bowl

Olympian Plus

239

BL64 bracket mounting BL68 bracket mounting

223

194

85

48

2

2,8

110

93

30,5

8,2

14,5 57 80

333

315

100

72

8,5

15

7

Excelon Series

240

Excelon modular systemBoxed sets and combination units

Filter/regulators and lubricators

G 1/4 up to G 3/4

Boxed sets include:

Filter/regulator and micro-fog lubricator complete with exhausting shut-off

valve, pressure gauge and mounting brackets

DescriptionMedium: compressed air

Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar

Gauge ports: RC 1/8

Ambient temperature: -20 °C to +50 °C

Pressure range: 0.3 - 10 bar

Consult our Technical Services for use below +2°C

MaterialBL72

Body: Zinc

Bowl: Polycarbonate standard, Zinc bowl optional

Elastomers: Neoprene, nitrile and Geolast

Level indicator lens: Transparent nylon

Filter/regulator: Acetal bonnet

Element: Sintered polypropylene

Valve: Brass

Lubricator: Transparent nylon sightfeed dome

BL73

Bonnet: Aluminium

Valve: Brass

Element: Sintered plastic

Body / bowl: Aluminium

Liquid level: Transparent nylon

Elastomers: Neoprene and nitrile

BL74

Bonnet: Aluminium

Valve: Brass

Element: Sintered plastic

Body: Aluminium

Sight feed: Transparent nylon

Elastomers: Dome, neoprene and nitrile

Features- High efficiency water and particle removal

- Quick release bayonet bowls

- Push to lock adjusting knob with tamper resistant option

- All round (360°) visibility of lubricator sight feed dome for ease of drip rate

setting

- Micro-fog lubricator for most general purpose pneumatic applications

BL72 BL73 BL74

www.norgren.com/fc/en240

Excelon Series

241

Image Connection

size

G

Element

μm

Bowls Operating pressure

bar*

Weight

kg

Model

Auto* Manual**

Boxed sets

1/4 40 Transparent 0.3 - 10 1.65 BL72-201GA BL72-221G

3/8 40 Transparent 0.3 - 10 2.26 BL73-301G BL73-321G

1/2 40 Guarded

transparent

0.3 - 10 3.55 BL74-401G BL74-421G

Filter-regulator and lubricator combinations

1/4 40 Transparent 0.3 - 10 1.67 BL72-208GA BL72-228G

3/8 40 Transparent 0.3 - 10 1.67 BL72-308GA BL72-328G

3/8 40 Transparent 0.3 - 10 2.26 BL73-308G BL73-328G

1/2 40 Transparent 0.3 - 10 2.26 BL73-408G BL73-428G

1/2 40 Guarded

transparent

0.3 - 10 3.50 BL74-408G BL74-428G

3/4 40 Guarded

transparent

0.3 - 10 3.55 BL74-608G BL74-628G

* For metal bowl options substitute ‘5’ at 7th digit e.g. BL73-351G

** For metal bowl options substitute ‘6’ at 7th digit e.g. BL72-261G

Accessories

Series Connection

size

G

Gauge

0 - 10 bar*

Tamper

resistant cover

and seal wire

Seal wire** Tamper

resistant snap-

on cap for

lubricator sight

feed dome

Exhaust port

silencer

3/2 Shut-off

valve

3/2 Shut-off

valve

Wall mounting

bracket

BL72 1/4 18-013-989 4255-51 2117-01 4050-89 T40M0500 T72T-2GA-P1N 4213-89

BL73 3/8 18-013-013 4455-51 2117-01 4050-89 T40M0500 T73T-3GA-P1N 4313-50

BL74 1/2 18-013-013 4355-50*** 2117-01 – T40B1800 T74T-4GA-P1N 4313-50

* For additional gauges please contact our technical service

** Pack of 10

*** Seal wire not included

Boxed sets

214*

252

** 3

04**

*

73*

96*

* 1

27**

* 4

8* 7

4**

192*

207

** 2

30**

* #

164* 218** 257*** 35*

56**

* BL72, ** BL73, *** BL74

# Minimum clearance required to remove bowl

Auto drain

Filter/regulator and lubricator combinations

214*

252

** 3

04**

*

192*

207

** 2

30**

* #

73*

96*

* 1

27**

*48

108* 150** 174***

* BL72, ** BL73, *** BL74

# Minimum clearance required to remove bowl

Auto drain

Technical data

7

Excelon Filter / Regulators

242

Excelon modular systemB72G, B73G, B74G

Filter/regulators

G 1/4 to G 3/4

DescriptionMedium: compressed air only

Maximum inlet pressure: 10 bar (transparent bowl)

Gauge ports: G 1/8

Ambient temperature: -20 °C up to +50 °C (transparent bowl)

Further options on demand

Consult our Technical Services for use below +2 °C

MaterialB72G

Body: zinc

Bonnet: acetal

Valve: brass

Transparent bowl: polycarbonate

Element: sintered polypropylene

Elastomers: neoprene and nitrile

B73G and B74G

Body and bonnet: aluminium

Valve: brass

Transparent bowl: polycarbonate

Guarded transparent bowl: polycarbonate with steel

Element: sintered polypropylene

Elastomers: neoprene and nitrile

Features- Excelon design allows in-line installation or modular installation with other

Excelon products

- High efficiency water and particle removal

- Quick release bayonet bowl

- Push to lock adjusting knob with tamper resistant accessory

- Optional patented quarter turn manual drain

Technical data

B72G B73G B74G

Connection

size

G

Flow Bowls Weight

kg

Model Service

kit

Element

dm3/s m3/h* Auto Manual Semi-auto

1/4 38 137 Transparent 0.56 B72G-2GK-AL3-RMN B72G-2GK-QT3-RMN B72G-2GK-ST3-RMN 4383-500 5925-02

1/4 49 176 Transparent 0.7 B73G-2GK-AT3-RMN B73G-2GK-QT3-RMN - 4383-600 4438-03

3/8 38 137 Transparent 0.56 B72G-3GK-AL3-RMN B72G-3GK-QT3-RMN B72G-3GK-ST3-RMN 4383-500 5925-02

3/8 50 180 Transparent 0.7 B73G-3GK-AT3-RMN B73G-3GK-QT3-RMN - 4383-600 4438-03

3/8 77 277 Guarded

transparent

1.25 B74G-3GK-AP3-RMN B74G-3GK-QP3-RMN - 4383-700 4338-05

1/2 50 180 Transparent 0.7 B73G-4GK-AT3-RMN B73G-4GK-QT3-RMN - 4383-600 4438-03

1/2 100 360 Guarded

transparent

1.25 B74G-4GK-AP3-RMN B74G-4GK-QP3-RMN - 4383-700 4338-05

3/4 100 360 Guarded

transparent

1.30 B74G-6GK-AP3-RMN B74G-6GK-QP3-RMN - 4383-700 4338-05

Models listed include ISO G threads, knob adjustment, semi automatic drain, 40 μm element, relieving diaphragm, 0.3 to 10 bar outlet pressure adjustment range without gauge

* Typical flow with 10 bar inlet pressure, 6.3 bar set pressure and a 1 bar droop from set

www.norgren.com/fc/en242

Excelon Filter / Regulators

243

Accessories

* Bracket only

EC

B#

AG

H

*

F

GE

D

HC

B

A

F

*

* Optional gauge

# Minimum clearance required to remove bowl

Port CL

SeriesConnection size

G

Wall mounting

bracket

Neck mounting

bracket

Gauge

0 - 10 bar

Panel nut Tamper

resistant cover

and seal wire

Quikmount pipe

adaptors

(quantity of 1)

Quikclamp

Quikclamp and

Quikclamp wall

bracket

B72G 1/4 4224-50 74316-50 18-013-989 4248-89 4255-51 4215-08 4214-51 4214-52

3/8 4215-09 4213-89*

B73G 1/4 4424-50 4461-50 18-013-013 5191-88 4455-51 4315-09 4314-51 4314-52

3/8 4315-10 4313-50*

1/2 4315-11

3/4 4315-12

B74G 3/8 4324-50 4368-51 18-013-013 4348-89 4355-51 4315-10 4314-51 4314-52

1/2 4315-11 4313-50*

3/4 4315-12

EC

B#

AG

H

*

F

GE

D

HC

B

A

F

*

Bracket mounting

7

Series A B C D E F G H

72 60 42 39 18.6 4 38 6 51

73 67 60 48 19 7 38 6 61

74 79 69 50 20 5 51 6 6

Series Drain A B C E F G H Panel Ø Panel depth

72 Semi-auto 164 215 26 73 50 48 35 40 0 - 4

Auto 141 192 26 73 50 48 35 40 0 - 4

Manual 134 185 26 73 50 48 35 40 0 - 4

73 Auto 147 207 31 96 68 62 56 48 2 - 6

Manual 156 216 31 96 68 62 56 48 2 - 6

74 Auto 161 230 31 127 80 74 56 52 2 - 6

Manual 177 246 31 127 80 74 56 52 2 - 6

Series J K L M N P R S T V

72 8 49 38 63.5 30 24 – 4.4 8 15

73 17 64 38 70 38 38 25 7 – –

74 24 89 52 86 56 35 23 7 – –

Excelon Filter / Regulators

244

Neck mounting bracket (72) * Neck mounting bracket (73) *

Neck mounting bracket (74) *

K

NS

L M

P

J

T V

K

N

M

L

P

R J

S

M

L

K

P

R

N

J

S

Port CL

Port CL

* Dimensions in mm

Excelon Filter / Regulators

245

Flow characteristics

B72G B73G

5

6

7

8

10

9

4

3

2

1

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

bar

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

bar

Air flow

Inlet pressure (10 bar)

Port size: 1/4"

40 μm element

Inlet pressure (10 bar)

Port size: 3/8"

40 μm element

Air flowO

utle

t pr

essu

re

B74G

5

6

7

8

4

3

2

1

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

bar

Inlet pressure (10 bar)

Port size: 1/2"

40 μm element

Air flow

Out

let

pres

sure

O

utle

t pr

essu

re

7

dm3/s

dm3/s

dm3/s

KIP Liquid Level Switches

Customized Liquid Level Control

KIP liquid level switches are designed to meet a wide range of application requirements. KIP has the design engineering and

application engineering expertise to provide optimal level control for your application.

LS 11 Plastic SidemountDirect side mounted level controls in Polypropylene and PBT

» Single unit offers normally open or normally closed operation

» All polypropylene construction offers broad fluid compatibility

» Temperature range up to 107 °C

» Mounting available internally or direct external entry

Mini LS 1 SeriesThe LS1 Series with a small diameter of 19 mm for applications

where space is at a premium.

» Ultra compact size fits through small openings

» Ideal for food and beverage applications

» Unique hex stem design minimizes potential for liming

LS 1 Series Level SwitchesLS 1 Series liquid level switches provide a reliable, compact,

cost effective solution to liquid-level control.

» Seamless cellular construction for a rugged float design

» Temperature range up to 107 °C

» Excellent chemical resistance

» NSF, UL and CSA approved

» Optional slosh shield for accurate level sensing of turbulent fluids

» Side-mounted series to fit small vessels

» Ultra-low-level series for fluid sensing as low as 16 mm

246

Plastic Liquid Level Switches Multi Level Liquid Level Switches PTFE Liquid Level Switches

247

KIP Liquid Level Switches

25 BN Series Buna N general purpose single point detector with high

pressure option.

» Compact size, high reliability and long lifetime

» Precise repeatability

» Highly resistant to shock and vibration

» Optional spring biased Solid PTFE float design for pressures

up to 69 bar

Multi-Point Level Switches This series offers up to 6 actuation levels on a single tank entry,

customizable to your application

» Up to 6 control points on one stem for easier and more

compact mounting

» Customizable floats from the KIP LLS program

» Up to 1830 mm overall length

» Miniature multi-point level sensors available

50 SS SeriesStainless steel detector for high pressure, corrosive, high

temperature or low specific gravity applications

» All stainless steel wetted surfaces

» High resistance to corrosive chemicals

» Operates in high temperatures up to 149 °C

» Operates in high pressure environments up to 52 bar

» Optional high-buoyant design for low specific gravity media

and applications such as storage of propane and butane

35 SS Series Compact stainless steel detector for high corrosive and

high temperature applications.

» All stainless steel wetted surfaces

» Compact size, high reliability and long lifetime

» Highly resistant to shock and vibration

» Optionally available as 90° bend for side mounting where

access to tank top and bottom is restricted

7

R05, B05

248

General purpose stainless steel regulatorsR05, B05

Pressure regulators and filters/regulators

1/4" PTF

DescriptionMedium: compressed air only

Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar

Gauge ports: 1/8" PTF

Ambient temperature: -34 °C up to +66 °C

Consult our Technical Services for use below +2 °C

MaterialBody: stainless steel body

Adjusting knob/bonnet: acetal resin

Elastomers: FPM

Filter element: polypropylene

Features- Metallic parts meet NACE* recommendations

- Miniature high corrosion resistant design

- Adjusting knob has snap-action lock

- Particularly suitable for marine, petro-chemical, food processing, medical,

dental and similar applications

- Panel mounting facility

* National Association of Corrosion Engineers - recognised oil-field

recommendation for resistance to sulphide stress cracking common

in well-head and other corrosive environments

Alternative modelsNon-relieving versions. Contact our Technical Services for details

B05

R05

Connection

size

Flow Operating

pressure

bar

Operation Weight

kg

Series Service kit

dm3/s m3/h*

1/4 PTF 3 11 0.2 - 3.5 Relieving 0.20 R05-200-RNEA 3407-71

1/4 PTF 3 11 0.3 - 8.6 Relieving 0.20 R05-200-RNLA 3407-71

Connection

size

Flow Element

μm

Drain Operating

pressure

bar

Operation Weight

kg

Series Service kit

dm3/s m3/h*

1/4 NPTF 4 14 5 Manual 0.2 - 3.5 Relieving 0.42 B05-233-M1EA 3820-08

1/4 NPTF 5 18 5 Manual 0.3 - 8.6 Relieving 0.42 B05-233-M1LA 3820-08

* Typical flow with 7 bar inlet pressure, 6.3 bar set pressure and a droop of 1 bar

* Can be adjusted to zero outlet pressure, and, generally, to pressures in excess of those specified

** Typical flow with 12 bar inlet pressure, 3 bar / 8 bar set pressure and a droop of 1 bar

General purpose stainless steel regulators

General purpose filter-regulators

www.norgren.com/fc/en248

R05, B05

249

Accessories

R05 B05

Series Gauge (0 - 6 bar)* Panel mounting

R05 18-013-844 2962-89 (nut only)

B05 18-013-844 2962-89 (nut only)

* Other pressure ranges available

6 m

ax

∅24

∅30

25

60

69

∅38

42

1/8 N.P.T.F.

Weight: 0.20 kg

Weight: 0.42 kg

* Minimum clearance required to remove bowl from body

Manual drain

Flow characteristics

R05 B05

5

6

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

bar

5

6

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

bar

Air flow

Inlet pressure (7 bar)

Port size: 1/4"

Inlet pressure (7 bar)

Port size: 1/4"

Air flow

Out

let

pres

sure

Out

let

pres

sure

7

dm3/s dm3/s

F22, R22, L22

250

Ported stainless steel equipmentF22, R22, L22

Filters/regulators and lubricators

1/2" PTF

DescriptionMedium: compressed air only

Maximum inlet pressure: 17 bar (F22, L22)

20 bar (R22)

Gauge ports: 1/4 PTF (R22)

Start point: 1.7 dm3/s @ 6.3 bar (L22)

Ambient temperature: -20 °C to +80 °C

Consult our Technical Services for use below +2 °C

MaterialBowl, bonnet and adjusting screw: stainless steel

Elastomers: synthetic rubber

Filter element: sintered stainless steel,

polyethylene (option of stainless steel)

Features- Lloyds Register Type Approved

- Materials meet NACE* recommendations (MR-0175, 2002 revision)

- 25 μm filter element and auto drain as standard

- Adjustable metal bowls with sightglasses

* National Association of Corrosion Engineers – recognised oil-field

recommendation for resistance to sulphide stress cracking common

in well-head and other corrosive environments

Alternative models5 μm element

Pressure ranges

Non-relieving versions

Contact our Technical Services for details

R22 L22F22

www.norgren.com/fc/en250

F22, R22, L22

251

Connection size Flow Element

μm

Drain Bowl Weight

kg

Series Service kit

dm3/s m3/h*

1/2 PTF 57 205 25 Auto Metal 1.88 F22-400-A2DA F22-100A

1/2 PTF 57 205 25 Manual Metal 1.84 F22-400-M2DA F22-100M

Filters

* Maximum flow with 6.3 bar inlet pressure and droop of 0.5 bar

Pressure regulators

* Maximum flow with 10 bar inlet pressure, 6.3 bar outlet pressure and a droop of 1 bar from set

Connection size Flow Range

bar

Operation Weight

kg

Series Service kit

dm3/s m3/h*

1/2 PTF 50 180 0.4 - 10 Relieving 1.52 R22-401-RNMA R22-100R

1/2 PTF 50 180 0.4 - 10 Non-relieving 1.54 R22-401-NNMA R22-100NR

Connection size Flow Start point

dm3/s *

Operation Bowl Bowl capacity Weight

kg

Series ** Service kit

dm3/s m3/h*

1/2 PTF 48 173 1.7 Oil-fog Metal 0.2 l 1.93 L22-400-OP8A L22-100

Lubricators

* Typical flow with 6.3 bar inlet pressure and 0.5 bar droop

** Start point at 6.3 bar

Accessories

Series Bracket kit Gauge

0 - 10 bar*

Neck mounting bracket

F22 18-001-962

R22 18-001-962 18-013-909** 18-001-959 (Panel nut and single bracket)

L22 18-001-962

* Other pressure ranges available

** Stainless steel items not strictly to NACE standard MR-01-75

7

F22, R22, L22

252

* Auto

** Manual

# Minimum clearance required to remove bowl from body

Weight: 1.88 kg

F22 Bracket mounting (F22)

R22 Bracket mounting (R22)

L22 Bracket mounting (L22)

Weight: 1.93 kg

Weight: 1.54 kg

F22, R22, L22

253

Flow characteristics

F22 R22

0,5

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

2,5 4,0 6,3 8,0 10,0bar

5

6

7

4

3

2

1

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

bar

Air flow

Inlet pressure (10 bar)

Element 25 μm

Inlet pressure (10 bar)

Inlet pressure (10 bar)

Air flow

Out

let

pres

sure

L22

0,5

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

bar

2.5 4,0 6,3 8,0 10,0

Air flow

Out

let

pres

sure

O

utle

t pr

essu

re

7

dm3/sdm3/s

dm3/s

254

Kloehn - Precision Liquid Handling

In July 2007, Norgren acquired Kloehn, making it an integral part of its focus on the Life Science industry. Kloehn is one of the

most respected names in the design and manufacture of fluidic components and assemblies – including high-quality syringes and

pumps. Highly focussed on developing customised solutions and intelligent fluidic platforms (IFP’s) for analytical, diagnostic and

medical OEMs, Kloehn is a particularly strong brand in the specialized life sciences market.

Kloehn is based in Las Vegas, USA. With 160 people including 20 engineers, the company is an outstanding centre of excellence

for life sciences. Engineers and Key Account Managers have an intimate understanding of customer applications, developed for

major global OEM`s. The production facility includes GMP compliant assembly areas and Class 10,000 clean rooms.

1 High-quality precision syringes

2 Customised needles and probes

3 Intelligent Fluidic Platform (IFP) for flow cytometry application

4 Ceramic valve and syringe for high pressure applications

5 Highly precise and accurate syringe pumps, multiple stations available

1 2 3 4 5

KLOEHN – AN UNRIVALLED RANGE OF PRECISION LIQUID HANDLING TECHNOLOGIES

Contents

255

Series Material Connection Pressure Temperature Function Page

Pneufit Msv, GFK 4 - 14 mm 0 - 18 bar +80 °C – 256

Pneufit C & M PBT, Msv 3 - 16 mm 0 - 10 bar +60 °C – 264

Fittings

GFK = Glass filled nylon

Msv = Nickel plated brass

PBT = Polybutylene terephthalate

8

Tube stop

O-ring

Collet

Body

Thread sealant

Internal hexagon

256

Pneufit

Pneufit Push-in fittingsMetric Ø 4 to 14 mm O/D tube

DescriptionMedium: compressed air

Operating pressure: vacuum - 18 bar unless otherwise stated

(dependant on tubing specification)

Ambient temperature: -20 °C to +80 °C*

Tube sizes: 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 mm O/D**

Tubing:

Nylon 11 or 12, polyurethane*** and other plasticised or unplasticised tubing

which conforms to the tolerances specified in BS5409/1:1976, light and

normal duty, DIN 73378, DIN 74324, NFE 49-100

* Consult our Technical Services for use below +2 °C

** Warning: The push-in tube fittings in this section must not be used in

vehicle air braking and ancillary systems

For push-in fittings suitable for these applications please consult our

Technical Services for details

*** It is light, stable and has a hardness of 92 to 98 shore A

MaterialBody: nickel plated brass or glass filled nylon

Collet: nickel plated brass

O-ring: Silicone free nitrile rubber

Sealing washer (parallel threads): nitrile O-ring

Thread sealant: non-PTFE

Features- Compact units featuring retained collets and positive tube anchorage

- Silicone free O-ring seals

- Non-PTFE based thread sealant on all BSP taper threads

- Easy tube insertion for rapid assembly

- Internal hexagon on straight adaptors allows assembly in confined spaces

- For simple and quick assembly of pneumatic circuits

- Wide range of types available

- Reliable and corrosion resistant

Always ensure tubing is cut at 90 degrees, pushed as far as possible in the

fitting

www.norgren.com/fc/en256

257

Pneufit

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP thread

Series

4 M3 102250403

4 M5 102250405

4 G 1/8 102250418

4 G 1/4 102250428

5 M5 102250505

5 G 1/8 102250518

5 G 1/4 102250528

6 M5 102250605

6 G 1/8 102250618

6 G 1/4 102250628

8 G 1/8 102250818

8 G 1/4 102250828

8 G 3/8 102250838

8 G 1/2 102250848

10 G 1/8 102251018

10 G 1/4 102251028

10 G 3/8 102251038

10 G 1/2 102251048

12 G 1/4 102251228

12 G 3/8 102251238

12 G 1/2 102251248

14 G 3/8 102251438

14 G 1/2 102251448

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP female

Series

4 M5 102260405

4 G 1/8 102260418

4 G 1/4 102260428

5 G 1/8 102260518

5 G 1/4 102260528

6 G 1/8 102260618

6 G 1/4 102260628

8 G 1/8 102260818

8 G 1/4 102260828

10 G 1/4 102261028

10 G 3/8 102261038

12 G 3/8 102261238

12 G 1/2 102261248

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 101250418

4 R 1/4 101250428

5 R 1/8 101250518

5 R 1/4 101250528

6 R 1/8 101250618

6 R 1/4 101250628

8 R 1/8 101250818

8 R 1/4 101250828

8 R 3/8 101250838

8 R 1/2 101250848

10 R 1/8 101251018

10 R 1/4 101251028

10 R 3/8 101251038

10 R 1/2 101251048

12 R 1/4 101251228

12 R 3/8 101251238

12 R 1/2 101251248

14 R 3/8 101251438

14 R 1/2 101251448

Image O/D

Stem

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 101150418

4 R 1/4 101150428

5 R 1/8 101150518

5 R 1/4 101150528

6 R 1/8 101150618

6 R 1/4 101150628

8 R 1/8 101150818

8 R 1/4 101150828

8 R 3/8 101150838

10 R 1/4 101151028

10 R 3/8 101151038

10 R 1/2 101151048

12 R 3/8 101151238

12 R 1/2 101151248

Image O/D

Stem

BSPP

Thread

Series

4 G 1/8 102150418

4 G 1/4 102150428

5 G 1/8 102150518

6 G 1/8 102150618

6 G 1/4 102150628

8 G 1/8 102150818

8 G 1/4 102150828

8 G 3/8 102150838

10 G 1/4 102151028

10 G 3/8 102151038

12 G 3/8 102151238

12 G 1/2 102151248

14 G 3/8 102151438

Straight adaptor

Straight adaptor

Straight adaptor

Straight stem adaptor

Straight stem adaptor

8

258

Pneufit

Straight connector

Bulkhead connector

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 100200400

5 100200500

6 100200600

8 100200800

10 100201000

12 100201200

14 100201400

Image O/D

Stem

Series

4 100290400

5 100290500

6 100290600

8 100290800

10 100291000

12 100291200

14 100291400

Straight stem connector – brass

Image O/D

Stem

Series

4 100220400

5 100220500

6 100220600

8 100220800

10 100221000

12 100221200

14 100221400

Stem tailpiece adaptor

Silencer

Image O/D

Stem

Series

4 100110400

6 100110600

8 100110800

10 100111000

12 100111200

Mixed bulkhead connectorPIF to compression fitting

Image O/D

Tube

O/D tube

comp

Series

4 4 100310404

6 6 100310606

8 8 100310808

10 10 100311010

12 12 100311212

Supplied complete with tubing nut and sleeve

Unequal stem

Image Reducing

O/D stem

O/D

Tube

Series

5 4 100230504

6 4 100230604

6 5 100230605

8 4 100230804

8 5 100230805

8 6 100230806

10 4 100231004

10 6 100231006

10 8 100231008

12 4 100231204

12 5 100231205

12 6 100231206

12 8 100231208

12 10 100231210

14 6 100231406

14 8 100231408

14 10 100231410

14 12 100231412

Expanding

4 6 100230406

6 8 100230608

Image O/D

Stem

Hose

bore

Series

5 5 100190505

6 5 100190605

6 6.3 100190606

8 6.3 100190806

8 8 100190808

10 10 100191010

12 10 100191210

12 12.5 100191212

259

Pneufit

Fixed elbow adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 101450418

4 R 1/4 101450428

5 R 1/8 101450518

5 R 1/4 101450528

6 R 1/8 101450618

6 R 1/4 101450628

8 R 1/8 101450818

8 R 1/4 101450828

8 R 3/8 101450838

8 R 1/2 101450848

10 R 1/8 101451018

10 R 1/4 101451028

10 R 3/8 101451038

10 R 1/2 101451048

12 R 1/4 101451228

12 R 3/8 101451238

12 R 1/2 101451248

Extended swivel elbow adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 101540418

4 R 1/4 101540428

6 R 1/8 101540618

6 R 1/4 101540628

8 R 1/8 101540818

8 R 1/4 101540828

8 R 3/8 101540838

10 R 3/8 101541038

45° swivel adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPP

Thread

Series

6 G 1/8 102570618

6 G 1/4 102570628

8 G 1/8 102570818

8 G 1/4 102570828

90° swivel elbow adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 101470418

4 R 1/4 101470428

5 R 1/8 101470518

5 R 1/4 101470528

6 R 1/8 101470618

6 R 1/4 101470628

6 R 3/8 101470638

8 R 1/8 101470818

8 R 1/4 101470828

8 R 3/8 101470838

8 R 1/2 101470848

10 R 1/8 101471018

10 R 1/4 101471028

10 R 3/8 101471038

10 R 1/2 101471048

12 R 1/4 101471228

12 R 3/8 101471238

12 R 1/2 101471248

14 R 3/8 101471438

14 R 1/2 101471448

90° swivel elbow adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP thread

Series

4 M3 102470403

4 M5 102470405

4 G 1/8 102470418

4 G 1/4 102470428

5 M5 102470505

5 G 1/8 102470518

5 G 1/4 102470528

6 M5 102470605

6 G 1/8 102470618

6 G 1/4 102470628

8 G 1/8 102470818

8 G 1/4 102470828

8 G 3/8 102470838

8 G 1/2 102470848

10 G 1/8 102471018

10 G 1/4 102471028

10 G 3/8 102471038

10 G 1/2 102471048

12 G 1/4 102471228

12 G 3/8 102471238

12 G 1/2 102471248

14 G 3/8 102471438

14 G 1/2 102471448

8

260

Pneufit

Equal elbow connector

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 100400400

5 100400500

6 100400600

8 100400800

10 100401000

12 100401200

14 100401400

Equal tee connector

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 100600400

5 100600500

6 100600600

8 100600800

10 100601000

12 100601200

14 100601400

Stem elbow connector

Image Equal O/D

tube

O/D

Stem

Series

4 4 100430400

6 6 100430600

8 8 100430800

Extended

O/D tube

O/D

Stem

Series

6 6 100440600

Bulkhead swivel elbow connector

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 100490400

6 100490600

8 100490800

10 100491000

12 100491200

14 100491400

Fixed tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 101650418

5 R 1/8 101650518

6 R 1/8 101650618

6 R 1/4 101650628

8 R 1/8 101650818

8 R 1/4 101650828

10 R 1/4 101651028

12 R 1/4 101651228

Swivel tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP thread

Series

4 M5 102670405

4 G 1/8 102670418

5 M5 102670505

5 G 1/8 102670518

5 G 1/4 102670528

6 M5 102670605

6 G 1/8 102670618

6 G 1/4 102670628

8 G 1/8 102670818

8 G 1/4 102670828

8 G 3/8 102670838

10 G 1/4 102671028

10 G 3/8 102671038

12 G 1/4 102671228

12 G 3/8 102671238

14 G 3/8 102671438

14 G 1/2 102671448

Swivel tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 101670418

4 R 1/4 101670428

5 R 1/8 101670518

6 R 1/8 101670618

6 R 1/4 101670628

8 R 1/8 101670818

8 R 1/4 101670828

8 R 3/8 101670838

10 R 1/4 101671028

10 R 3/8 101671038

10 R 1/2 101671048

12 R 1/4 101671228

12 R 3/8 101671238

12 R 1/2 101671248

14 R 3/8 101671438

14 R 1/2 101671448

261

Pneufit

Fixed side tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

6 R 1/8 101750618

8 R 1/8 101750818

8 R 1/4 101750828

Image Equal O/D

tube

O/D

Tube

Series

4 4 100820400

6 6 100820600

8 8 100820800

10 10 100821000

4 way cross connector

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 100900400

6 100900600

8 100900800

10 100901000

Swivel side tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP thread

Series

4 M5 102680405

4 G 1/8 102680418

6 G 1/8 102680618

6 G 1/4 102680628

8 G 1/8 102680818

8 G 1/4 102680828

8 G 3/8 102680838

10 G 1/4 102681028

10 G 3/8 102681038

12 G 1/4 102681228

12 G 3/8 102681238

14 G 3/8 102681438

14 G 1/2 102681448

Parallel Y adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 101880418

6 R 1/8 101880618

6 R 1/4 101880628

8 R 1/8 101880818

8 R 1/4 101880828

10 R 3/8 101881038

10 R 1/2 101881048

Swivel side tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 101680418

4 R 1/4 101680428

5 R 1/8 101680518

6 R 1/8 101680618

6 R 1/4 101680628

8 R 1/8 101680818

8 R 1/4 101680828

8 R 3/8 101680838

10 R 1/4 101681028

10 R 3/8 101681038

12 R 1/4 101681228

12 R 3/8 101681238

12 R 1/2 101681248

14 R 3/8 101681438

14 R 1/2 101681448

Parallel Y connector

Image Unequal

O/D tube

O/D

Tube

Series

6 4 100820604

8 6 100820806

10 8 100821008

Parallel Y connector

8

Pneufit

262

Manifolds

Additional items within the Pneufit range

Banjos

Elbow banjo assembly non

regulating bolt

Elbow banjo assembly

regulating out

Tee banjo assembly

non regulating bolt

Manifold Manifold union

Elbow banjo assembly

regulating out

Elbow banjo assembly

regulating out

Elbow banjo body Tee banjo body Banjo bolt

Non regulating single

stacking

Regulating out banjo bolts

Single stacking

(screwdriver adjustable)

Banjo bolt

Non-regulating single stacking

with top port (BSP parallel)

Banjo bolt

Non regulating double stacking

Banjo bolt

Non regulating triple stacking

263

Conventional Energies

The global demand for electrical energy is growing, and the safe operation of existing and new power stations is critical.

Buschjost is responding to this shift by developing a wide variety of products for fossil and nuclear power plants ranging from dust

filter cleaning, water supply & drainage, flue gas scrubbers, generator cooling systems, steam applications to applications in the

nuclear reactor.

1 Pressure actuated valves for applications ranging from water supply through flue gas scrubbers to steam control

2 Low pressure valve for the gas supply in coal-fired power stations

3 Piston valves for steam generation or in bypass circuits of the steam turbines

1 2 3

Powerful

8

Pneufit C & M

264

Pneufit C and M composite fittingsMetric Ø 3 to 16 mm O/D tube

DescriptionMedium: compressed air

Operating pressure: 750 mm Hg vacuum, up to 10 bar

Ambient temperature: 0 to 60 °C*

Tube sizes: Standard sizes: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 mm

Miniature sizes: 3, 4, and 6 mm

Thread sizes: Standard sizes: M5, M6, 1/8", 1/4", 3/8"

and 1/2" ISO G and ISO Rc

Miniature sizes: M3, M5 and 1/8" ISO Rc

Tubing: Nylon 11 or 12

polyurethane 85, 95 or 98 durometer

* Consult our Technical Services for use below +2 °C

MaterialBody: PBT

Seals: NBR (silicone free) u-packing and O-rings

Threaded bodies: nickel plated brass

Release sleeve and backing ring: POM

Grab-ring: stainless steel

Collar: nickel plated brass

Thread sealant: threebond 2350B

Features- Norgren Pneufit® C and M fittings are ready to use, offering fast assembly

with no need for tools and providing optimum flow

- Pneufit® C offers a broad range of over 1,000 composite push-in pneumatic

fittings to complement our established all brass Pneufit® series

- Releasable stainless-steel grab-ring to grip nylon or polyurethane tube

(85 or 95 durometer)

- Nickel plated brass components provide corrosion and contamination

resistance and an extended life

- Pre applied thread sealant on all taper threads and recessed captive O-ring

on parallel threads provides optimum rapid sealing

- Internal and external hexagons on straight fittings

- Immediate quality sealing using silicone free U-packing

- Mounting holes on all union fittings

- Also introducing Miniature Pneufit® M, an ultra compact alternative where

space is at a premium

Always ensure tubing is cut at 90 degrees, pushed as far as possible in the

fitting

Body

Release button

Grab ring

O-ring

Thread

Pre applied thread sealant

(tapered threads)

O-ring

90° swivel elbow adaptorTypical part number: C01470628

www.norgren.com/fc/en264

Pneufit C & M

265

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 C00200400

6 C00200600

8 C00200800

10 C00201000

12 C00201200

16 C00201600

Straight union

Straight union (unequal)

Image O/D

Tube

O/D

Tube

Series

6 4 C00200604

8 6 C00200806

10 8 C00201008

12 10 C00201210

16 12 C00201612

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 C01250418

4 R 1/4 C01250428

4 R 3/8 C01250438

6 R 1/8 C01250618

6 R 1/4 C01250628

6 R 3/8 C01250638

6 R 1/2 C01250648

8 R 1/8 C01250818

8 R 1/4 C01250828

8 R 3/8 C01250838

8 R 1/2 C01250848

10 R 1/8 C01251018

10 R 1/4 C01251028

10 R 3/8 C01251038

10 R 1/2 C01251048

12 R 1/8 C01251218

12 R 1/4 C01251228

12 R 3/8 C01251238

12 R 1/2 C01251248

16 R 3/8 C01251638

16 R 1/2 C01251648

Straight adaptor (external + internal hex)

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP thread

Series

4 M5 C02250405

4 M6 C02250406

4 G 1/8 C02250418

4 G 1/4 C02250428

4 G 3/8 C02250438

6 M5 C02250605

6 M6 C02250606

6 G 1/8 C02250618

6 G 1/4 C02250628

6 G 3/8 C02250638

8 G 1/8 C02250818

8 G 1/4 C02250828

8 G 3/8 C02250838

8 G 1/2 C02250848

10 G 1/8 C02251018

10 G 1/4 C02251028

10 G 3/8 C02251038

10 G 1/2 C02251048

12 G 1/4 C02251228

12 G 3/8 C02251238

12 G 1/2 C02251248

16 G 3/8 C02251638

16 G 1/2 C02251648

Straight adaptor (external + internal hex)

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPT thread

Series

4 M5 C022A0405

4 M6 C022A0406

4 R 1/8 C012A0418

4 R 1/4 C012A0428

4 R 3/8 C012A0438

6 M5 C022A0605

6 M6 C022A0606

6 R 1/8 C012A0618

6 R 1/4 C012A0628

6 R 3/8 C012A0638

8 R 1/8 C012A0818

8 R 1/4 C012A0828

8 R 3/8 C012A0838

8 R 1/2 C012A0848

10 R 1/8 C012A1018

10 R 1/4 C012A1028

10 R 3/8 C012A1038

10 R 1/2 C012A1048

12 R 1/8 C012A1218

12 R 1/4 C012A1228

12 R 3/8 C012A1238

12 R 1/2 C012A1248

Straight adaptor (internal hex only)

8

Pneufit C & M

266

Image O/D

Tube

Female

BSPP

Series

4 M5 C02260405

4 G 1/8 C02260418

4 G 1/4 C02260428

4 G 3/8 C02260438

6 G 1/8 C02260618

6 G 1/4 C02260628

6 G 3/8 C02260638

8 G 1/8 C02260818

8 G 1/4 C02260828

8 G 3/8 C02260838

8 G 1/2 C02260848

10 G 1/8 C02261018

10 G 1/4 C02261028

10 G 3/8 C02261038

10 G 1/2 C02261048

12 G 1/4 C02261228

12 G 3/8 C02261238

12 G 1/2 C02261248

Female adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPP

Thread

Series

4 G 1/8 C02320418

4 G 1/4 C02320428

4 G 3/8 C02320438

6 G 1/8 C02320618

6 G 1/4 C02320628

6 G 3/8 C02320638

8 G 1/8 C02320818

8 G 1/4 C02320828

8 G 3/8 C02320838

10 G 1/4 C02321028

10 G 3/8 C02321038

10 G 1/2 C02321048

12 G 1/4 C02321228

12 G 3/8 C02321238

12 G 1/2 C02321248

Straight adaptor (female bulkhead)

Image O/D

Stem

O/D

Tube

Series

6 4 C00230604

8 4 C00230804

8 6 C00230806

10 6 C00231006

10 8 C00231008

12 6 C00231206

12 8 C00231208

12 10 C00231210

16 12 C00231612

Stem reducer

Image O/D

Tube

O/D

Stem

Series

6 4 C00230406

8 6 C00230608

Stem expander (stem/tube)

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 C00290400

6 C00290600

8 C00290800

10 C00291000

12 C00291200

Bulkhead union

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 C00040400

6 C00040600

8 C00040800

10 C00041000

12 C00041200

16 C00041600

Plug

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 C00120400

6 C00120600

8 C00120800

10 C00121000

12 C00121200

16 C00121600

Cap (female plug)

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 C00400400

6 C00400600

8 C00400800

10 C00401000

12 C00401200

16 C00401600

Union elbow

Pneufit C & M

267

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 C01470418

4 R 1/4 C01470428

4 R 3/8 C01470438

6 R 1/8 C01470618

6 R 1/4 C01470628

6 R 3/8 C01470638

6 R 1/2 C01470648

8 R 1/8 C01470818

8 R 1/4 C01470828

8 R 3/8 C01470838

8 R 1/2 C01470848

10 R 1/8 C01471018

10 R 1/4 C01471028

10 R 3/8 C01471038

10 R 1/2 C01471048

12 R 1/8 C01471218

12 R 1/4 C01471228

12 R 3/8 C01471238

12 R 1/2 C01471248

16 R 3/8 C01471638

16 R 1/2 C01471648

90° Swivel elbow adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP Thread

Series

4 M5 C02470405

4 M6 C02470406

4 G 1/8 C02470418

4 G 1/4 C02470428

4 G 3/8 C02470438

6 M5 C02470605

6 M6 C02470606

6 G 1/8 C02470618

6 G 1/4 C02470628

6 G 3/8 C02470638

8 G 1/8 C02470818

8 G 1/4 C02470828

8 G 3/8 C02470838

8 G 1/2 C02470848

10 G 1/8 C02471018

10 G 1/4 C02471028

10 G 3/8 C02471038

10 G 1/2 C02471048

12 G 1/4 C02471228

12 G 3/8 C02471238

12 G 1/2 C02471248

16 G 3/8 C02471638

16 G 1/2 C02471648

90° Swivel elbow adaptor

90° Swivel elbow adaptor (extended)

Image O/D

Tube

O/D

Stem

Series

4 4 C00430400

6 6 C00430600

8 8 C00430800

10 10 C00431000

12 12 C00431200

16 16 C00431600

Stem elbow

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPT Thread

Series

4 M5 C02540405

4 M6 C02540406

4 R 1/8 C01540418

4 R 1/4 C01540428

4 R 3/8 C01540438

6 M5 C02540605

6 M6 C02540606

6 R 1/8 C01540618

6 R 1/4 C01540628

6 R 3/8 C01540638

6 R 1/2 C01540648

8 R 1/8 C01540818

8 R 1/4 C01540828

8 R 3/8 C01540838

8 R 1/2 C01540848

10 R 1/8 C01541018

10 R 1/4 C01541028

10 R 3/8 C01541038

10 R 1/2 C01541048

12 R 1/8 C01541218

12 R 1/4 C01541228

12 R 3/8 C01541238

12 R 1/2 C01541248

16 R 3/8 C01541638

16 R 1/2 C01541648

90° Swivel elbow adaptor (female)

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPT Thread

Series

4 M5 C02480405

4 M6 C02480406

4 R 1/8 C01480418

4 R 1/4 C01480428

6 M5 C02480605

6 M6 C02480606

6 R 1/8 C01480618

6 R 1/4 C01480628

6 R 3/8 C01480638

8 R 1/8 C01480818

8 R 1/4 C01480828

8 R 3/8 C01480838

10 R 1/4 C01481028

10 R 3/8 C01481038

10 R 1/2 C01481048

12 R 1/4 C01481228

12 R 3/8 C01481238

12 R 1/2 C01481248

8

Pneufit C & M

268

Swivel tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP Thread

Series

4 M5 C02670405

4 M6 C02670406

4 G 1/8 C02670418

4 G 1/4 C02670428

4 G 3/8 C02670438

6 M5 C02670605

6 M6 C02670606

6 G 1/8 C02670618

6 G 1/4 C02670628

6 G 3/8 C02670638

6 G 1/2 C02670648

8 G 1/8 C02670818

8 G 1/4 C02670828

8 G 3/8 C02670838

8 G 1/2 C02670848

10 G 1/8 C02671018

10 G 1/4 C02671028

10 G 3/8 C02671038

10 G 1/2 C02671048

12 G 1/4 C02671228

12 G 3/8 C02671238

12 G 1/2 C02671248

16 G 3/8 C02671638

16 G 1/2 C02671648

Swivel tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 C01670418

4 R 1/4 C01670428

4 R 3/8 C01670438

6 R 1/8 C01670618

6 R 1/4 C01670628

6 R 3/8 C01670638

6 R 1/2 C01670648

8 R 1/8 C01670818

8 R 1/4 C01670828

8 R 3/8 C01670838

8 R 1/2 C01670848

10 R 1/8 C01671018

10 R 1/4 C01671028

10 R 3/8 C01671038

10 R 1/2 C01671048

12 R 1/8 C01671218

12 R 1/4 C01671228

12 R 3/8 C01671238

12 R 1/2 C01671248

16 R 3/8 C01671638

16 R 1/2 C01671648

Swivel side tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 C01680418

4 R 1/4 C01680428

4 R 3/8 C01680438

6 R 1/8 C01680618

6 R 1/4 C01680628

6 R 3/8 C01680638

6 R 1/2 C01680648

8 R 1/8 C01680818

8 R 1/4 C01680828

8 R 3/8 C01680838

8 R 1/2 C01680848

10 R 1/8 C01681018

10 R 1/4 C01681028

10 R 3/8 C01681038

10 R 1/2 C01681048

12 R 1/8 C01681218

12 R 1/4 C01681228

12 R 3/8 C01681238

12 R 1/2 C01681248

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 C00600400

6 C00600600

8 C00600800

10 C00601000

12 C00601200

16 C00601600

Union tee

Image O/D

Tube

Union tee

(unequal)

Series

6 4 C006A0604

8 6 C006A0806

10 6 C006A1006

10 8 C006A1008

12 8 C006A1208

12 10 C006A1210

16 10 C006A1610

16 12 C006A1612

Union tee (unequal)

Pneufit C & M

269

Swivel side tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP Thread

Series

4 M5 C02680405

4 M6 C02680406

4 G 1/8 C02680418

4 G 1/4 C02680428

4 G 3/8 C02680438

6 M5 C02680605

6 M6 C02680606

6 G 1/8 C02680618

6 G 1/4 C02680628

6 G 3/8 C02680638

8 G 1/8 C02680818

8 G 1/4 C02680828

8 G 3/8 C02680838

8 G 1/2 C02680848

10 G 1/8 C02681018

10 G 1/4 C02681028

10 G 3/8 C02681038

10 G 1/2 C02681048

12 G 1/4 C02681228

12 G 3/8 C02681238

12 G 1/2 C02681248

Swivel tee adaptor (female)

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPP Thread

Series

4 M5 C026C0405

4 M6 C026C0406

4 R 1/8 C016C0418

4 R 1/4 C016C0428

6 M5 C026C0605

6 M6 C026C0606

6 R 1/8 C016C0618

6 R 1/4 C016C0628

6 R 3/8 C016C0638

8 R 1/8 C016C0818

8 R 1/4 C016C0828

8 R 3/8 C016C0838

8 R 1/2 C016C0848

10 R 1/8 C016C1018

10 R 1/4 C016C1028

10 R 3/8 C016C1038

10 R 1/2 C016C1048

12 R 1/4 C016C1228

12 R 3/8 C016C1238

12 R 1/2 C016C1248

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 C00820400

6 C00820600

8 C00820800

10 C00821000

12 C00821200

Union Y (equal)

Image O/D

Tube

O/D

Tube

Series

4 6 C00820604

6 8 C00820806

8 10 C00821008

10 12 C00821210

Union Y (equal)

Swivel Y adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 R 1/8 C01880418

4 R 1/4 C01880428

4 R 3/8 C01880438

6 R 1/8 C01880618

6 R 1/4 C01880628

6 R 3/8 C01880638

6 R 1/2 C01880648

8 R 1/8 C01880818

8 R 1/4 C01880828

8 R 3/8 C01880838

8 R 1/2 C01880848

10 R 1/8 C01881018

10 R 1/4 C01881028

10 R 3/8 C01881038

10 R 1/2 C01881048

12 R 1/8 C01881218

12 R 1/4 C01881228

12 R 3/8 C01881238

12 R 1/2 C01881248

Swivel Y adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

BSPT

Thread

Series

4 M5 C02880405

4 M6 C02880406

4 G 1/8 C02880418

4 G 1/4 C02880428

4 G 3/8 C02880438

6 M5 C02880605

6 M6 C02880606

6 G 1/8 C02880618

6 G 1/4 C02880628

6 G 3/8 C02880638

6 G 1/2 C02880648

8 G 1/8 C02880818

8 G 1/4 C02880828

8 G 3/8 C02880838

8 G 1/2 C02880848

10 G 1/8 C02881018

10 G 1/4 C02881028

10 G 3/8 C02881038

10 G 1/2 C02881048

12 G 1/4 C02881228

12 G 3/8 C02881238

12 G 1/2 C02881248

8

Pneufit C & M

270

Image O/D

Tube

Series

4 C00900400

6 C00900600

8 C00900800

10 C00901000

12 C00901200

Union cross

Image O/D

Tube

O/D

Tube

Series

4 3 M00200403

6 3 M00200603

6 4 M00200604

Straight union (unequal)

Image O/D

Tube

Series

3 M00200300

4 M00200400

6 M00200600

Straight union

Image O/D

Tube

Series

3 M00400300

4 M00400400

6 M00400600

Union elbow

Image O/D

Tube

Series

3 M00600300

4 M00600400

6 M00600600

Union tee

Straight adaptor (external hex + internal hex)

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPT Thread

Series

3 M3 M02250303

3 M5 M02250305

3 M6 M02250306

4 M3 M02250403

4 M5 M02250405

4 M6 M02250406

4 R 1/8 M01250418

6 M5 M02250605

6 M6 M02250606

6 R 1/8 M01250618

Straight adaptor (internal hex only)

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPT Thread

Series

3 M3 M022A0303

3 M5 M022A0305

3 M6 M022A0306

4 M3 M022A0403

4 M5 M022A0405

4 M6 M022A0406

4 R 1/8 M012A0418

6 M5 M022A0605

6 M6 M022A0606

6 R 1/8 M012A0618

Straight adaptor (female thread)

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPT Thread

Series

3 M3 M02260303

3 M5 M02260305

3 M6 M02260306

4 M3 M02260403

4 M5 M02260405

4 M6 M02260406

4 R 1/8 M01260418

6 M5 M02260605

6 M6 M02260606

6 R 1/8 M01260618

Pneufit C & M

271

90° Swivel elbow adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPT Thread

Series

3 M3 M02470303

3 M5 M02470305

3 M6 M02470306

4 M3 M02470403

4 M5 M02470405

4 M6 M02470406

4 R 1/8 M01470418

6 M5 M02470605

6 M6 M02470606

6 R 1/8 M01470618

Swivel side tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPT Thread

Series

3 M3 M02680303

3 M5 M02680305

3 M6 M02680306

4 M3 M02680403

4 M5 M02680405

4 M6 M02680406

4 R 1/8 M01680418

6 M5 M02680605

6 M6 M02680606

6 R 1/8 M01680618

Swivel tee adaptor

Image O/D

Tube

Metric &

BSPT Thread

Series

3 M3 M02670303

3 M5 M02670305

3 M6 M02670306

4 M3 M02670403

4 M5 M02670405

4 M6 M02670406

4 R 1/8 M01670418

6 M5 M02670605

6 M6 M02670606

6 R 1/8 M01670618

8

Pneufit C & M

272

Manual valves

Additional items within the Pneufit C range

Stems

Stem union (unequal)

Hand valve thread to tube

In-line flow control Hand valve tube to threadHand valve tube to tube Hand valve thread to thread

Stem union Stem side tee (equal) / (unequal)Stem tee (equal) / (unequal)

Stem Y (unequal)Stem Y (equal) Stem manifold

Pneufit C & M

273

Manifolds

Manifold union Manifold

Banjos

Banjo Banjo with top port Banjo flow control (out) Banjo flow control (out)

Banjo flow control (in) Banjo flow control (in) Shrouded banjo Shrouded banjo

8

Fittings and Accessories

Fittings - Additional Ranges

Pneufit D Push-in Tube Fittings» Broad range of over 600 plastic fittings to complement

Pneufit Metal, and Pneufit C & M

» Manufactured from FDA approved acetal material, NSF 51 & 61,

WRAS and SKZert certified for use with water and food.

» Ready to use, offering fast assembly with no need for tools

» Releasable stainless steel grab-ring to grip nylon or

polyurethane tube

» Appropriate for inert gas and industrial air applications

» Suited for use in medical and analytical equipment for

non-agressive liquids and gases

Cartridge push-in fittings» Available in the Pneufit and Pneufit D ranges

» Allows compact product design

» Fitting becomes integral part of component, easing assembly

» Suitable for use with both plastic and metal components

Stainless Steel Compression Fittings» Available on request

» Double ferrule design

» 316 Stainless Steel

» Suitable for high pressure and high temperature applications

in aggressive environments

82 Series Brass - External Nut» For use in areas of vibration

» Pre-assembled units, can be remade

» No special assembly tools or heat required

» Thinner tube can be used

» Will cope with some tube misalignment

S0 Series Stainless Steel Push-in Tube Fittings» Resistant to aggressive environments

» Food grade

» Very compact design

» Allow easy leak free installation

» Easy tube insertion and removal

» ‘O’ Ring sealing on parallel threads

» Full bore, no flow restrictions

274

275

Fittings and Accessories

Accessories

Sintered bronze silencers, T40 series» Reduce the noise levels of pneumatic equipment

» Compact and efficient

» Screw directly into the exhaust port

» Prevent the ingress of dirt

Tubing & hoses» Available in a variety of different types to suit a wide range

of applications.

» All tubing can be used with specific ranges of tube fittings

shown in this catalogue

» Nylon and polyurethane tube available in a range of colours

for ease of identification

Pressure drop indicators» Give visual indication of level of pressure drop across units

» Provide indication of condition of filter elements

» Domed lens gives wide angle of visibility

» Enable pressure drop in various parts of the system to be

monitored

Pressure indicators» Indicate the presence or absence of a pneumatic signal

» Wide angle of visibility

» Contrasting colour combinations for positive identification

M/S & T45 Porous plastic silencers» Reduce the noise levels of pneumatic equipment

» Compact, efficient and lightweight

» Screw directly into the exhaust port

» Prevent the ingress of dirt

8

Technical Information

276

Solenoid Valve BasicsSwitching Functions & Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280

Number of Ways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281

Direct Acting Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282

Solenoid Valves without Differential Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . .282

Solenoid Valves with Differential Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283

Media Separated Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283

Proportional Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284

Motorised Proportional Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285

Motorised Proportional Valve Characteristic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286

Seat Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286

Zero Delta P Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287

Operating Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287

Explosion Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288

Response Time & Cycling Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288

Manual Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289

Protection Class (IP Protection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289

Valve Selection Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290

Materials - Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290

Materials - Polymers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291

Materials - Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291

Click-on® Solenoid ValvesClick-on® - Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292

Click-on® - Diaphragm Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292

Click-on® - Piston Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292

Pressure Actuated ValvesPressure Actuated Valves – Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . .293

Pressure Actuated Valves – Conversion from NC to NO . . . . . .293

Electric Position Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

Stroke Limiting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

NAMUR Adapter Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295

Pressure, Flow and MediaPressure Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296

Vacuum and Buschjost Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296

Calculating Flow Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297

Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297

pH-Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298

Ammonia & Buschjost Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298

Steam, Hot Water & Buschjost Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299

Liquefied Gas & Buschjost Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299

Oxygen & Buschjost Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300

Dust Collector CleaningDust Collector Valves and Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301

Facts about Buschjost Dust Collectors Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . .302

Dust Collector Valves & Blow Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302

Differential Pressure Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303

Pressure Build-up Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303

Air Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304

Timer Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304

Pneumatic Valve Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305

Humidity and Frost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305

Commercial VehiclesValves in Commercial Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

Heating Circuits In Commercial Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

Buschjost TechnologiesBuschjost Part Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308

Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308

Buschjost Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

Buschjost Solenoids - Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

Latching Buschjost Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

Timer Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

EMC Electromagnetic Compability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

Flange Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

Available Strainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312

Position Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312

Servo Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313

Valve Seat Tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313

Valve Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314

EC Type examined Valves to DVGW requirements . . . . . . . . . .314

Test Certificates to DIN 50 049 / EN 10 204 . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

Quality and Environmental Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

Pressure Equipment DirectivePressure Equipment Directive (PED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316

Safety InstructionsSafety Instructions for all Norgren and FAS series . . . . . . . . . .318

ATEX and Buschjost ValvesATEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319

Technical Information

277

Solenoid Valves without Differential Pressure

* DVGW EN 161 and EN 162 approval, ** 3.1 test certificate

Solenoid Valves with Differential Pressure

Pressure

bar

Connection Temperature

Bra

ss

Sta

inle

ss

stee

l

Gre

y ca

st

iron

PV

DF

Ca

st s

teel

Gu

n m

eta

l

Alu

min

ium

PP

S

PA PP

O G

F30

Hot water / steam

0 - 10 Subbase +30 °C Microsol Microsol

0.1 - 10 G 1/4 - G 1 +150 °C 82470 82470 max. 150 °C

0.1 - 16 G 1/4 - G 2 +90 °C 82400 82730 82400 option 14 max. 110 °C

0.3 - 10.5 G 1/2 - G 3/4 +50 °C 84070

NPT 1/2 - NPT 3/4 +50 °C 84080

0.5 - 10 DN 65 - DN 150 +90 °C 83580

0.5 - 16 DN 15 - DN 100 +90 °C 84320

0.5 - 40 G 1/4 - G 2 +90 °C 85300 85300 option 14 max. 130 °C

DN 15 - DN 100 +90 °C 84340 84340 option 14 max. 110 °C

1.0 - 16 DN 20 - DN 50 +80 °C 83050 83050 option 14 max. 110 °C

1.0 - 25 G 1/4 - G 1 +200 °C 85320 85320 max. 200 °C

Pressure

bar

Connection Temperature

Bra

ss

Sta

inle

ss

stee

l

Gre

y ca

st

iron

PV

DF

Ca

st s

teel

Gu

n m

eta

l

Alu

min

ium

PP

S

PA PP

O G

F30

Hot water / steam

0 - 1.5 G 1/2 - G 2 +90 °C 82660 82670

0 - 7 G 1/4 - G 3/8 +110 °C 82080 82080 max. 110 °C

0 - 8 Subbase / Cartridge +50 °C Chipsol

Subbase +30 °C Picosol

G 1/4 - G 1 +60 °C 82370 *

0 - 10 Subbase +30 °C Microsol Microsol

G 1/4 - G 1 +150 °C 84360 84360 max. 150 °C

G 1/4 - G 1/2 +90 °C 82530 82560 82530 option 51 max. 150 °C

0 - 14 G 1/4 +80 °C 95000

0 - 16 DN 15 - DN 50 +110 °C 85140 85140 max. 110 °C

DN 15 - DN 50 +200 °C 85120 85220 85120 max. 200 °C

DN 15 - DN 50 +90 °C 85100 85100 option 14 max. 110 °C

DN 15 - DN 50 +90 °C 83340 83340 option 14 max. 110 °C

DN 65 - DN 100 +110 °C 84140 84140 max. 110 °C

DN 65 - DN 100 +150 °C 84120 84220 84120 max. 150 °C

DN 65 - DN 100 +90 °C 84100 84100 option 14 max. 110 °C

G 1/4 - G 2 +200 °C 85720 85720 max. 200 °C

G 1/4 - G 2 +90 °C 82540 82590 82540 option 14 max. 110 °C

0 - 23 G 1/8 - G 1/4 +80 °C Bacosol

0 - 25 DN 15 - DN 50 +90 °C 85240 85200 85240 option 14 max. 110 °C

DN 15 - DN 50 +90 °C 85640 85640 option 14 max. 110 °C **

DN 65 - DN 100 +90 °C 84240 84200 84240 option 14 max. 110 °C

G 1/4 - G 2 +90 °C 85700 85740 85700 option 14 max. 110 °C

G 3/8 - G 1 +90 °C 85040 85040 option 14 max. 110 °C

0 - 40 G 1/8 - G 3/8 +90 °C 82510 82610 on request

0 - 50 G 1/8 - G 1/4 +120 °C 95100 95100 max. 120 °C

0.5 - 15 Subbase +50 °C Intersol

Technical Information

278

Pressure Actuated Valves

Pilot valves for pressure actuated valves

Pressure

bar

Connection Temperature

Bra

ss

Sta

inle

ss

stee

l

Gre

y ca

st

iron

PV

DF

Ca

st s

teel

Gu

n m

eta

l

Alu

min

ium

PP

S

PA PP

O G

F30

Hot water / steam

-0.9 - 6 G 1/4 - G 1/2 +90 °C 82710 82710 option 14 max. 110 °C

0 - 10 DN 15 - DN 150 +80 °C 83380 on request

DN 32 - DN 50 +180 °C 84880 84880 option 60 max. 200 °C

DN 32 - DN 50 +180 °C 84890 84890 option 60 max. 200 °C

G 1/2 - G 2 +60 °C 82580 *

G 1/2 - G 2 +80 °C 83350 on request

0 - 12 G 1/8 +120 °C 96100 96100 max. 120 °C

0 - 16 DN 15 - DN 100 +180 °C 83200 83200 option 95 max. 300 °C

DN 15 - DN 100 +180 °C 83240 83240 max. 180 °C

DN 15 - DN 25 +180 °C 84760 84760 max. 180 °C

DN 15 - DN 25 +180 °C 84770 84770 max. 180 °C

DN 15 - DN 50 +180 °C 84540 84540 max. 180 °C

DN 15 - DN 50 +180 °C 84550 84550 max. 180 °C

DN 15 - DN 50 +180 °C 84580 84580 option 60 max. 200 °C

DN 15 - DN 50 +180 °C 84590 84590 option 60 max. 200 °C

G 1 1/4 - G 2 +180 °C 82280 82480 82280 option 59 max. 200 °C

G 1/2 - G 1 +180 °C 84720 84740 84720 max. 180 °C

G 1/2 - G 2 +180 °C 82180 82380 82180 option 59 max. 200 °C

G 1/2 - G 3 +180 °C 84500 84520 84500 max. 180 °C

G 1/2 - G 2 +180 °C 83250 83250 max. 180 °C

0 - 18 G 1/4 +80 °C 96000

0 - 25 G 1/8 - G 1/2 +110 °C 84180 84190 on request

DN 15 - DN 25 +140 °C 83860 *

0.2 - 16 G 1/4 - G 2 +90 °C 82160

1.0 - 10 DN 1.6 +60 °C 84660

DN 3.0 +60 °C 84680

2 - 8 G 1/4 +120 °C 97100

* DVGW EN 161 approval

* NAMUR

Pressure

bar

Connection Temperature

Bra

ss

Sta

inle

ss

stee

l

Gre

y ca

st

iron

PV

DF

Ca

st s

teel

Gu

n m

eta

l

Alu

min

ium

PP

S

PA PP

O G

F30

Hot water / steam

0 - 12 G 1/8 +120 °C 96100

0 - 18 G 1/4 +80 °C 96000

1.0 - 10 DN 1.6 +60 °C 84660

DN 3.0 +60 °C 84680

2 - 8 G 1/4 +50 °C 97100*

Technical Information

279

Valves and Systems for Dust Filters

Pressure

bar

Connection Temperature

Bra

ss

Sta

inle

ss

stee

l

Gre

y ca

st

iron

PV

DF

Ca

st s

teel

Gu

n m

eta

l

Alu

min

ium

PP

S

PA PP

O G

F30

Hot water / steam

0.4 - 8 G 3/4 - G 2 1/2 +85 °C 82900

G 3/4 - G 2 1/2 +85 °C 82960

DN 25 and DN 40 +85 °C 83920

DN 25 and DN 40 +85 °C 83930

G 1 and G 1 1/2 +85 °C 83300

G 1 and G 1 1/2 +85 °C 83320

Proportional Valves

Pressure

(bar)

Connection Temperature

Bra

ss

Sta

inle

ss

stee

l

Gre

y ca

st

iron

PV

DF

Ca

st s

teel

Gu

n m

eta

l

Alu

min

ium

PP

S

PA PP

O G

F30

Hot water / steam

0 - 12 Flange / Cartridge +50 °C Flatprop Flatprop

-0.9 - 10 G 1/2 - G 1 +90 °C 82880 on request

Switching Functions & Symbols

Most solenoid valves operate on a digital principle. They therefore

possess two distinct states, which are (1) - when the coil is

activated by an electrical current, and (2) - when the valve is resting

(without electricity). Valve functions are defined from the resting

position.

The direct acting or pilot operated solenoid valves may have two

functions:

Normally closed (NC)

A solenoid valve is normally closed (abbreviated - NC) if there is no

flow across the valve in its resting position (with no current on the

solenoid contacts).

Symbol

Please note that in the case of 3-way solenoid valves, port A is

open to port R which, for example, enables the valve’s single-action

cylinder to be exhausted to atmosphere.

Normally open (NO)

A solenoid valve is said to be“normally open” (abbreviated NO)

when it enables fluid to pass in its resting position (with no current

on the solenoid contacts).

Symbol

A specific choice of entry ports can change a valve’s function.

However, since balanced-force calculations take rebound effects,

coil effects and the effects of pressure exerted on the seal into

account, the performance of an NC valve fitted in an NO position

would be reduced. In this configuration it would be better to choose

a universal solenoid valve.

Latching or Bi-stable

We manufacture solenoid valves designed for applications where

reduced energy consumption is the determining factor. For these

applications a short electrical impulse enables the solenoid valve

to be opened or closed, and thanks to the residual effects of a

permanent magnet this is sufficient for maintaining the valve in a

particular working position with no electrical energy consumption.

A short impulse of inverted polarity ensures the valve’s return to its

previous position. Electrical power consumption and heating are

almost negligible.

P

A

P

A

P

R

A

P

R

A

R

P

A

R

P

A

P

A

P

A

a

P

Ab

a b

Solenoid Valve Basics

280

Example of 2/2-way normally closed solenoid valve

Example of 3/2-way normally closed solenoid valve

Example of 3/2-way normally open solenoid valve

Example of 2/2-way normally open solenoid valve

a

P

Ab

a b

Solenoid Valve Basics

281

Number of Ways

2 Ways ( 2/2-Valves )

The solenoid valves have two ports (one inlet, one outlet) and only

one orifice (seat) allowing fluid control.

a. 1 port inlet fluid P

1 port outlet fluid A

3 Ways

These solenoid valves have three ports (one inlet, one outlet and

one exhaust) and two orifices (seats) allowing fluid control.

a. 1 port inlet fluid P

1 port outlet fluid A

1 port exhaust fluid R

Typical application: to operate a single acting cylinder

b. 1 port inlet fluid P

2 port outlet fluid A1, A2

Typical application: to select or divert flow

c. 2 port inlet fluid P1, P2

1 port outlet fluid A

Typical application: to mix two fluids

P

A

P

A

Example of solenoid valve de-energized to stop or energized

to allow a flow of pressurized fluid

P

R

A

P

R

A

A2

A1

P

A2

A1

P

P2

P1

A

P2

P1

A

Example of solenoid valve operating a single acting cylinder

Example: “Selector” pneumatic connection where the pressure “P”

is directed either to outlet “A1” or outlet “A2”

Example: “Mixer” pneumatic connection where either pressure “P1”

or pressure “P2” are directed to outlet “A”

Solenoid Valves without Differential Pressure(direct acting or indirect acting with forced lifting)

The force produced by the solenoid plunger, which is mechanically

coupled to the main closure device, opens this type of valve.

The sequence starts with the solenoid opening the pilot seat.

This relieves the pressure on the main closure device, bringing it

into balance so the solenoid force can lift it into the open position.

When the pilot seat is closed, bleed orifices allow a force to build up

on the closure device that pushes it down into the closed position

on the valve seat.

These valves are preferred for use where the differential pressure is

very low or zero.

Direct Acting Solenoid Valves

This type of valve is actuated entirely by the solenoid force. The

plunger with a seal acting as the main closure device is forced

directly onto the valve seat by the fluid pressure and closing spring.

The valve is opened directly by the solenoid force only.

P

A

Valve closed

P

A

Valve open

P A

Valve closed

P A

Valve open

Solenoid Valve Basics

282

Note: You will find a video showing how our valves operate on our website:

www.buschjost.com

Note: You will find a video showing how our valves operate on our website:

www.buschjost.com

Solenoid Valves with Differential Pressure(servo assisted, pilot operated or indirect acting)

These valves operate on the servo assistance principle, which

requires a specified differential pressure for opening and closing.

The solenoid opens the pilot seat. This relieves the pressure on the

main closure device, which is raised into the open position by the

increasing effective force on its underside.

Closure of the pilot seat builds up a closing force on the main

closure device via bleed orifices. Provided the inlet pressure is at

least the required differential higher than the outlet pressure, the

valve remains securely closed.

PA

Valve closed

Media Separated Solenoid Valves

Media separated (MS) solenoid valves are specially designed for

transporting corrosive or ultra-pure fluids.

They are designed so that the valve’s membrane (violet) enables

the medium to be separated from the operating part of the valve

(orange) while maintaining a minimum dead (unswept) volume.

Both the membrane and the valve body are highly resistant to

chemical corrosion and can be easily opened for cleaning.

Solenoid Valve Basics

283

Note: You will find a video showing how our valves operate on our website:

www.buschjost.com

AP AP

PA

Valve open

An example of a separated membrane solenoid valve

Solenoid Valve Basics

284

Proportional Solenoid Valves

Introduction

The key to the operation of a proportional valve is a balance

established between the forces in action on the plunger.

These balanced forces include a mechanical force provided by a

spring specially developed for proportional valves and a magnetic

force created by the current level passing through the coil.

The spring force is proportionally opposed by the magnetic force.

1 Coil

2 Spring

3 Plunger

4 Magnetic field

FMagnet Magnetic force

FSpring Spring force

Power Supply

A common assumption is that proportional valves react proportionally

to the voltage supplied. However, in practice, the current passing

through the valve will heat the coil and eventually increase the

internal resistance. At constant voltage, increasing the resistance

will provoke a current drop and thus a drop of the magnetic force.

As a result, the valve will tend to slowly close.

To avoid this problem, one can use a stabilized current supply.

The current supply will be independent of the coil resistance.

The only draw-back is that such a device is more expensive than

a voltage supply.

Sealing

To ensure a positive shut-off when the valve is de-energized, there

is always a voltage/current offset before obtaining a flow (liftoff point).

Control

Usually, a closed control loop circuit and a pressure (or flow) sensor

are used with the power supply.

If high precision is not an issue, one can also use an open control

loop.

Essential Parametres

Our catalogue presents a series of standard proportional valves.

However, in order to guarantee the correct operation of our products

for a given application, it is essential to provide the following

parameters:

» Maximum pressure

» Minimum pressure

» Maximum flow

» Back-pressure range

» Fluid type

» Ambient temperature range

» Fluid temperature range

U [V]0

Q [l/min]

Offset1 2,0 3,0

10

20

30

Solenoid Valve Basics

285

Control discs

Motorised Proportional Valves

Production and process automation with electronic regulation and

control equipment requires interfaces between the electronic and

fluidic control loops.

The valve described below for regulating the flow rate of liquids and

gases represents such an interface. Motorised valves are used

wherever exact adjustment to the actual requirements is needed.

There is a choice of different designs to suit the application and

requisite accuracy.

A motorised proportional valve is a rotary valve, with two oxide

ceramic throttling disks that resist dirt and do not wear.

The maintenance-free electric actuator consists of a powerful,

reversible motor; with a choice of DC, synchronous and stepper

designs to suit different types of control systems.

The control disc is rotated by the output shaft of gearing that is free

from backlash to guarantee a reproducible control characteristic.

Two separate, floating microswitches detect the closed and fully

open limits of the valve. The low power consumption of between

1.5 and 5W means the electronic regulator can drive certain types

of motor directly.

Various motorised valve regulators and electronic components are

offered to complement the valve in solving control problems of

varying complexity, e.g. flow and temperature regulation kits, and

electronic control cards such as a servo amplifier and stepper

motor controller.

One of the two control discs opens two opposite triangular flow

apertures in the other disc continuously, over an angle of rotation

of 90°. The matching geometry of the pair of discs achieves a

virtually linear flow characteristic. The particular throttling cross-

section adopted is retained if the control voltage is switched off.

The overlap in the closed position provides a sufficiently tight seal

to prevent dripping.

Note: You will find a video showing how our valves operate on our website:

www.buschjost.com

Bottom

control disc

CLOSED

position with overlap

Top

control disc

OPEN

position

Start of opening

Motorised Proportional Valve Characteristic

The linear characteristic of the 82880 series of motorised valves is

a sound basis for control and regulation.

0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

38

56

60

64

68

72

20

24

28

32

36

40

44

48

52

4

8

12

16

0

20

24

28

32

36

40

44

48

4

8

12

16

56

60

64

68

72

52

kvs 4.4 kvs 3.4 kvs 1.1

kvs 4.4

kvs 3.4

kvs 1.1

Seat Valves

Buschjost solenoid valves have a seated design, with a diaphragm

or piston for tight flow shut-off. The axial movement of this closure

device opens and closes the valve seat.

The low leak rates we achieve are optimised by using the

appropriate combination of materials for each application.

An internal piston is moved axially into the position required by the

particular function.

This type of valve is available in materials suited for relatively high

pressure and temperature ranges.

A specially shaped diaphragm clamped between body and cover

is moved into the position dictated by the valve function. This

extremely effective design offers the ideal technology for use in

systems with neutral gases and liquids.

Solenoid Valve Basics

286

Characteristic

Fluid: water

Δp: 1 bar

Aperture angle (°)

Flow

rat

e Q

(l/

min

)

Piston seat valves

Diaphragm seat valves

Operating Voltage

We differ basically between DC and AC solenoids. As alternating

voltage is more frequently available, it would seem obvious to give

preference to the AC solenoids.

However, from a certain size the latter have definite disadvantages

in comparison to the DC solenoids in terms of lifetime and magnetic

force, so that DC solenoids with intermediate rectifiers are

preferred.

This voltage rectifier is integrated in the electrical connector or

within the solenoid.

The main advantage of the DC solenoid is its constant current

consumption, which leads to smooth switching and a coil that can

cope with mechanical obstructions.

Voltage surges (inductive peaks) can be avoided by connecting a

varistor, diode or RC-network in parallel.

The voltage tolerances permitted are ±10 %. If AC solenoids

designed for 50 Hz have to be used with 60 Hz, this entails a

reduction in performance. In such cases our technical services

should be consulted beforehand.

DC coils supplied via rectifiers can be operated between

40 and 60 Hz.

Solenoid Valve Basics

287

Zero Delta P Valves(diaphragm valves without differential pressure)

The Zero series is designed for reliable service in the vacuum and

low-pressure range, where the differential pressure available is

insufficient to allow the use of servo assisted solenoid valves.

It is also suited for higher pressure ranges up to 16 bar.

The pressure or vacuum level and presence of a pressure

differential are therefore no longer important considerations.

These combined advantages are the basis for the application

versatility of Zero Delta P Valves.

In the 0 to 16 bar pressure range the Zero series is available

with G 1/4 to G 2 connections.

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

P A

Response Time & Cycling Rate

The response time of a solenoid valve is the lapse of time

between the electrical signal and the outlet of a fluid signal.

The C.E.T.O.P. defines the test conditions as follows:

Test pressure: air at 6 kg/cm2

Ambient temperature: 20 °C

Response Time at Energising

Lapse of time between energizing of the solenoid until the outlet

pressure reaches 90 % of the maximum test pressure (see chart

for AC and DC).

Response Time at De-Energising

Lapse of time between de-energizing of the solenoid until the

pressure outlet drops to 10 % of the test pressure (see chart

for AC and DC).

Effect of Alternating Current on Response Time

The response time of a solenoid valve operating on alternating

current depends on the phase of the current at the time of the

electrical command. If the command is given at an unfavorable

moment, the system will be delayed for a fraction period, which

is generally unknown, until the available current is sufficient to

re-activate the solenoid valve. This lapse of time should be added

to the nominal response time of the solenoid valve.

Cycling Rate

The cycling rate of a solenoid valve depends directly on its response

time. It is the number of cycles per minute calculated for continuous

operations. The valve should not be reversed at less than 90 %,

or above 10 % of reference pressure. The cycling rates shown in

this catalogue are the maximum possible cycles per minute of the

solenoid valve. It varies when the valve is mounted in a circuit which

then depends on the installation pressure drop.

Solenoid Valve Basics

288

Explosion Protection

The goal of explosion protection is to prevent oxygen, flammable

substances and ignition sources arising simultaneously.

Electrical devices in hazardous areas are regarded as an ignition

source, and are therefore subject to special building and installation

regulations that have undergone international harmonisation.

The members of the "European Committee for Electrotechnical

Standardisation", or CENELEC for short, have devised European

standards that have been adopted as national standards in all

countries. The test certificates issued by the national bodies are

therefore recognised throughout the EU.

Hazardous areas are defined as areas in which local and service

conditions can give rise to a dangerous, explosive atmosphere.

The frequency of occurrence is used to subdivide the areas into

zones.

Electrical devices installed in these areas must be approved for the

relevant zones and marked as defined in EN 50014.

Example Ex me II T4

x II 2 G

EEx

Examples of devices with European certification

for hazardous areas.

Explosion protection techniques (e.g. "me")

Type of measures adopted to prevent ignition of the

ambient atmosphere

Gas groups (e.g. II)

Group I Methane

Group II Other explosive gases

Temperature classifications (e.g. T4)

Maximum permissible surface temperature on any part

of the electrical device.

Ignition temperature of the explosive atmosphere.

The organisation operating the installation is responsible for

determining the zone and use of approved apparatus therein.

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Protection Class (IP Protection)

Protection

The Ingress Protection (IP) code always consists of the letters IP

followed by two digits. It specifies the degree of protection to DIN

VDE 0470 (EN60529) provided by enclosures of electrical

apparatus.

The first digit applies to protection against electric shock hazard

and solid bodies, the second to protection against liquids. A letter

indicating protection against access to hazardous parts may follow

the last digit.

The individual protection codes are defined in the following table:

1st digit

Electric shock hazard protection and protection against solid bodies

0 No protection

1 Objects greater than 50 mm

2 Objects greater than 12 mm

3 Objects greater than 2.5 mm

4 Objects greater than 1.0 mm

5 Dust-protected

6 Dust-tight

2nd digit

Protection against liquids

0 No protection

1 Vertically dripping water

2 Angled dripping water

3 Sprayed water

4 Splashed water

5 Water jets

6 Heavy seas

7 Effects of immersion

8 Indefinite immersion

The exact definitions from which these generalised descriptions

are derived are to be found in DIN EN 60529.

Special regulations have to be followed when using solenoids

in hazardous areas.

Solenoid Valve Basics

289

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Manual Override

If the actuating supply fails, solenoid and pressure actuated valves

are brought into their normal position.

A manual override allows the valve to be opened or closed.

A wide variety of manual overrides are offered for most of our

valve designs.

P A

Materials - Seals

Material selection

Information about the concentration, temperature and the degree of

contamination of the fluid is important in making the right choice of

materials. Further criteria are the operating pressure and maximum

flow rate.

Besides extreme temperatures, pressures and flow rates must be

taken into consideration when choosing a material.

NBR Nitrile Butadiene Rubber

Standard flexible material for neutral fluids such as air, water, oil.

Good resistance to mechanical loads. Temperature range depending

on working conditions from -10 to +90 °C.

HNBR Hydrogenated Nitrile Rubber

Similar in many features to NBR. Particularly suitable for hot water

and steam. Temperature range depending on working conditions

from -20 to +150 °C.

EPDM Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer Rubber

Resistant to alkalis and acids of mid-range concentration, water, hot

water and steam. Not resistant to oils and greases. Temperature

range depending on working conditions from -20 to +130 °C.

FPM Fluorocarbon Rubber

A highly temperature and weatherproof elastomer. Suitable for

many acids, bases, fuels and oils (including synthetic). Not resistant

to steam. Temperature range depending on working conditions from

-10 to +180 °C.

CR Polychloroprene Rubber

Similar in many features to NBR. Particularly suitable for most

refrigerants. Temperature range depending on working conditions

from -20 to +90 °C.

PTFE Polytetrafluoroethene

A duroplastic, not a flexible material and therefore not suitable for

the conventional diaphragms (separating membranes are possible).

Resistance is almost universal in the temperature ranges from -20

to +200 °C.

Valve bodies and internal parts are also made of this material.

FFPM Perfluoride Elastomer

A flexible material with the same resistance as PTFE and excellent

sealing qualities. Temperature range depending on working

conditions from -30 to +200 °C.

TPE Thermoplastic elastomers

Very durable yet flexible over a wide temperature range. Resist oils,

grease, many solvents and weathering.

Solenoid Valve Basics

290

Valve Selection Criteria

The following factors are important in making the right commercial

and technical choice:

- Valve actuation

· solenoid

· pressure

· proportional

· motorised

- Number of ways

· 2/2 Valve

· 3/2 Valve

- Switching function

· normally closed (NC)

· normally open (NO)

- Connection size

· flow rate

· kv (flow coefficient) value

- Type of connection

· threaded

· flanged

· weld ends

- Working pressure

· upstream of valve

· downstream of valve

· differential pressure

· vacuum

- Process fluid

· neutral to aggressive

· gas to liquid

· filtered to contaminated

- Fluid temperature

· range from - to + °C

- Ambient temperature

· range from - to + °C

· ambient atmosphere

- Solenoid power supply

· voltage

· frequency

- Protection classification

· IP

· EEx

- Control fluid supply

· control fluid

· control pressure

· temperature of control fluid from - to + °C

· ambient temperature from - to + °C

- Accessories and options

- Safety requirements

· TÜV approval/test certificates

· specific certifications

Materials - Metals

Material selection

Information about the concentration, temperature and the degree

of contamination of the fluid is important in making the right choice

of materials. Further criteria are the operating pressure and

maximum flow rate.

Brass (Ms 58)

Has many applications, not suitable for aggressive and ammoniacal

fluids.

Brass

(CuZn36Pb2As)

Suitable in agressive fluids and seawater.

Grey cast iron (G 1/4-25)

Mainly for flanged valve bodies up to PN 16, the temperature range

is limited, suitable for neutral fluids.

Spheroidal cast iron (GGG-40.3)

Mainly for flanged valve bodies up to PN 16, suitable for neutral

fluids.

Cast steel (GS-C 25)

Mainly for flanged valve bodies up to PN 40, high temperature

range, suitable for neutral fluids.

Gun metal (Rg 5)

(CuSn 5 ZnPb)

Seawater,mildly aggressive water or steam.

Cast stainless steel

(G-X 7 CrNiMo 18 10)

Austenitic high-alloy steel for aggressive fluids.

Stainless steel - Ingot material

(X 10 CrNiMoTi 18 10)

Austenitic high-alloy steel for aggressive fluids.

Stainless steel

(X 5 CrNi 18 9)

Low-alloy austenitic stainless steel for valve's internal parts.

Stainless steel

(X 12 CrMo S 17)

- Corrosion-resistant magnetisable stainless steel, not suitable

aggressive fluids or seawater.

- Sandvik Stainless steel 1802.

- Magnetic stainless steel, suitable for aggressive fluids.

Aluminium

(AlSi 8 Cu 3)

Aluminium die casting for bodies up to PN 16, suitable for neutral

fluids.

Solenoid Valve Basics

291

Materials - Polymers

Material selection

The design of the valve is decided by the application, with the

materials' ability to resist the operating fluid constituting an

important factor.

Information about the concentration, temperature and the degree of

contamination of the fluid is important in making the right choice of

materials. Further criteria are the operating pressure and maximum

flow rate.

All of the materials used for the bodies, seals, solenoids, etc. of

Buschjost valves are carefully selected to suit various applications.

Plastics for valve bodies

PVC Polyvinyl Chloride

Resistant to most acids, alkalis, salt solutions and organic solutions;

miscible with water. Not resistant to aromatic and chlorinated

hydrocarbons.

PVDF Polyvinylidene Fluoride

Suitable for nearly all aggressive fluids in the temperature range

from -20 to +100 °C.

PFA Perfluoralkoxy

As resistant as PVDF but in a higher temperature range from -20 to

+150 °C.

PP Polypropylene

Resistant to aqueous solutions of acids, alkalis and salts, depending

on concentration and temperature.

POM Polyoxymethylene

A material with a high degree of hardness and low water absorption.

Not suitable for bases, acids or oxidising agents.

PA Polyamid

Suitable for all neutral fluids and gases

PPS Polyphenylene Sulfide

Suitable for all neutral fluids and gases.

Click-on® - Solenoid Valves

- Optimised flow range

- Compact

- New design

- Reliable switching function

- Solenoid mounted without tools

- Solenoid secured with stainless steel spring clip

- Any mounting position

- Excellent flow capacities

- Conforms to international safety requirements

- Ideal match of materials

- Damped operation

- Minimal number of components

- Solenoid plastic encapsulated

- Optional NPT thread

- Dry solenoid system

- Low power consumption

- CE mark

- Optionally for fluids up to +200 °C

Click-on® - Piston Valve

Click-on® - Diaphragm Valve

Click-on® Solenoid Valves

292

Click-on®

- Piston Valve

Click-on®

- Diaphragm Valvec

c

Pressure Actuated Valves –Principle of Operation(pneumatically actuated isolating valves)

This type of valve is controlled by a pilot fluid supplied to the

actuator by means of a pilot valve.

A stem connects the closure device to the control element of the

actuator. The spring acting on the control element forces the

closure device down into the closed position on the valve seat.

The pilot supply overcomes the spring force to lift the control

element into the open position.

These valves are mainly suitable for contaminated or extremely

viscous process fluids.

P

A

P

A

Pressure Actuated Valves –Conversion from NC to NO

The pressure actuated 84 500, 84 520 and 84 540 series of

valves are designed to allow relatively simple conversion of the

standard switching function – normally closed (NC) – to normally

open (NO).

NC to NO the easy way:

Step 1 Vent actuator

Step 2 Use 36 mm ring or socket spanner to release

and unscrew actuator cover (120). This fully

releases the compression spring(s) in the

actuator.

Step 3 Remove the compression springs (116 and 122)

(not present in all types of valve).

Step 4 Replace actuator cover (120) and tighten firmly.

The factory fitted compression spring (113) will

now move the depressurised piston into the

normally open (NO) position.

Step 5 The top port of the two is to be used as the pilot.

Step 6 Prior to commissioning, it is advisable to carry

out an operating test of the actuator with air as

the pilot fluid and without process fluid.

Step 7 Check actuator and valve body leak tightness to

atmosphere, and tightness of the stem seals

using the vent in the screw piece (107).

Z107 113 116 122 120

Pressure Actuated Valves

293

Valve closed

Valve open

Note: You will find a video showing how our valves operate on our website:

www.buschjost.com

Normally open - under spring force

NO

NC

NO

NC

Stroke Limiting SystemFor 84500, 84520 and 84540 isolating valves

This system is available as an

option for adjusting the minimum

and maximum flow rate.

It can also be retrofitted after

removal of the standard position

indicator.

Pressure Actuated Valves

294

Electric Position Indicator for piloted angle seat valves

The electric position indicator with 2 microswitches monitors the

OPEN & CLOSED positions of the piloted angle seat valves of the

845xx and 847xx series.

The limit switches wired in series with a terminal block are screwed

onto supports and can be adjusted independently of each other with

threaded spindles. Switches, operating mechanism and terminal

block are protected by a transparent cover on the plastic bottom

section of the case, which can be turned to any direction.

This position indicator can also be retrofitted to unmodified piloted

angle seat valves of the above-mentioned series.

The operating spindle is connected to the valve spindle frictionally

and axially without any slack.

This indicator can be ordered for retrofitting under Catalogue

number 1257000.

Features

- Reproducible switching point accuracy

- Long mechanical and electrical service life

- Readily retrofitted

- Simple, accurate adjustment of switching point

- With LED indicator

Pressure Actuated Valves

295

NAMUR Adapter Platefor the 845XX and 847XX isolating valves

An adapter plate can be used to mount pilot valves with NAMUR

interface on the actuators of these valve series.

Pressure, Flow and Media

296

Pressure Ranges

The valves must be operated within the pressure ranges specified

in the respective datasheets.

The commissioning procedure must include a check on whether

the actual pressures correlate to the data on the valve tags.

With vacuum operation, ensure that the negative pressure is

present at the valve outlet.

Observe the minimum differential pressures specified for servo

assisted valves in the technical data of this publication.

The difference between the inlet and the outlet pressure is the

effective differential pressure.

The permissible static pressure in a system is the nominal

pressure. Working and nominal pressure can differ depending on

the type of valve. The valve will continue to operate up to the

maximum permissible working pressure.

The valves will only close provided the specified direction of flow is

observed. Flow in the opposite direction may irreparably damage

components.

An arrow marked on the body of the valve indicates flow direction.

Vacuum and Buschjost Valves

The term vacuum is used loosely for any gas pressure lower than

atmospheric, i.e. a negative pressure. The unit of measurement is

the millibar (mbar) or hecto pascal (1 hPa = 1 mbar).

The user often specifies the degree of vacuum as a percentage.

For example, a relative vacuum of 40 % indicates an absolute

residual pressure of 600 mbar.

Most mechanical engineering applications with solenoid valves or

pressure actuated valves lie within the rough vacuum range.

Since only very small differential pressures are

available in this type of application, valves that optimise the flow

and therefore have a high coefficient (Kv) should be chosen.

These valves should also operate without differential pressure.

The actual pressure condition has to be carefully examined before

valves requiring differential pressure can be used.

Valves must always be mounted so the flow is from P to A,

i.e. the vacuum has to be present at their outlet.

The supply available to actuate the valve against the vacuum must

be sufficient to move the closure device into the open position and

hold it there during the system sequence.

If this supply is interrupted, the vacuum, assisted by the forces

tending to close the valve, will shut the valve by forcing the closure

device back onto its seat.

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Pressure, Flow and Media

297

Calculating Flow Rates

With kv (flow coefficient)

Valve models must be carefully selected and accurately sized

to suit the system application.

Once the switching function and the nominal pressure have been

chosen, together with the permissible pressure drop across the

valve, the medium type, density, viscosity, temperature and flow

rate govern the connection size.

The flow coefficient tabulated for each valve allows calculation

of service parameters such as flow rate or pressure drop for

steady-state flow.

kv is the flow rate in m3/h of water at a temperature between 5 and

30 °C, with a pressure drop of 1 bar across the valve. Its value has

been determined for the different models according to VDI/ VDE

2173 guidelines and tabulated in the catalogue's characteristic

data.

Example:

Calculation of the flow rate through

8240400.9101 valve

Water at 20 °C, kv = 9.5, Δp = 3 bar

Q = kv · ��Δp

Q = 16.45 m3/h

Calculation of the pressure drop across

82 404.00.9101 valve

Water at 20 °C, Q = 12m3/h, kv = 9.5

Δp = ( Qkv)

2

Δp = 1.6 bar

Viscosity

The kinematic viscosity in mm2/s is a measure of the internal friction

of gases and liquids. It represents the resistance to movement of the

contact surfaces of adjoining layers of different (external friction) or

identical (internal friction, viscosity) material.

The viscosity depends on pressure and temperature, and decreases

with increasing temperature. Its value is measured at +20 °C from

the rate of efflux from capillaries or speed at which balls sink in test

fluids.

pH-Value

The pH-value represents a measure of the neutrality, acidity or

basicity of an aqueous solution.

Pure water is neutral and has a pH of 7. The range below 7 is

described as acidic and that above as basic or alkaline.

A strong acid has a low pH.

A value of 5.5 is unlikely to cause skin irritation.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Pressure, Flow and Media

298

acid (acid)

strong weak strong weak

neutral (water) alkaline (lye)

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Ammonia & Buschjost Valves

Solenoid valves are used to control ammonia refrigerants.

There is a special range of Buschjost valves designed to meet the

stringent and specific safety requirements for this application,

through:

- Avoidance of nonferrous metals

- Use of special seal materials

- High tightness to atmosphere to prevent emissions

- Explosion protection

- Position indication

- Type approval

- Design to power station specifications

- Grooved connecting flanges according to DIN 2512, type NA

The Buschjost range of equipment for use in ammonia systems

includes various sizes and types of solenoid valves and pressure

actuated valves.

Pressure, Flow and Media

299

Steam, Hot Water & Buschjost Valves

Process engineering valves for steam and hot water have to

withstand pressure and heat. Valve selection must take account

of any influencing factors.

Solenoid valves with the following features are suitable:

- Seated design

- Heat-resistant seals

- Suitable material combinations

- Powerful, heat-resistant solenoids

- Corrosion resistance

- High tightness to atmosphere

- Tight valve seat seal

- Optional position indicators

- Variable mounting positions

- High durability

- Glandless valve system

Steam pressure table

t°C

pbar

t°C

pbar

t°C

pbar

0 0,006108 46 0,10086 92 0,7561

2 0,007055 48 0,11162 94 0,8146

4 0,008129 50 0,12335 96 0,8769

6 0,009345 52 0,13613 98 0,9430

8 0,010720 54 0,15002 100 1,0133

10 0,012270 56 0,16511 105 1,2080

12 0,014014 58 0,18147 110 1,4327

14 0,015973 60 0,19920 115 1,6906

16 0,018168 62 0,2184 120 1,9854

18 0,02062 64 0,2391 125 2,3210

20 0,02337 66 0,2615 130 2,7013

22 0,02642 68 0,2856 135 3,131

24 0,02982 70 0,3116 140 3,614

26 0,03360 72 0,3396 145 4,155

28 0,03778 74 0,3696 150 4,760

30 0,04241 76 0,4019 155 5,433

32 0,04753 78 0,4365 160 6,181

34 0,05318 80 0,4736 165 7,008

36 0,05940 82 0,5133 170 7,920

38 0,06624 84 0,5557 175 8,924

40 0,07375 86 0,6011 180 10,027

42 0,08198 88 0,6495 185 11,233

44 0,09100 90 0,7011

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Liquefied Gas & Buschjost Valves

Liquefied gas applications imply sophisticated valve technology.

Buschjost has been inspected by the Hanover TÜV and approved

as a manufacturer of products in accordance with the German

Pressure Vessel Regulations (TRB 801 No 45).

The solenoid valves are certified as meeting the required test

criteria. Approvals are covered by authorised 3.1. DIN 50 049 /

EN 10204 test certificates with batch identification.

The requirements for supplying such products are often

underestimated.

The first step is to appoint TÜV tested and approved factory experts,

who are independent of production and have exclusive certification

authorisation.

They are also responsible for ensuring that the production

department adopts all of the measures and specifications

applicable to a valve ordered and supplied for a particular

application.

These include monitoring of stockkeeping of certified parts,

for example ensuring that even the screws procured are never

separated from the subcontractor's Approval Test Certificate.

The factory experts are authorised by the TÜV to carry out

re-stamping. It is necessary to ensure that certified materials

are permanently marked even after machining. Traceability

to the starting material must be guaranteed. Expert re-stamping

must be carried out before any removal of the original

manufacturer's stamp for production purposes.

The TÜV Hannover Sachsen-Anhalt e. V. has approved and

registered Buschjost as a manufacturer under the German

Pressure Vessel Regulations (TRB 801 No 45).

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Oxygen & Buschjost Valves

Increasing importance is being attached to the safe handling and

control of oxygen.

Buschjost has had the Bundesanstalt für Material-

forschung und -prüfung (BAM) (German Federal Institute of

Materials Research and Testing) carry out the necessary tests for

certain series of valves.

The materials in contact with the medium in the following valves

conform to the German Safety Regulations for Oxygen (UVV

Sauerstoff VBG 62). All nonmetallic materials have been subjected

to a special test by the BAM.

Valve testing covers the following criteria:

- Material strength and durability.

- Burnout resistance under pressure surge.

Oxygen up to 16 bar

82 400 36.9101 series

Technical requirements:

- Working pressure up to 16 bar

- Pressure rating PN16

- Degreased

- FPM seals

- Maximum fluid temperature +60 °C

- Maximum ambient temperature +60 °C

Oxygen up to 25 bar

The type and materials of the following types of valve were tested

by the BAM for burnout resistance at higher pressures. The valves

can be used for oxygen at up to 25 bar.

Technical requirements:

- Working pressure up to 25 bar

- Pressure rating PN25

- Degreased

- FPM seals

- Maximum fluid temperature +60 °C

- Maximum ambient temperature +60 °C

Buschjost

G 1/2 8497300.84XX.00000

G 3/4 8497301.84XX.00000

G 1 8497302.84XX.00000

G 1 1/4 8497303.84XX.00000

G 1 1/2 8497304.84XX.00000

G 2 8497305.84XX.00000

FAS

FAS miniature valves are available for applications involving oxygen.

Please contact our technical services.

Pressure, Flow and Media

300

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Dust Collector Cleaning

301

+

+

+ –

Dust Collector Valves and Systems

Valves

Filter pulse valves produce the pressure intensity crucial for

effective cleaning of filter media with compressed air.

To meet the requirements these valves have to be designed

to open and close extremely quickly and allow high flow rates.

This response also reduces air consumption.

Control systems

An electronic control unit or pneumatic controller presets the

duration of the pulse and interval required of the valves in this

application. These control systems actuate the valves directly.

The timing can be adjusted if service conditions change.

Differential pressure regulator

This regulator initiates cleaning on the basis of the differential

pressure between the dusty and clean gas sides of the filter. When

the pressure drop across the filter reaches the preset upper limit,

the regulator actuates the cleaning valves by means of the control

system. Cleaning is stopped as soon as the lower limit is reached.

This type of control extends the life of the filter media and valves.

Another bonus is considerably reduced air consumption.

set points

purging gas

P

P

A A

purge valve

pulse control unit

valves

clean gas

dusty gas

Δ p - regulator

Dust Collector Valves & Blow Tubes

Valves for dust filter cleaning with through-type blow tube

2/2-way valve

Buschjost has enhanced the existing dust filter cleaning range with

a valve with blow tube. This variant offers easy, cost-effective

installation and other significant benefits.

Features:

- Higher peak pressures produced by radial flow

- Spacing from 75 mm (between pipe centres)

- No welding or adjustment necessary

- Simple, economical connection of valve to irregularly shaped tanks

- Available pipe lengths: 70 to 200 mm

- High-grade aluminium tube

Dust Collector Cleaning

302

Facts about Buschjost Dust Collectors Valves

The 82960 series solenoid system with bayonet connection is

easily mounted – just push down and turn.

The internal components of the pilot system are captive.

The plastic encased solenoid can be turned to 3 different positions,

120° apart, without using tools.

The factory fitted silencer prevents annoying noise and stops

ingress of foreign matter into the valve.

The solenoid design of the pilot offers maximum security against

frost.

The volume above the diaphragm is minimised for extremely fast

opening with optimised peak pressures.

The similarly ideal closing time ensures low air consumption.

All of the dynamically loaded valve elements are designed for a

long lifetime.

The various parts of the case are designed for high air flow.

Available with internal BSP or NPT threaded connection to

international standards.

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Dust Collector Cleaning

303

Pressure Build-up Time

Background

The valves used are designed to release almost explosive pulses of

air that shake the dust particles off the filter bags.

However, this method is not effective if the pressure rises too slowly

or the flow coefficient (kv) of the filter pulse valve is too low. The

nominal diameter of the valve also has to match the filter volume.

The flow coefficient and the pressure rise time therefore represent

the most important technical parameters for filter valves.

Reasons

If the pressure rises too slowly, the flow rate increases too gradually

to shake the dust off the filter bags. Effective cleaning therefore

requires the valve to open abruptly and blow a very short burst of

compressed air (just a few milliseconds) into the filter. If the flow

time is too long (just a few hundred milliseconds), the cleaning is

not much more effective, but the air consumption is much higher.

The dust is also not shaken off if the pressure increases very

quickly but the air throughput is insufficient. The volume released is

then too small to subject the filter bags to a shock wave.

Summary

For effective cleaning, the pressure rise time has to be very short

and the flow coefficient (kv) as large as possible.

Differential Pressure Regulators

The 83400 series of regulators can be used in combination with the

83720 series of electronic pulse control units to automatically

adapt the cleaning to the dust loading.

A dust-resistant piezoresistive pressure sensor measures the

differential between the clean and dusty sides of the filter system,

which depends on the build-up, and provides a continuous digital

readout.

All of the settings can be programmed with the buttons.

The host pulse control unit continues to operate until cleaning has

progressed to the extent where the preset limit is reached.

Any after-cleaning programmed is then started. Its duration is

adjustable.

Two other switching points, Alarm 1 and Alarm 2, set above or

below the set points as required, can be used to give an alarm in

the event of faults.

The switching outputs can also be operated manually.

The regulator can be switched between 0 to 10V, 0 to 20mA

or 4 to 20mA analog output signals and can be operated off

230V AC or 24V DC.

The unit conforms to the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive

89/336/EEC and the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC.

Timer SolenoidsSolenoid with built-in electronic timer

Combination with a timer built into the solenoid offers a way of

cleaning filter systems with just one filter pulse valve.

The necessary terminals and two graduated potentiometers for

separate adjustment of pulse duration and interval are behind the

solenoid's cover.

When power is supplied to the solenoid, the electronic control

system is activated with a pulse in the preset time window. This

repeated sequence of pulse followed by interval is maintained

until the power supply is interrupted.

The time ranges that are typically used for this application are made

available.

Dust Collector Cleaning

304

Air Tanks

These designs offer a valve that retains the well established

solenoid and diaphragm system capable of withstanding extremely

high loads, yet can be flanged directly onto the air tank.

The 8495714.8001 valve has a DN 50 inlet suitable for connection

of this large reservoir of compressed air directly to its seat.

The high resultant flow rate and cleaning pressure guarantee

substantial pneumatic energy for even more effective cleaning

than with conventional valves.

The valve seat corresponds to a DN 32 valve with a kv-value of

30 m3/h. The working connection with the filter can be made with

a G 1 female thread or push-in connection for a DIN DN 25 tube.

With the 8497186.8001 valve, a push-in working connection can

be made for a DIN DN 40 tube.

Tank system

The design of these valves ensures quick and reliable mounting.

The 90 mm flange allows ideal spacing on the tank.

We will gladly provide you with any further information required. We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

6

90

60

30

5

–+(–)

12010

Test

ON

x 0,1

x 1

x 0,05

0,5

Break[min]

Impulse[s]

Pulse Solenoid ETM

P

A

Dust Collector Cleaning

305

Humidity and Frost

When operated with damp compressed air, even at negative

temperatures, the 82960 series of filter pulse valves should not

be expected to malfunction as a result of the plunger and/or

diaphragm freezing solid.

Laboratory tests have show that diaphragms frozen onto the seat

open even at operating pressure under 0.5 bar, and confirm that no

malfunctions have yet become known as a result of use at minus

temperatures.

In the case of the diaphragms this is attributable to the high

opening force and the very small sealing area of the seat.

The reason the plunger does not ice up is that the plunger tube is

not under pressure and no moisture can arise as a result of the

temperature falling below the dew point during exhausting of the

compressed air during an operating cycle.

Pneumatic Valve Controller

Operation of filter systems in difficult environments or hazardous

areas calls for expensive electronic control systems and solenoid

valves. Pneumatic control systems offer an effective technological

alternative at the right price.

Principle of operation

The valves are connected to the pressure chamber of the controller

by air lines. The control shaft assembly of the controller is operated

by a pneumatic ratchet drive. It pauses between valve connections

for an interval that can be preset by the user.

The duration of the air pulse is also user adjustable by means

of a throttle valve accessed after removal of the bottom casing.

During this period the control shaft passes beneath a valve

connection port and vents the pilot line to that particular valve.

The valve opens and remains open until the control shaft moves on to

the next position. The pilot air is vented through the port marked R

.

A spring return mechanism positions the control shaft reliably

during each interval of the intermittent operation.

P

Z

R

P

A

Z

Heating Circuits In Commercial Vehicles with a 3/2-way motorised valve

Commercial Vehicles

306

Valves in Commercial Vehicles

One of Buschjost's key design areas involves the manufacture of

special valves for commercial vehicles. These are used to solve

quite specific problems:

- Valves supply diesel engines with additional air in order to

minimise soot formation.

- Valves in air conditioning systems ensure comfortable

temperatures in the cab.

- Valves are used to control the plumbing systems in carriages,

restaurant cars and the bathroom facilities of City Nightliner

sleeper trains across Europe.

These are just a few of the exciting challenges for our designers.

Each new development has to take account of every conceivable

demand placed on our products by ensuring optimal design,

materials, mechanisms, electronics, electrics and reliability.

Control valve for the heating circuit in coaches

We will gladly provide you with any further information required. We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

M

VL

RL

Buschjost Technologies

307

Installation

Clean pipework beforehand. Dirty conditions lead to malfunctions,

so fit strainer upstream of valve inlet if necessary. The valve will no

longer open or close if bleed orifices are blocked or the plunger is

jammed by dirt.

Avoid distorting the body of the valve in misaligned pipework, or by

using inappropriate tools or sealing material. Do not use solenoid as

a lever.

The valve will only close tightly in the direction of flow. Flow in the

opposite direction to the arrow may irreparably damage

components.

The preferred mounting position is with the solenoid upright, as this

considerably reduces the risk of wear and contamination. If the fluid

temperature exceeds +150 °C or the valve function is normally

open, the mounting position is restricted as detailed in the data

sheets.

Buschjost Part Numbering System

Standard valves

00 Standard

01 Normally closed

02 Manual override

03 FPM seals

06 PTFE seals

14 EPDM seals, for hot water

18 Degreased version;

FPM seals

23/40 Position indicator with two solenoid switches

41 Electrical Position indicator with two switches

01 ... 49 = Additional equipment, applicable for all series,

but not available in every series.

50 ... 99 = Additional equipment, only applicable for

one series.

further versions on request

Special valves

82 402 00 .9101 .XXXXX

Solenoid

Series Frequency

00 for DC

49 for 40-60 Hz

50 for 50 Hz

59 for 50-60 Hz

60 for 60 Hz

Voltage

Thread size /

Nominal diameter

Additional-

equipment

849 XXXX .XXXX .XXXXX

Solenoid

Series

Voltage

consecutively

numbered

Frequency

00 for DC

49 for 40-60 Hz

50 for 50 Hz

59 for 50-60 Hz

60 for 60 Hz

Electrical Connection

Connect solenoid in accordance with the electrical regulations. Then

close the terminal compartment carefully to maintain protection.

Make sure the cable entry is sealed properly.

Tighten central screw of the power lead socket to a maximum of

60 N cm. The housing must not show signs of deformation. Ensure

correct polarity of terminals marked + and -. If unmarked the live

wires can be connected either way round. It is absolutely essential

to connect the earth wire to the marked terminal provided.

DANGER: Earth connection essential

It is advisable to carry out an operating test before pressurising.

The clicking of the plunger must be audible during switching.

The power lead socket may only be connected with the power

disconnected. Operation of AC solenoids without the plunger causes

irreparable damage.

The surface of the solenoid will heat up to a maximum of +120 °C

during continuous duty.

Wiring

AC voltage

via rectifier

DC voltageAC voltage

Buschjost Technologies

308

Maintenance

It is advisable to carry out preventive maintenance at intervals

depending on the service conditions, and whenever there is a

noticeable deterioration in the speed of switching.

Deposits on guide surfaces, dirt in the valve system, perished or

worn seals may lead to malfunctions. To maintain protection,

include the solenoid seals in the maintenance.

Maintenance may only be carried out with the pipework

depressurised and the solenoid disconnected from the power

supply.

Brochures with sectional diagram, key to parts and fitting

instructions for kits of parts subject to wear are available on

request.

Solenoid surface temperatures may get as high as +120 °C during

continuous duty.

Leak or strength tests may be carried out with the valve open or

closed. The maximum test pressure = 1.5 x maximum working

pressure. The valve must not be switched during these tests.

1 2A.C.

A

A.C.

C

1 2D.C.

B

Buschjost Technologies

309

Buschjost Solenoids - Heating

The solenoids are normally designed for continuous duty, so under

normal conditions there is no danger of the permanent operating

temperature of the coil reaching an impermissible value.

The coil temperature that is reached during operation is influenced

by 3 factors:

- the self-heating

- the temperature of the fluid flowing through

- the ambient temperature

The highest permissible solenoid temperature is generally

determined by the thermal durability of the material used for

insulation.

In order to ensure that there is no thermal damage, the

specifications for the maximum permitted fluid and ambient

temperatures should not be exceeded.

In this context, particular attention should be paid to the power

consumption of the solenoids. Many valve manufacturers give their

power consumption at operating temperature, which is lower than

the specifications given in this catalogue, because of the high coil

resistance.

Particular attention should be paid to the passage in the Buschjost

data sheets:

The power consumption is measured according to VDE 0580

at a coil temperature of +20 °C. Physical factors reduce the

value by up to about 30 % when the DC solenoid coil has

reached normal operating temperature.

The actuating solenoids are offered with a range of different

connections. The most common are the sockets to

DIN EN175 301-803, terminals in the terminal compartment

with cable passing through a gland or directly encapsulated

in the coil area (moulded cable).

At continuous duty the surface temperature of the solenoid can

reach up to 120 °C.

Buschjost Solenoids

General

Valve actuating solenoids are designed for the service conditions

and conform to VDE 0580.

Power supply, voltage ranges

The preferred voltages are specified in the separate publications.

Special voltages are possible on request.

The permissible voltage range is ±10 % of the nominal value.

Type of supply

Solenoids are available for connection to a DC or AC supply.

Those designed for AC may only be used at the specified frequency.

The more powerful solenoids are a DC design. They can be

operated off an AC supply via a rectifier, which is connected in

series as standard. The permissible frequency is then 40 to 60Hz.

Duty cycle

All standard solenoids are designed for continuous duty in order to

rule out the possibility of the winding overheating during normal

service conditions.

DC solenoids

The main advantage of this type is constant current consumption.

This gives soft switching and makes the winding less sensitive to

binding of the plunger. The maximum frequency of operation is only

limited by the system's electrical and mechanical inertia.

AC solenoids

The current consumption of this system depends on the position of

the plunger. The plunger must be able to reach its limit unhindered,

otherwise the winding will overheat.

Special spark quenching is generally not necessary.

Ensure that the mains frequency agrees with the value specified on

the name plate. If it is higher, the solenoid will develop less force

and may burn out, since the plunger cannot reach its limit. At a

lower frequency the smaller inductive reactance causes more

heating, which can influence the lifetime of the coil.

Timer Solenoid

Solenoid with built-in electronic timer.

This model can be combined with certain types of valve.

Potentiometers and slide switches installed in the terminal

compartment can be used to preset pulse duration and interval.

When power is supplied to the solenoid, after a delay of about

1.5 seconds the valve is opened for the duration of the pulse.

The preset interval then elapses. Pulse duration and interval are

generated by a microcontroller. The solenoid conforms to the

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 89/336/EEC and

the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC.

Features

- Tamper resistant

- No additional wiring costs for the electronics.

Only requires power supply for solenoid

- Adjustable timing

- Precise sequence of intervals

- Internationally approved:

- Quick and easy operational test

- Compact and robust design

- Simple commissioning

- Wide time window for adjustment ranges

- Additional solenoids can be operated without affecting the timing

Buschjost Technologies

310

Latching Buschjost Valves

Operation

The force exerted by the permanent magnet is not sufficient to

attract the plunger against the force of the spring. The valve is

closed.

A short pulse of current assists the force of a permanent magnet to

operate the solenoid valve.

After an interruption in the current, the permanent magnetic

maintains the operating position reached without any power

consumption. An approximately 30 millisecond pulse of current is

sufficient to guarantee switching.

The valve is open. Another pulse of current of the same duration but

reverse polarity forces the spring-assisted plunger back onto the

seat of the valve. The valve is closed.

These solenoid valves are suitable for applications with a battery or

solar power supply.

Features

- Single coil system with permanent magnet

- Bistable solenoid valves

- Switching to OPEN/CLOSED position by short pulses of current

- OPEN position maintained without power consumption

- Extremely low power consumption

- Low self-heating

- Supplied by battery or solar power

- Valve can be switched from OPEN to CLOSED position with a

pulse of current of reverse polarity

- Pulse design in combination with 82400 Click-on® series of valves

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

6

90

60

30

5

–+(–)

12010

Test

ON

x 0,1

x 1

x 0,05

0,5

Pause[min]

Impuls[s]

Taktmagnet ETMPulse Solenoid ETM

Buschjost Technologies

311

Flange Dimensions

The latest edition of the relevant DIN standard brochure.

ø D =

Flange diameter

ø k =

Pitch circle diameter

ø d2 =

Hole diameter

z =

Number of holes

The Buschjost flange

valve ø D values given

in parentheses.

ASME B 16.5 Class 300 / 6 / sq. in.

DN ø D ø k ø d2 z

15 95.2 66.5 15.7 4(94.0)

20 117.3 82.6 19.1 4(108.0)

25 124.0 88.9 19.1 4(115.0)

32 133.4 98.6 19.1 4

40 155.4 114.3 22.4 4(150.0)

50 165.1 127.0 19.1 8

65 190.5 149.4 22.4 8(185.0)

80 209.6 168.1 22.4 8(200.0)

100 254.0 200.2 22.4 8

ASME B 16.5 Class 150 / 6 / sq. in

DN ø D ø k ø d2 z

15 88.9 60.5 15.7 420 98.6 69.9 15.7 425 106.0 79.2 15.7 432 117.3 88.9 15.7 440 127.0 98.6 15.7 450 152.4 120.7 19.1 465 177.8 139.7 19.1 480 190.5 152.4 19.1 4

100 228.6 190.5 19.1 8

PN 25/40, EN 1092-1DN ø D ø k ø d2 z

10 90 60 14 415 95 65 14 420 105 75 14 425 115 85 14 432 140 100 18 440 150 110 18 450 165 125 18 465 185 145 18 880 200 160 18 8

100 235 190 22 8

PN 16, EN 1092-1

DN ø D ø k ø d2 z

10 90 60 14 415 95 65 14 420 105 75 14 425 115 85 14 432 140 100 18 440 150 110 18 450 165 125 18 465 185 145 18 480 200 160 18 8

100 220 180 18 8

EMCElectromagnetic Compability

Electromagnetic compatibility is the ability of an item of equipment,

installation or system to work satisfactorily in the electromagnetic

environment, without itself causing electromagnetic interference

that would be unacceptable for all of the other equipment present.

EU Declaration of Conformity (sample)

We hereby declare that all IMI Norgren Buschjost GmbH + Co. KG

solenoid actuators marketed under our sole responsibility conform

to the EU Directives listed below. Unauthorised modification

invalidates this declaration.

Relevant EU Directives:

89/336/EEC - Electromagnetic Compatibility amended by

91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC

72/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive amended by

93/68/EEC

The electromagnetic compatibility of the products has been

assessed with reference to the following standards:

EN 50081-1 Interference (03/94 edition)

EN 50082-2 Interference Immunity (02/96 edition)

IMI Norgren Buschjost GmbH + Co. KG

Position Indicators

Noncontact electric type

This indicator has two magnetic switches; one for the CLOSED and

one for the OPEN position of solenoid and pressure actuated valves.

The reed contact of the switch is deflected by a permanent magnet

tightly screwed into a spindle. This spindle is connected to the valve

piston or stem.

These indicators can be mounted with IP65 or EEx protection.

Features

- Emission-proof, switching magnet incorporated in valve system

- Easily mounted in any position

- Small valve strokes detected

- Accurately reproducible switching points

- Glass fibre reinforced thermoplastic housing

- Good mechanical and electrical durability

Buschjost Technologies

312

Available Strainers

RP Filter 0.25 Brass PN 25 Part Number

h 1239601.0000

i 1239602.0000

j 1239603.0000

1 1239604.0000

k 1239605.0000

l 1239606.0000

2 1239607.0000

RP Filter 0.25 Stainless steel PN 40 Part Number

i 1239612.0000

j 1239613.0000

1 1239614.0000

k 1239615.0000

l 1239616.0000

2 1239617.0000

DN Filter 0.25 Cast iron PN 16 Part Number

15 1239622.0000

20 1239623.0000

25 1239624.0000

32 1239625.0000

40 1239626.0000

50 1239627.0000

65 1239628.0000

80 1239629.0000

100 1239630.0000

DN Filter 0.25 Cast steel PN 40 Part Number

15 1239642.0000

20 1239643.0000

25 1239644.0000

32 1239645.0000

40 1239646.0000

50 1239647.0000

65 1239648.0000

80 1239649.0000

100 1239650.0000

DN Filter 0.25 Stainless steel PN 16 Part Number

15 1239662.0000

20 1239663.0000

25 1239664.0000

32 1239665.0000

40 1239666.0000

50 1239667.0000

65 1239668.0000

80 1239669.0000

100 1239670 0000

DN Filter 0.25 Stainless steel PN 40 Part Number

15 1239682.0000

20 1239683.0000

25 1239684.0000

32 1239685.0000

40 1239686.0000

50 1239687.0000

65 1239688.0000

80 1239689.0000

100 1239690.0000

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Servo Amplifierfor 82880 motorised valve

Electronic card for positioning valves with DC motor actuators.

An electronically programmed set point of either 0 to 20mA or 0 to

10V can be used to adjust the aperture angle and hence the flow

cross-section. A potentiometer in the actuator provides position

feedback. Actual value and set point are compared in the amplifier.

A 0 to 20mA output is available for actual value feedback.

Models Valve opening

0 to full

Catalogue No

8278300.0000 0....10V

1

2

3

4

5

V42+

DN

G

Buschjost Technologies

313

Valve Seat Tightness

Depending on their suitability, soft and hard seals are used for

valve seats. Soft seals include all of the elastomers:

NBR, HNBR, FPM, EPDM, CR, ECO and TPE.

Hard seals include PTFE, PVDF, PEEK, PA and metal.

When new, our valves with soft seat seals achieve leakage rate A

according to EN 12266-1. At this rate no bubbles are detected over

a period of 15 seconds during the compressed air test in parallel

with the manufacturing process.

Depending on their design, valves with hard seat seals can have

much higher leakage rates. When new, leakage rate E according

to EN 121266-1 or better is achieved. The maximum permissible

rate of escape for E leakage is 0.3 x DN [mm3/s] for liquids or

300 x DN [mm3/s] for gases.

Dirt in the process fluid tends to increase the leakage rate more

with hard seat seals than their soft counterparts.

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

MCVDC

signal

serv

o-am

plifi

er

EC Type examined Valves to DVGW (German GAS installation and plumbingassociation) requirements

Firing systems, gas turbines and other oil and gas appliances are

operated with safety valves that shut off the fuel supply should

dangerous conditions arise.

Type examination is mandatory to establish their suitability for

this purpose.

For the gases specified by DVGW Code of Practice G 260, the

requirements of EN 161 and DIN 3394 Part 1 have to be met for

working pressures in excess of 4 bar. Liquid fuels are governed

by the requirements of EN 264.

The old DIN DVGW registration number has been superseded

in the course of EU harmonisation.

Safety shut-off valves are not gas appliances ready for use as

defined in the Gas Appliance Directive. The valves are marked with

the CE product identification number rather than the CE mark.

Buschjost has developed 3 series of electrically and

electropneumatically actuated valves. The 82580 series is only

suitable for gaseous fuels, the others cater for gaseous and liquid

fuels.

These valves are described in greater detail on their data sheets.

Overview

Series Product ID No Page

82370 CE-0085AU0323 26

82580 CE-0085AT0091 138

83860 CE-0085AS0104 198

Buschjost Technologies

314

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Valve Blocks

System solutions achieved through integration

Professional system solutions offer the machine manufacturer the

option of concentrating in-house resources on core competencies.

As a valve specialist, Buschjost provides compact solutions that

have been well thought out on the basis of relevant experience.

These are realised in a modern Buschjost valve factory with

optimised methods of production and assembly. The user receives

a tested module with the added benefit of a significant reduction in

spare parts inventory.

We will gladly provide you with any further information required.

Quality and Environmental Management

Since August 2006 Buschjost valve technology has been certified

according to quality standard ISO TS 16949:2002. A certified,

company-wide quality management system DIN EN ISO 9001 is in

place since May 1994. Our management system encompasses all

business processes. The quality products and services agreed with

our customers are delivered on the basis of specified processes

and methods.

Since September 2005 Buschjost's Environment Management

System has been certified according to DIN EN ISO 14001:2005.

The audit trail of regulation conformity has been rendered and was

certified according to the TUV Cert-procedures.

Buschjost Technologies

315

Test Certificates to DIN 50 049 / EN 10 204

Type of certificate

Scope of certified testing

Catalogue number 1237461

Works test certificate according to EN 10 204 - 2.1

General confirmation of conformity based on

performance of

- Operating and leak tests

- Pressure test

- Voltage test

Catalogue number 1237462

Works test certificate according to EN 10 204 - 2.2

General confirmation of conformity based on

performance/issuing of

- Operating and leak tests

- Pressure test

- Voltage test

- Material identification certificate with numbers of constituent

materials of individual parts according to parts list

Catalogue number 1237463

Approval test certificate according to EN 10 204 - 3.1

based on performance/issuing of

- Operating and leak tests according to DIN 3230 Part 3

- Pressure test according to DIN 3230 Part 3

- Voltage test according to DIN VDE 580 §38

- Material identification certificate from parts list with Material No

according to EN 10 204 - 2.2

Catalogue number 1244316

Approval test certificate according to EN 10 204 - 3.1*

based on performance/issuing of

- Material quality certificate for valve body, cover, body screws

and plunger tube according to EN 10 204 - 3.1.A and 3.1.B

- Material quality certificate for parts in contact with fluid according

to EN 10 204 - 2.2

- Operating and leak tests according to EN 10 204 - 3.1

- Leakage rate 1 in test according to DIN 3230 Part 3

* not possible for all valves

Any tampering with the ex factory condition certified by Buschjost

automatically invalidates the approval test certificate.

DIN EN ISO 9001 : 2000

ISO / TS 16949 : 2002

DIN EN ISO 14001 : 2005

Pressure Equipment Directive

316

Pressure Equipment Directive (PED)

The Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) is generally applicable to

equipment with a working pressure greater than 0.5 bar. Valves as

components of this equipment come under the scope of the

directive. However, only valves above a certain nominal size are

required to bear CE markings.

Valves suitable for different (e.g. neutral, toxic or flammable) fluids

only require CED markings above a nominal size of DN 25. Smaller

valves must not bear a CE mark in accordance with the

Pressure Equipment Directive. This equipment must be

designed in line with standard engineering practice so that it meets

the requirements of the directive.

Almost all of the valves over DN 25 in size requiring marking should

be assigned to Categories I and II. This means their design and

testing is in the responsibility of the manufacturer, i.e. Norgren

Buschjost in the case. Module A1 has been chosen as the related

method of evaluating conformity and certified by the "nominated

body" (TÜV Nord).

The products are also subject to other EU Directives such as EMC,

Low Voltage, etc. The products bear a CE mark as a declaration of

conformity with all of these. Where applicable (sizes > DN 25) this

mark also serves as a declaration of conformity with the Pressure

Equipment Directive. Category II valves are also marked with the

identification number of the nominated body; CE 0045 for TÜV

Nord.

PED1

Applies to the following series:

82370, 82380, 82480, 82510, 82530, 82560, 82960, 83320, 83860, 83920, 84070, 84080, 84660, 84680, 82080, 82610,

PED2

Applies to the following series:

82710, 82870, 82900, 83300, 83930, 82160

PED3

Applies to the following series:

82180, 82280, 82340, 82400, 82470, 82540, 82580, 82590, 82660, 82670, 83050, 83200, 83240, 83250, 83340, 83350, 83380, 83580, 84100, 84120,

84140, 84180, 84190, 84200, 84220, 84240, 84320, 84340, 84360, 84500, 84520, 84540, 84550, 84580, 84590, 84720, 84740, 84760, 84770, 84880,

84890, 85040, 85100, 85120, 85140, 85200, 85220, 85240, 85300, 85320, 85640, 85700, 85720, 85740

PED4

Applies to the following series:

82730, 82880

Pressure Equipment Directive

317

Note to Pressure Equipment Directive (PED):

The valves of this series are according to Art. 3 § 3 of the Pressure

Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EG.

This means interpretation and production are in accordance to common

engineering practices in the member countries.

The CE-sign at the valve does not refer to the PED. Thus the declaration of

comformity is not longer applicable for this directive.

Note to Electromagnetic Compatibility Guideline (EEC):

The valves shall be provided with an electrical circuit which ensures the limits

of the harmonised standards EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1 are

observed, and hence the requirements of the Electromagnetic Guildeline

(2004/108/EC) satisfied.

Note to Pressure Equipment Directive (PED):

The valves of this series, including the connection-size DN 25 (G 1),

are according to Art. 3 § 3 of the Pressure Equipment Directive (PED)

97/23/EG. This means interpretation and production are in accordance to

common engineering practices in the member countries.

The CE-sign at the valve does not refer to the PED. Thus the declaration of

conformity is not longer applicable for this directive.

For valves > DN 25 (G 1) Art. 3 § (1) No.1.4 applies.

The basic requirements of the Enclosure I of the PED must be fulfilled.

The CE-sign at the valve includes the PED. A certificate of conformity of this

directive will be available on request.

Note to Electromagnetic Compatibility Guideline (EEC):

The valves shall be provided with an electrical circuit which ensures th e

limits of the harmonised standards EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1 are

observed, and hence the requirements of the Electromagnetic Compatibility

Guideline (2004/108/EG) satisfied.

Note to Pressure Equipment Directive (PED):

The valves of this series are according to Art. 3 § 3 of the Pressure

Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EG.

This means interpretation and production are in accordance to common

engineering practices in the member countries.

The CE-sign at the valve does not refer to the PED. Thus the declaration of

conformity is not longer applicable for this directive.

Note to Electromagnetic Compatibility Guideline (EEC):

The valves shall be provided with an electrical circuit which ensures th e

limits of the harmonised standards EN 61000-6-3 and EN 61000-6-1 are

observed, and hence the requirements of the Electromagnetic Compatibility

Guideline (2004/108/EEC) satisfied.

Note to Pressure Equipment Directive (PED):

The valves of this series are according to Art. 3 § 3 of the Pressure

Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EG

This means interpretation and production are in accordance to

common engineering practices in the member countries.

A certificate of conformity is not designated.

Safety Instructions

318

Safety Instructions for the Norgren and FAS range

These products are intended for use in industrial compressed air

systems only. Do not use these products where pressures and

temperatures can exceed those listed under "Technical data".

Before using these products with fluids other than those specified,

for non-industrial applications, life-support systems, or other

applications not within published specifications, consult NORGREN

FLUID CONTROLS.

Through misuse, age, or malfunction, components used in fluid

power systems can fail in various modes.

The system designer is warned to consider the failure modes of all

component parts used in fluid power systems and to provide

adequate safeguards to prevent personal injury or damage to

equipment in the event of such failure.

System designers must provide a warning to end users in

the system instructional manual if protection against a

failure mode cannot be adequately provided.

System designers and end users are cautioned to review specific

warnings found in instructions sheets packed and shipped with

these products.

Marking of Solenoid Valves in potentially explosive atmospheres

The Directive 94/9/EC is from 01 July 2003 onwards to be obligatory

for manufacturers as well as users.

As from this date on only equipment for use as intended in hazardous areas

which conforms to Directive 94/9/EC may be sold and delivered. This

directive contains, amongst other items, a further division of the existing

equipment group II into equipment categories, which regulate the safety level

of the apparatuses for the respective zone. Additionally this directive

differentiates Gas-Ex-Areas "G" and Dust-Ex-Areas "D". Furthermore for the

Dust-Ex-Areas a new three-stage hazard classification in zones 20, 21 and

22 has been introduced.

The accompanying chart shows the required markings for the apparatuses

according to the above-mentioned directive.

The Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) refers, apart from electrical apparatuses, also to non-electrical apparatuses. For all equipment for use as intended in

hazardous areas category 2 and 3 supplied by us, we issue EC-Declarations of Conformity for the electrical as well as non-electrical parts.

The customer/user of the product specifies the zone in which the machine is being used and /or which can arise inside the machine.

The solenoids of the series

8036....8045, 8136....8145, 8186....8195, 8336....8345, 8436....8445, 9136....9145, 9186....9195, 9236....9245,

9336....9345, 9350....9360, 9540....9564

with EEx me II T4 or T3 explosion protection are electrical apparatuses for use as intended in hazardous areas.

They are marked:

x II 2 GD or x II 2 G

according to Directive 94/9/EC.

The category 2 solenoids may be used in areas where potentially explosive

mixtures of gases and/or vapours and/or air (zones 1 and 2), or of dust and air

(Zones 21 and 22), are present. IP54 to IP67 protection is provided depending

on the type of solenoid.

The solenoids are marked with the EC Type Examination Certificate number:

TÜV 06 ATEX 553076 X

TÜV 07 ATEX 553412 X (9540....9564)

TÜV 06 ATEX 553413 X (8186....8195)

TÜV 06 ATEX 553414 X (9136....9145)

TÜV 06 ATEX 553415 X (9186....9195)

The marking "X" indicates special conditions:

To each solenoid, connect a fuse for short circuit protection with an

appropriate rating (of up to 3 times the rated current of the solenoid

according to DIN 41571 or IEC 127). The braking capacity of this fuse

must be equal to or greater than the maximum short circuit

acceptable at the installation location.

The solenoids do not need conventional maintenance. However,

depending on the service conditions regular visual inspections for

cracks, dirt, etc, are recommended.

The EC-Type Examination Certificate can be downloaded from

our homepage www.buschjost.de under Certificates.

Valve actuating solenoids are electrical components

unsuitable for use without the associated valves.

319

ATEX

HRA 498 Bad Oeynhausen · US t - I dN r. : DE 126 009 482

Komp lemen tä r : IM I No rg ren Busch j o s t Ve rwa l t ungs GmbH · HRB 91 Bad Oeynhausen

Geschä f t s f üh re r : M i chae l P r e i ne r s t o r f e r, O l i v e r Wehk i ng

De tmo lde r S t raße 256

D- 32545 Bad Oeynhausen

Pos t f ach 10 02 52-53D- 32502 Bad Oeynhausen

Te l e f on 05731 / 7 91-0Te l e f a x 05731 / 7 91-179

www.norg renflu id .com

www.busch jos t.dema i l@busch jos t .de

IM I No rg ren Busch jos t GmbH + Co . KG

Ven t i l t e chn i k und Sys t eme

EC-Declaration of Conformity

according to Directive 94/9/EC

We hereby declare, that the Valve Solenoids:

Series:

8036…8045, 8136…8145, 8186…8195, 8336…8345,

8436…8445, 9136…9145, 9186…9195, 9236…9245,

9336…9345, 9350…9360, 9540…9564

in combination with valves *) conform to the requirements of Directive 94/9/EC for use as intended in

potentially explosive atmospheres.

The solenoids have been developed and designed to the following harmonised standards:

EN 500141997

General requirements

EN 500192000

Increased safety „e“

EN 500281987

Encapsulation „m“

EN 50281-1-11998

Electrical Apparatus for Use in the Presence of

Combustible Dust

EN 13463-12002

Non-electrical Apparatus for Potentially Explosive

Atmospheres

Marking:

x II 2 GD resp.x II 2 GEEx m (e) II T3/T4

T = 140 °C bzw. T = 110 °C

EC-Type Examination CertificateTÜV 06 ATEX 553076 X

TÜV 06 ATEX 553412 X (9540....9564)

TÜV 06 ATEX 553413 X (8186....8195)TÜV 06 ATEX 553414 X (9136....9145)

TÜV 06 ATEX 553415 X (9186....9195)

EC-Certificate for Quality System:TÜV 03 ATEX 2158 QIssued by TÜV NORD CERT, D-30519 Hannover (Notified Body No. 0044)

*) IMPORTANT!: The bodies of valves larger than DN65 must also be reliably connected to the circuit

breaker of the electrical system!

The maximum surface temperature of the body depends on the fluid and the ambient temperatures

and must be below the ignition temperature.

Bad Oeynhausen, August 14th, 2007

p

ATEX Representative

pp

Quality Assurance Manager

Marking of equipment for Gas-Ex-Areas

Zone

0

1

2

category of equipment

1

2

3

Marking

II 1 G

II 2 G

II 3 G

Zone

20

21

22

category of equipment

1

2

3

Marking

II 1 D

II 2 D

II 3 D

Marking of equipment for Dust-Ex-Areas

320

ATEX

Solenoids for potentially explosive atmospheres

* For use in explosive atmosphere category 3, zone 2 and 22 according to 94/9/EC a special electrical connector housing is required.

Please indicate this application explicitly in your order.

Further information please consult the data sheet.

Category 3

Zone 2 and 22separate

ATEX-

socket

kit*

only with

standard

solenoid

Solenoid 8026 8326 8426 9116 9176 8176 9326 9526 9426Category Ex II 3 GD Ex II 3 GD Ex II 3 GD Ex II 3 GD Ex II 3 GD Ex II 3 GD Ex II 3 GD Ex II 3 GD Ex II 3 GD

Protection class IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65

Body Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Steel Polymer

Execution Series Description Connection Socket Socket Socket Socket Socket Socket Socket Socket Socket

Diaphragm design

2/2 way 82400 indirectly actuated G1/4 – G2

2/2 way 82730 indirectly actuated - stainless steel G1/4 – G1

2/2 way 82540 with forced lifting - DC only G1/4 – G2 up to G 1 G1 1/4 – G2

2/2 way 82370 with forced lifting - DVGW certificate - DC only G1/4 – G1 1262560

2/2 way 82530 with forced lifting G1/4 – G1/2

2/2 way 84360 with forced lifting - steam +150° C - DC only G1/4 – G1 1262560

2/2 way 82560 with forced lifting - stainless steel G1/4 – G1/2

Piston design

2/2 way 85300 indirectly actuated G1/4 – G2

2/2 way 85320 indirectly actuated - steam +200° C - DC only G1/4 – G1 1262560

2/2 way 85000 with forced lifting - DC only G1/2 – G2 up to G1/2 G3/4 – G2

2/2 way 85040 with forced lifting - stainless steel - DC only G3/8 – G1 up to G1/2 G3/4 – G1

2/2 way 85140 with forced lifting - stainless steel - DC only DN15 – 50 DN15 DN20 – 50 DN65 – 100

Sealed core tube with PTFE-bellows

2/2 way 82080 directly actuatedwith sealed core tube G1/4 – G3/8 1262560

Pilot valve

3/2 way 84660 directly actuated G1/4

3/2 way 84680 directly actuated G1/4

Dust cleaning valves

2/2 way 82960 indirectly actuatedelectromagnetic operated G3/4,G1,G1 1/2

2/2 way 82860 indirectly actuatedelectromagnetic operated G2

Further information please consult the data sheet.

Category 2

Zone 1 and 21 Solenoid 8441 8900 8920 9136 9186 9191 9336 9356 9540Category EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EEX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EEX II 2 GD T 110 °C EX II 2 G EX II 2 G EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C

Type of ex-protection EEx me II T3 EEx de IIC T4/T5 EEx de IIC T4/T5 EEx me II T4 EEx me II T4 EEx me II T4 EEx me II T4 EEx me II T3 EEx me II T3/T4

Body Polymer Steel Steel Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Steel

Execution Series Description ConnectionM16x1,5

screw joint

M20x1,5

screw joint

M20x1,5

screw joint

with 3m

cable

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M20x1,5

screw joint

Diaphragm design

2/2 way 82400 indirectly actuated G1/4 – G2

2/2 way 82730 indirectly actuated – stainless steel G1/4 – G1

2/2 way 82540 with forced lifting G1/4 – G2 up to G1

2/2 way 82370 with forced lifting – DVGW certificate G1/4 – G1

2/2 way 82530 with forced lifting G1/4 – G1/2

2/2 way 82560 with forced lifting – stainless steel G1/4 – G1/2

Piston design

2/2 way 85300 indirectly actuated G1/4 – G2

2/2 way 85000 with forced lifting G1/2 – G2 G3/4 – G2

2/2 way 85040 with forced lifting – stainless steel G3/8 – G1 G3/4 – G1

2/2 way 85140 with forced lifting – stainless steel DN15 – 50 DN20 – 50 DN20 – 50 DN20 – 50 DN65 – 100

Sealed core tube with PTFE-bellows

2/2 way 82080 directly actuatedwith sealed core tube G1/4 – G3/8

Pilot valve

3/2 way 84660 directly actuated G1/4

3/2 way 84680 directly actuated G1/4

Dust cleaning valves

2/2 way 82960 indirectly actuatedelectromagnetic operated G3/4,G1,G1 1/2

2/2 way 82860 indirectly actuatedelectromagnetic operated G2

321

ATEX

Solenoids for potentially explosive atmospheres

For further information please consult the data sheet.

Category 2

Zone 1 and 21 Solenoid 8036 8041 8042 8136 8186 8191 8336 8341 8436Category EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C EX II 2 GD T 140 °C

Type of ex-protection EEx me II T4 EEx me II T3 EEx me II T3 EEx me II T4 EEx me II T4 EEx me II T3 EEx me II T4 EEx me II T3 EEx me II T4

Body Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer Polymer

Execution Series Description ConnectionM16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

M16x1,5

screw joint

Diaphragm design

2/2 way 82400 indirectly actuated G1/4 – G2

2/2 way 82730 indirectly actuated – stainless steel G1/4 – G1

2/2 way 82540 with forced lifting G1/4 – G2 G1 1/4 – G2

2/2 way 82370 with forced lifting – DVGW certificate G1/4 – G1

2/2 way 82530 with forced lifting G1/4 – G1/2

2/2 way 82560 with forced lifting – stainless steel G1/4 – G1/2

Piston design

2/2 way 85300 indirectly actuated G1/4 – G2

2/2 way 85000 with forced lifting G1/2 – G2 up to G1/2 up to G1/2 G3/4 – G2

2/2 way 85040 with forced lifting – stainless steel G3/8 – G1 up to G1/2 up to G1/2 G3/4 – G1

2/2 way 85140 with forced lifting – stainless steel DN15 – 50 DN15 DN15 DN20 – 50

Sealed core tube with PTFE-bellows

2/2 way 82080 directly actuatedwith sealed core tube G1/4 – G3/8

Pilot valve

3/2 way 84660 directly actuated G1/4

3/2 way 84680 directly actuated G1/4

Dust cleaning valves

2/2 way 82960 indirectly actuatedelectromagnetic operated G3/4,G1,G1 1/2

2/2 way 82860 indirectly actuatedelectromagnetic operated G2

Index

322

Contents in order of series

* NPT-connection available

** = Sealed core tube (Unsusceptible to contaminated fluids)

Series Page

Bacosol 32 mm 24

Chipsol 8 mm 10

Flatprop 16 mm 224

Intersol 22 mm 22

Microsol 15 mm 18

Picosol 10 mm 14

Fittings - Pneufit 256

Fittings - Pneufit C & M 264

FRL - Excelon Filter/Regulators 242

FRL - Excelon Series 240

FRL - F22, R22, L22 250

FRL - Olympian Plus 236

Pressure Sensor - 18 S Allfluid 228

Pressure Sensor - 33 D 230

Regulators - R05, B05 248

82080** 100

82160* 134

82180* 136

82280* 136

82370 26

82380* 166

82400* 104

82470* 106

82480* 166

82510 28

82530* 30

82540* 32

82560* 72

82580 138

82590 NEW 74

82610 NEW 76

82660 NEW 36

82670 NEW 78

82710* 140

82730* 116

82870 214

82880 222

82900* 202

82960* 204

83050 118

83200 188

83240 192

83250 164

83300 210

83320 212

83340 54

83350 194

83380 196

83400 216

83580 122

83750 NEW 218

83860 198

83920 206

83930 208

84070 NEW 114

84080 NEW 114

84100 56

Series Page

84120 60

84140 82

84180 NEW 142

84190 NEW 168

84200 64

84220 68

84240 88

84320 124

84340 128

84360 NEW 38

84500* 144

84520* 170

84540 174

84550 174

84580 178

84590 180

84660 148

84680 148

84720* 162

84740* 184

84760 186

84770 186

84880 178

84890 180

85040 80

85100 56

85120 60

85140 82

85200 64

85220 68

85240 88

85300* 108

85320* 112

85640 92

85700* 40

85720* 44

85740* NEW 94

95000 48

95100 98

96000 152

96100 154

97100 NAMUR 156